As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2017
Registration No. 333-________
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________________________
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
________________________________
AEP Texas Inc.
(Exact name of registrant issuer as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other
jurisdiction
of incorporation or
organization)
4911
(Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification Code
Number)
51-0007707
(I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number)

1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, OH 43215-2373
(614) 716-1000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Thomas G. Berkemeyer, Associate General Counsel
American Electric Power Service Corporation
1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, Ohio 43215-2373
(614) 716-1648

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offers: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, please check the following box. o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Smaller reporting company o
 
 
 
Emerging Growth Company o
 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price per
Note
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)
Amount of
Registration Fee
2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022
$400,000,000
100%
$400,000,000
$49,800
3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047
$300,000,000
100%
$300,000,000
$37,350

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offers or sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED _____________________, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

AEP Texas Inc.

Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for any and all of its outstanding

2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively

We are conducting the Offers to Exchange described above, or Exchange Offers, in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered outstanding notes referred to above, or Outstanding Notes, for substantially identical notes of the same series that have been registered under the Securities Act, which we refer to as Exchange Notes.

The Exchange Offers

We will exchange all Outstanding Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of Exchange Notes that are registered under the Securities Act.

You may withdraw tenders of Outstanding Notes at any time prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

The Exchange Offers expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on __________, 2017, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the Expiration Date.

The exchange of Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offers will not be a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes.

The terms of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes of the respective series, except that the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act, and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or additional interest provisions.

Results of the Exchange Offers

Except as prohibited by applicable law, the Exchange Notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. There is no existing market for the Exchange Notes to be issued, and we do not plan to list the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or market.

We will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offers.




All untendered Outstanding Notes will remain outstanding and continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Outstanding Notes and in the indenture governing the Outstanding Notes. In general, the Outstanding Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the Exchange Offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in the Exchange Offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those Exchange Notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Outstanding Notes where the broker-dealer acquired such Outstanding Notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the Exchange Offers.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the Exchange Notes to be distributed in the Exchange Offers or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is __________, 2017.

In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer of the Exchange Notes in any jurisdiction where the offer thereof is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus incorporates by reference important business and financial information about us from documents filed with the SEC that have not been included herein or delivered herewith. Information incorporated by reference is available without charge at the website that the SEC maintains at http://www.sec.gov, as well as from other sources. See “Available Information.” In addition, you may request a copy of such document, at no cost, by writing or calling us at the following address or telephone number: Investor Relations, American Electric Power Service Corporation, 1 Riverside Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215; 614-716-1000. In order to receive timely delivery of those materials, you must make your requests no later than five business days before expiration of the applicable exchange offer, or __________, 2017, the present expiration date of the exchange offers.

References to “ AEP Texas ,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus are references to AEP Texas Inc. specifically or, if the context requires, to AEP Texas Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively.




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
Summary
 
Risk Factors
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Use of Proceeds
 
Capitalization
 
Selected Financial Data
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
Business
 
Management
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Transactions with Related Persons
 
The Exchange Offers
 
Description of the Exchange Notes
 
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Exchange Offers
 
Plan of Distribution
 
Legal Matters
 
Experts
 
Available Information
 
Index to Financial Statements
 




SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information concerning the Company and this offering that may be contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this prospectus in its entirety before making an investment decision.


AEP Texas Inc.

Overview

AEP Texas is a wholly owned public utility subsidiary of American Electric Power Company, Inc. (“AEP”). The Company is engaged in the transmission and distribution of electric power to approximately 1,024,000 retail meters through retail electric providers (“REPs”) in its service territory in southern, western and central Texas.

AEP Texas was formed by the merger, effective December 31, 2016, of AEP Texas Central Company (“TCC”) and AEP Texas North Company (“TNC”) into AEP Utilities, Inc. The merger preserved the respective rate structures of the merging entities. AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc.

As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had approximately 1,500 employees. Among the principal industries served by AEP Texas are chemical and petroleum refining, chemicals and allied products, oil and natural gas extraction, food processing, metal refining, plastics and machinery equipment, agriculture and the manufacturing or processing of cotton seed products, oil products, precision and consumer metal products, meat products and gypsum products. The territory served by AEP Texas also includes several military installations and correctional facilities. AEP Texas is a member of the Electric Reliability Council of Texas (“ERCOT”). Currently, the Company’s operations are:

Electric Distribution - As of December 31, 2016, through REPs owned by third parties, the Company provides distribution service to approximately 1,024,000 retail meters in west, central and southern Texas. The Company’s service territory includes 92 counties and covers approximately 100,000 square miles. Distribution services are on a cost-of-service basis at rates approved by the Public Utility Commission of Texas (“PUCT”).

Electric Transmission - The Company’s electric transmission business provides non-discriminatory wholesale open access transmission service in ERCOT. The Company provides retail transmission service on a cost-of-service basis at rates approved by the PUCT and wholesale transmission service under tariffs approved by Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) consistent with PUCT rules.

Electric Generation - Under Texas Restructuring Legislation, the Company’s utility predecessors exited the generation business and ceased serving retail load. AEP Texas continues to own part of the Oklaunion Plant operated by Public Service Company of Oklahoma, an affiliate of AEP Texas (“PSO”). AEP Texas has leased its entire portion of the output of the Oklaunion Plant through 2027 to a non-utility affiliate pursuant to a purchase power agreement (“PPA”). AEP Texas is evaluating strategic alternatives for its interest in the Oklaunion Plant. Potential alternatives may include, but are not limited to, continued ownership, early termination of the current lease or the sale of its interest in the plant. Management has not made a decision regarding the potential alternatives, nor have they set a specific time frame for a decision. Certain of these alternatives could result in a loss or could reduce future net income and cash flows.


1


The Exchange Offers

In September 2017, we issued the Outstanding Notes in transactions not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or “Securities Act". The term “2022 Exchange Notes” refers to the 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and the term “2047 Exchange Notes” refers to the 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047, each as registered under the Securities Act, and all of which collectively are referred to as the “Exchange Notes.” The term “Notes” collectively refers to the Outstanding Notes and the Exchange Notes.
General
In connection with the issuance of the Outstanding Notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with representatives of the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to which we agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offers within 315 days after the date of original issuance of the Outstanding Notes. You are entitled to exchange in the Exchange Offers your Outstanding Notes for the respective series of Exchange Notes that are identical in all material respects to the Outstanding Notes except:
 
Ÿ
the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Outstanding Notes (except as described in “The Exchange Offers-Resale of Exchange Notes” and “Description of the Exchange Notes-Form; Transfers; Exchanges”);
 
Ÿ
the Exchange Notes are not entitled to any registration rights which are applicable to the Outstanding Notes under the registration rights agreement, including any rights to additional interest for failure to comply with the registration rights agreement; and
 
Ÿ
the Exchange Notes will bear different CUSIP numbers.
The Exchange Offers
We are offering to exchange:
 
Ÿ
$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 that have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of our existing 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
 
Ÿ
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 that have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of our existing 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047.
 
You may only exchange Outstanding Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any untendered Outstanding Notes must also be in a minimum denomination of $2,000.
Resale
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers in exchange for the Outstanding Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that:
 
Ÿ
you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
 
Ÿ
you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes.
 
Any holder of Outstanding Notes who:
 
Ÿ
is our affiliate;
 
Ÿ
does not acquire Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business; or
 
Ÿ
tenders its Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of Exchange Notes

2


 
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in the staff’s no-action letters to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated  (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation  (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in Shearman & Sterling  (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.
If you are a broker-dealer and receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and that you are not our affiliate and did not purchase your Outstanding Notes from us or any of our affiliates. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Our belief that the Exchange Notes may be offered for resale without compliance with the registration or prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act is based on interpretations of the SEC for other exchange offers that the SEC expressed in some of its no-action letters to other issuers in exchange offers like ours. We have not sought a no-action letter in connection with the Exchange Offers, and we cannot guarantee that the SEC would make a similar decision about our Exchange Offers. If our belief is wrong, or if you cannot truthfully make the representations mentioned above, and you transfer any Exchange Note issued to you in the Exchange Offers without meeting the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, or without an exemption from such requirements, you could incur liability under the Securities Act. We are not indemnifying you for any such liability.
Expiration Date
The Exchange Offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on __________, 2017, unless extended by us. We do not currently intend to extend the Expiration Date.
Withdrawal
You may withdraw the tender of your Outstanding Notes at any time prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers. We will return to you any of your Outstanding Notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers.
Conditions to the Exchange Offers
Each Exchange Offer is subject to customary conditions. We reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions to exchange as to particular Outstanding Notes. See “The Exchange Offers-Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
If you wish to participate in any of the Exchange Offers, you must either:
Ÿ
complete, sign and date the applicable accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, in accordance with the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal, and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes, and any other required documents, to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal;
or
 
Ÿ
if you hold Outstanding Notes through The Depository Trust Company, or “DTC”, comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described in this prospectus, by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal.
 
By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
Ÿ
any Exchange Notes received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
 
Ÿ
you have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;
 
Ÿ
if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

3


Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners
If you are a beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those Outstanding Notes in any of the Exchange Offers, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those Outstanding Notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your Outstanding Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Outstanding Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the Expiration Date.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes and your Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, or you cannot deliver your Outstanding Notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests prior to the Expiration Date, you must tender your Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offers-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered Outstanding Notes pursuant to the terms of, the Exchange Offers, we will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, we will not be required to pay additional interest on the Outstanding Notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your Outstanding Notes in any of the Exchange Offers, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and subject to all the limitations applicable to the Outstanding Notes as set forth in the Indenture (as defined below), except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of untendered Outstanding Notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that Outstanding Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offers, the trading market for Outstanding Notes that are not so tendered and accepted could be adversely affected.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
All untendered Outstanding Notes will remain outstanding and continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Outstanding Notes and in the Indenture. In general, the Outstanding Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the Exchange Offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act.
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences
The exchange of Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers will not be a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Exchange Offers.”
Use of Proceeds
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offers. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Exchange Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers. Any questions and requests for assistance with respect to accepting or withdrawing from the Exchange Offers, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent. The address and telephone number of the Exchange Agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offers-Exchange Agent.”



4


The Exchange Notes


The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the Outstanding Notes and Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the respective series of Outstanding Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not contain certain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement.
Issuer
 
AEP Texas Inc.
The Exchange Notes
 
$400,000,000 principal amount of 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and $300,000,000 principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047.
Maturity
 
October 1, 2022 for 2022 Exchange Notes and October 1, 2047 for 2047 Exchange Notes.
Interest Rate
 
2.40% per annum for 2022 Exchange Notes and 3.80% per annum for 2047 Exchange Notes.
Interest Payment Dates
 
April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on April 1, 2018.
Ranking
 
The Exchange Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all our other senior unsecured obligations and will be effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt, of which we have none outstanding as of November 1, 2017.
Optional Redemption
 
At any time prior to September 1, 2022, we may redeem the 2022 Exchange Notes at any time, in whole or in part, at a “make whole” redemption price equal to the greater of (1) the principal amount being redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2022 Exchange Notes being redeemed that would be due if such 2022 Exchange Notes matured on September 1, 2022, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined herein), plus 10 basis points, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
At any time prior to April 1, 2047, we may redeem the 2047 Exchange Notes at any time, in whole or in part, at a “make whole” redemption price calculated by us equal to the greater of (1) the principal amount being redeemed or (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2047 Exchange Notes being redeemed that would be due if such 2047 Exchange Notes matured on April 1, 2047, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined herein), plus 20 basis points, plus in each case accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
 
At any time on or after September 1, 2022, we may redeem the 2022 Exchange Notes in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Exchange Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption. At any time on or after April 1, 2047, we may redeem the 2047 Exchange Notes in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount of the 2047 Exchange Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.
Covenants
 
The Indenture (as defined herein) limits our ability to incur Liens (as defined herein) and limits our ability to merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets as an entirety.
These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. For more information, see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

5


Absence of Established Market for the Exchange Notes
 
We do not plan to have the Exchange Notes listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system. There is no existing trading market for the Exchange Notes, and there can be no assurance regarding any future development of a trading market for the Exchange Notes, the price at which holders of the Exchange Notes may be able to sell their Exchange Notes or the ability of such holders to sell their Exchange Notes at all.
Form of Notes
 
The Exchange Notes will be issued in fully registered book-entry form and each series of Exchange Notes will be represented by one or more global certificates, which will be deposited with or on behalf of DTC and registered in the name of DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in global certificates will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants, and your interest in any global certificate may not be exchanged for certificated Notes, except in limited circumstances described herein. See “Description of the Exchange Notes-Book-Entry Only Issuance-The Depository Trust Company.”
Trustee
 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
Governing Law
 
The Indenture is, and the Exchange Notes will be, governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


6


RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Notes, including a decision to tender your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers, involves a number of risks. Risks described below should be carefully considered together with the other information included in this prospectus. Any of the events or circumstances described as risks below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition, and a corresponding decline in the market price of or our ability to repay, the Notes. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known may also result in a significant or material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not be able to recover the costs of our substantial planned investment in capital improvements and additions.

Our business plan calls for extensive investment in capital improvements and additions including the construction of additional transmission facilities, modernizing and restoring existing infrastructure as well as other initiatives.  We currently provide service at rates approved by the PUCT and FERC.  If these regulatory commissions do not approve adjustments to the rates we charge, we would not be able to recover the costs associated with our planned extensive investment.  This would cause our financial results to be diminished.  

Our regulated electric revenues, earnings and results are dependent on the regulation that may limit our ability to recover costs and other amounts.

The rates we collect for the distribution and transmission of electricity are subject to approval by the PUCT and FERC. If our regulated utility earnings exceed the returns established by our regulators, retail electric rates may be subject to review and possible reduction, which may decrease our future earnings. Additionally, if our regulators do not allow recovery of costs incurred in providing service on a timely basis, it could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition. Similarly, if recovery or other rate relief authorized in the past, even on an interim basis, is not approved or is overturned or reversed on appeal, our future earnings could be negatively impacted. Any regulatory action or litigation outcome that triggers a reversal of a regulatory asset or deferred cost generally results in an impairment to the balance sheet and a charge to the income statement.

As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas’ cumulative revenues from interim base rate increases from 2008 through 2017, subject to review, are estimated to be $697 million. A base rate review could produce a refund if AEP Texas incurs a disallowance of the transmission or distribution investment on which an interim increase was based. Management is unable to determine a range of potential losses, if any, that are reasonably possible of occurring. A revenue decrease, including a refund of interim transmission and distribution rates, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

We may not recover costs incurred to begin construction on projects that are canceled.

Our business plan for the construction of new projects involves a number of risks, including construction delays, nonperformance by equipment and other third party suppliers, and increases in equipment and labor costs.  To limit the risks of these construction projects, we enter into equipment purchase orders and construction contracts and incur engineering and design service costs in advance of receiving necessary regulatory approvals and/or siting or environmental permits.  If any of these projects is canceled for any reason, including our failure to receive necessary regulatory approvals and/or siting or environmental permits, we could incur significant cancellation penalties under the equipment purchase orders and construction contracts.  In addition, if we have recorded any construction work or investments as an asset we may need to impair that asset in the event the project is canceled.


7


Disruptions at power generation facilities owned by third parties could interrupt our sales of transmission and distribution services.

We transmit and distribute electric power that the REPs obtain from power generation facilities owned by third parties. If power generation is disrupted or if power generation capacity is inadequate, our sales of transmission and distribution services may be diminished or interrupted, and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected if we are unable to successfully operate our facilities or perform certain corporate functions.

Our financial performance is highly dependent on the successful operation of our transmission and distribution facilities.  Operating these facilities involves many risks, including:

operator error and breakdown or failure of equipment or processes.
operating limitations that may be imposed by regulatory requirements.
compliance with mandatory reliability standards, including mandatory cyber security standards.
information technology failure that impairs our information technology infrastructure or disrupts normal business operations.
information technology failure that affects our ability to access customer information or causes us to lose confidential or proprietary data that materially and adversely affects our reputation or exposes us to legal claims.
catastrophic events such as fires, earthquakes, explosions, hurricanes, tornados, ice storms, terrorism (including cyber-terrorism), floods or other similar occurrences.

Hostile cyber intrusions could severely impair our operations, lead to the disclosure of confidential   information and damage our reputation.

We own assets deemed as critical infrastructure, the operation of which is dependent on information technology systems. Further, the computer systems that run our facilities are not completely isolated from external networks. Parties that wish to disrupt the U.S. bulk power system or our operations could view our computer systems, software or networks as targets for cyber attack. In addition, our business requires that we collect and maintain sensitive customer data, as well as confidential employee and shareholder information, which is subject to electronic theft or loss.

A successful cyber attack on the systems that control our transmission, distribution or other assets could severely disrupt business operations, preventing us from serving customers or collecting revenues. The breach of certain business systems could affect our ability to correctly record, process and report financial information. A major cyber incident could result in significant expenses to investigate and repair security breaches or system damage and could lead to litigation, fines, other remedial action, heightened regulatory scrutiny and damage to our reputation. In addition, the misappropriation, corruption or loss of personally identifiable information and other confidential data could lead to significant breach notification expenses and mitigation expenses such as credit monitoring.  We maintain cyber insurance to cover liabilities and losses directly arising from a potential cyber event. We also maintain property and casualty insurance that may cover certain resultant physical damage or third-party injuries caused by potential cyber events. However, damage and claims arising from such incidents may exceed the amount of any insurance available and other damage and claims arising from such incidents may not be covered at all. For these reasons, a significant cyber incident could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

In an effort to reduce the likelihood and severity of cyber intrusions, we have a comprehensive cyber security program designed to protect and preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data and systems. In addition, we are subject to mandatory cyber security regulatory requirements. However, cyber threats continue to evolve and adapt, and, as a result, there is a risk that we could experience a successful cyber-attack despite our current security posture and regulatory compliance efforts.


8


A substantial portion of our receivables is concentrated in a small number of REPs, and any delay or default in payment could adversely affect our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations .

Our receivables from the distribution of electricity are collected from REPs that supply the electricity we distribute to our customers. As of December 31, 2016, we did business with approximately one hundred REPs. Adverse economic conditions, structural problems in the market served by ERCOT or financial difficulties of one or more REPs could impair the ability of these REPs to pay for our services or could cause them to delay such payments. We depend on these REPs to remit payments on a timely basis. Applicable regulatory provisions require that customers be shifted to another REP or a provider of last resort if a REP cannot make timely payments. Applicable PUCT regulations significantly limit the extent to which we can apply normal commercial terms or otherwise seek credit protection from firms desiring to provide retail electric service in our service territory, and we thus remain at risk for payments related to services provided prior to the shift to another REP or the provider of last resort. The PUCT revised its regulations in 2009 to (i) enhance the financial qualifications required of REPs that began selling power after January 1, 2009, and (ii) authorize utilities to defer bad debts resulting from defaults by REPs for recovery in a future rate case. In 2016, AEP Texas’ largest REP accounted for 18% of its operating revenue, its second largest REP accounted for 18% of its operating revenue and its third largest REP accounted for 10% of its operating revenue. Any delay or default in payment by REPs could adversely affect our cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. If a REP were unable to meet its obligations, it could consider, among various options, restructuring under the bankruptcy laws, in which event such REP might seek to avoid honoring its obligations, and claims might be made by creditors involving payments we had received from such REP.

Regulation of transmission and distribution rates may delay or deny full recovery of our costs.

The rates we are allowed to charge may or may not match our expenses at any given time. While rate regulation in Texas is premised on providing a reasonable opportunity to earn a reasonable rate of return on invested capital, there can be no assurance that the PUCT will judge all of our costs to have been prudently incurred or that the regulatory process in which rates are determined will always result in rates that will produce full recovery of our actual costs.

Transmission and distribution revenues and results of operations are seasonal.

A portion of our revenues is derived from rates that we collect from each REP based on the amount of electricity we distribute on behalf of each REP. Thus, our revenues and results of operations are subject to seasonality, weather conditions and other changes in electricity usage.

Transmission and distribution revenues and results of operations are subject to risks that are beyond our control.

The cost of repairing damage to our facilities due to storms, natural disasters, wars, terrorist acts and other catastrophic events, in excess of reserves established for such repairs, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

Technological change may make alternative energy sources more attractive and may adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

The continuous process of technological development may result in the introduction to retail customers of economically attractive alternatives to purchasing electricity through our distribution facilities. Manufacturers of self-generation facilities continue to develop smaller-scale, more-fuel-efficient generating units that can be cost-effective options for retail customers with smaller electric energy requirements. Any reduction in the amount of electric energy we distribute as a result of these technologies may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.


9


Failure to attract and retain an appropriately qualified workforce could harm our results of operations.

Certain events, such as an aging workforce without appropriate replacements, mismatch of skillset or complement to future needs, or unavailability of contract resources may lead to operating challenges and increased costs.  The challenges include lack of resources, loss of knowledge and a lengthy time period associated with skill development.  In this case, costs, including costs for contractors to replace employees, productivity costs and safety costs, may rise.  Failure to hire and adequately train replacement employees, including the transfer of significant internal historical knowledge and expertise to the new employees, or the future availability and cost of contract labor may adversely affect the ability to manage and operate our business.  If we are unable to successfully attract and retain an appropriately qualified workforce, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Parties we have engaged to provide construction materials or services may fail to perform their obligations, which could harm our results of operations.

Our business plan calls for extensive investment in capital improvements and additions, including the construction of additional transmission facilities as well as other initiatives.  We are exposed to the risk of substantial price increases in the costs of materials used in construction.  We have engaged numerous contractors and entered into a large number of agreements to acquire the necessary materials and/or obtain the required construction related services.  As a result, we are also exposed to the risk that these contractors and other counterparties could breach their obligations to us.  Should the counterparties to these arrangements fail to perform, we may be forced to enter into alternative arrangements at then-current market prices that may exceed our contractual prices and almost certainly cause delays in that and related projects.  Although our agreements are designed to mitigate the consequences of a potential default by the counterparty, our actual exposure may be greater than these mitigation provisions.  This would cause our financial results to be diminished, and we might incur losses or delays in completing construction.

We are subject to physical and financial risks associated with climate change.

Climate change creates physical and financial risk. Physical risks from climate change include an increase in sea level and changes in weather conditions, such as changes in precipitation and extreme weather events. Our customers’ energy needs vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. For residential customers, heating and cooling represent their largest energy use. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, customers’ energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of the changes.

Increased energy use due to weather changes may require us to invest in additional transmission and other infrastructure to serve increased load. Decreased energy use due to weather changes may affect our financial condition, through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stress, including service interruptions.

Severe weather impacts our service territories, primarily when thunderstorms, tornadoes, hurricanes and snow or ice storms occur. For a discussion of the impact of Hurricane Harvey, see the “Executive Overview - Hurricane Harvey” section of “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS” in the prospectus. To the extent the frequency of extreme weather events increases, this could increase our cost of providing service. Changes in precipitation resulting in droughts or water shortages could adversely affect our operations. A negative impact to water supplies due to long-term drought conditions could adversely impact our ability to provide electricity to customers, as well as increase the price they pay for energy. We may not recover all costs related to mitigating these physical and financial risks.

To the extent climate change impacts a region’s economic health, it may also impact our revenues. Our financial performance is tied to the health of the regional economies we serve. The price of energy, as a factor in a region’s cost of living as well as an important input into the cost of goods and services, has an impact on the economic health of our communities.


10


Hazards associated with high-voltage electricity transmission may result in suspension of our operations or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Our operations are subject to the usual hazards associated with high-voltage electricity transmission, including explosions, fires, inclement weather, natural disasters, mechanical failure, unscheduled downtime, equipment interruptions, remediation, chemical spills, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases and other environmental risks. The hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage, and may result in suspension of operations and the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. AEP Texas maintains property and casualty insurance, but we are not fully insured against all potential hazards incident to our business, such as damage to poles, towers and lines or losses caused by outages.

We are subject to environmental regulations and to laws that can give rise to substantial liabilities.

We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which impose requirements to minimize environmental and other impacts from our construction activities, establish standards for the management, treatment, storage, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and hazardous materials, and impose obligations to investigate and remediate contamination in certain circumstances. Liabilities relating to investigation and remediation of contamination, as well as other liabilities concerning hazardous materials or contamination such as claims for personal injury or property damage, may arise at many locations, including formerly owned or operated properties and sites where wastes were treated or disposed of in accordance with historic standards, as well as properties we currently own or operate. Such liabilities may also be joint and several, meaning that a party can be held responsible for more than its share of the liability involved, or even the entire share.

Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations applicable to us could result in civil or criminal penalties and remediation costs. Our assets and operations also involve the use of materials classified as hazardous, toxic or otherwise dangerous. Some of our facilities and properties are located near environmentally sensitive areas such as wetlands and habitats of endangered or threatened species. Compliance with these laws and regulations, and liabilities concerning contamination or hazardous materials, may adversely affect our costs and, therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to various regulatory requirements, including reliability standards; contract filing requirements; reporting, recordkeeping and accounting requirements; and transaction approval requirements.

Under federal law, owners and operators of the bulk power transmission system are subject to mandatory reliability standards, including both operational and cybersecurity standards, promulgated by the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (“NERC”) and enforced by the FERC. The standards are based on the functions that need to be performed to ensure the bulk power system operates reliably and are guided by reliability and market interface principles. Compliance with new reliability standards may subject us to higher operating costs and/or increased capital expenditures. If we were found not to be in compliance with the mandatory reliability standards, we could be subject to sanctions, including substantial monetary penalties, which likely would not be recoverable.

The Company must comply with FERC requirements for approval of certain transactions; reporting, recordkeeping and accounting requirements; and for filing contracts related to the provision of jurisdictional services. Under FERC policy, failure to file jurisdictional agreements on a timely basis may result in forgoing the time value of revenues collected under the agreement, but not to the point where a loss would be incurred. The failure to obtain timely approval of transactions or to comply with applicable reporting, recordkeeping or accounting requirements could subject us to penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


11


Acts of war, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, severe weather and other catastrophic events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Acts of war, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, severe weather and other catastrophic events may negatively affect our business, financial condition and cash flows in unpredictable ways, such as increased security measures and disruptions of markets. Energy related assets, including, for example, our transmission facilities and the generation and distribution facilities that we interconnect with, may be at risk of acts of war, terrorist attacks, as well as natural disasters, severe weather and other catastrophic events. Such events or the threat of such events may increase costs associated with heightened security requirements. In addition, such events or threats may have a material effect on the economy in general and could result in a decline in energy consumption, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may be negatively impacted by changes in federal income tax policy.

We are impacted by the United States federal income tax policy, including corporate income tax laws. Both the administration and the Republicans in the House of Representatives have made public statements in support of comprehensive tax reform, including significant changes to the United States corporate income tax laws. In addition, on November 2, 2017, the House Ways and Means Committee of the House of Representatives released a tax reform bill titled the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act” which would, if enacted, significantly revise current United States Federal Income tax laws. Management is currently unable to predict whether these reform discussions or legislative proposals will result in any significant changes to existing tax laws, or if any such changes would have a cumulative positive or negative impact on us. A reduction in the federal statutory tax rate could result in an accelerated return of deferred federal income taxes to customers. This and other changes in the United States federal income tax laws could have an adverse effect on cash flow, financial conditions, and liquidity.

Risks Related to Market or Economic Volatility

If we are unable to access capital markets on reasonable terms, it could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

We rely on access to capital markets as a significant source of liquidity for capital requirements not satisfied by operating cash flows.  Volatility and reduced liquidity in the financial markets could affect our ability to raise capital and fund our capital needs, including construction costs and refinancing maturing indebtedness.  In addition, if capital is available only on less than reasonable terms or to borrowers whose creditworthiness is better than ours, capital costs could increase materially.  Restricted access to capital markets and/or increased borrowing costs could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

Downgrades in our credit ratings could negatively affect our ability to access capital.

The credit ratings agencies periodically review our capital structure and the quality and stability of our earnings.  Any negative ratings actions could constrain the capital available to us and could limit our access to funding for our operations.  Our business is capital intensive, and we are dependent upon our ability to access capital at rates and on terms we determine to be attractive.  In periods of market turmoil, access to capital is difficult for all borrowers.  If our ability to access capital becomes significantly constrained, our interest costs will likely increase and could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

We are considering strategic alternatives for our interest in the Oklaunion Plant and may incur losses as a result.

Management is evaluating strategic alternatives for the Company’s interest in the Oklaunion Plant. Management has not made a decision regarding the potential alternatives, nor have they set a specific timeframe for a decision.  Certain of these alternatives could result in a loss or could reduce future net income and cash flow and harm financial condition.


12


Risks Relating to Our Corporate and Financial Structure

Although the Notes are designated as “senior,” your right to receive payment on the Notes will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to any future secured debt of AEP Texas, to the extent of the value of the collateral therefor.

The Notes will be general senior unsecured obligations and therefore will be effectively subordinated to AEP Texas’ future secured indebtedness. As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas had no secured indebtedness outstanding. Although the Indenture will place some limitations on our ability to create liens securing indebtedness, there will be significant exceptions to these limitations that would allow us to secure indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes. If AEP Texas were to incur secured indebtedness and if AEP Texas defaulted on the Notes or certain other indebtedness or became bankrupt, liquidated or reorganized, any secured creditor could use the value of the collateral securing that debt to satisfy their secured indebtedness before you would receive any payment on the Notes, unless the Notes were similarly secured as described in “DESCRIPTION OF NOTES - Limitation on Liens” herein. If the value of such collateral is not sufficient to pay any secured indebtedness in full, AEP Texas’ secured creditors would share the value of AEP Texas’ other assets, if any, with you and the holders of other claims against AEP Texas which rank equally with the Notes.

AEP Texas could enter into various transactions that could increase the amount of its outstanding indebtedness, or adversely affect its capital structure or credit ratings, or otherwise adversely affect the holders of the Notes.

The terms of the Notes will not prevent AEP Texas from entering into a variety of acquisition, refinancing, recapitalization or other highly-leveraged transactions. As a result, AEP Texas may enter into a transaction even though the transaction could increase the total amount of its outstanding indebtedness, adversely affect its capital structure or credit ratings or otherwise adversely affect the holders of the Notes.

As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas had approximately $3.7 billion of indebtedness outstanding (of which $1.1 billion was securitization bonds issued by its subsidiaries).

Certain provisions in our debt instruments limit our financial and operating flexibility.

Our outstanding debt instruments contain numerous financial and operating covenants that place significant restrictions on, among other things, our ability to create liens and engage in mergers and consolidations.

Our outstanding debt instruments also require us to meet certain financial ratios, such as maintaining certain debt to capitalization ratios. Our ability to comply with these and other requirements and restrictions may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions, results of operations or other events beyond our control. A failure to comply with the obligations contained in any of our debt instruments could result in acceleration of certain of our outstanding debt.

Certain covenants with respect to the Notes and our outstanding indebtedness are described under “DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES” and in Note 13 to AEP Texas’ audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are subject to control by AEP.

We are an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of AEP and, therefore, AEP ultimately controls the decision of all matters submitted for shareholder approval. In circumstances involving a conflict of interest between AEP, on the one hand, and our creditors, on the other, AEP could exercise this power to the detriment of our creditors, including holders of the Exchange Notes.

13



Risks Related to the Exchange Offers

There may be adverse consequences if you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes.

If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offers, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer of your Outstanding Notes as set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the Outstanding Notes. In general, the Outstanding Notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Prospectus Summary-The Exchange Offers” and “The Exchange Offers” for information about how to tender your Outstanding Notes.
    
The tender of Outstanding Notes under the Exchange Offers will reduce the outstanding amount of the Outstanding Notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the Outstanding Notes due to a reduction in liquidity.

Your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes may be limited if there is no active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the Exchange Notes.
    
We are offering the Exchange Notes to the holders of the Outstanding Notes. We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange. There is currently no established market for the Exchange Notes. If no active trading market develops, you may not be able to resell your Exchange Notes at their fair market value or at all. Future trading prices of the Exchange Notes will depend on many factors including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of or trading market for the Exchange Notes.

Certain persons who participate in the Exchange Offers must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes.
    
Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (available June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (available July 2, 1993), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the Exchange Notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. We cannot guarantee that the SEC would make a similar decision about our Exchange Offers. If our belief is wrong, or if you cannot truthfully make the representations mentioned above, and you transfer any Exchange Note issued to you in the Exchange Offers without meeting the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, or without an exemption from such requirements, you could incur liability under the Securities Act. Additionally, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” certain holders of Exchange Notes will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the Exchange Notes. If such a holder transfers any Exchange Notes without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such a holder may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify such a holder against, this liability.


14


Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

The following risk applies to the Outstanding Notes and will apply equally to the Exchange Notes.

If the ratings of the Exchange Notes are lowered or withdrawn, the market value of the Exchange Notes could decrease.
    
A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Exchange Notes, inasmuch as the rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Exchange Notes address the rating agencies’ views as to the likelihood of the timely payment of interest and the ultimate repayment of principal of the Exchange Notes pursuant to their respective terms. There is no assurance that a rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if in their judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. In the event that any of the ratings initially assigned to the Exchange Notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, the market price of the Exchange Notes may be adversely affected.


15


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We use forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Statements that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements, and are based on beliefs and assumptions of our management, and on information currently available to management. Forward-looking statements include statements preceded by, followed by or using such words as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. Such statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update publicly any of them in light of new information or future events. Actual results may materially differ from those implied by forward-looking statements due to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in any forward-looking statement include, but are not limited to :

The economic climate, growth or contraction within and changes in market demand and demographic patterns in our service territory.
Inflationary or deflationary interest rate trends.
Volatility in the financial markets, particularly developments affecting the availability of capital on reasonable terms and developments impairing our ability to finance new capital projects and refinance existing debt at attractive rates.
The availability and cost of funds to finance working capital and capital needs, particularly during periods when the time lag between incurring costs and recovery is long and the costs are material.
Weather conditions, including storms and drought conditions, and our ability to recover significant storm restoration costs.
The ability of REPs (as defined below) to satisfy obligations to us.
Our ability to build or acquire transmission lines and facilities (including our ability to obtain any necessary regulatory approvals and permits) when needed at acceptable prices and terms and to recover those costs.
A reduction in the federal statutory tax rate could result in an accelerated return of deferred federal income taxes to customers.
Timing and resolution of pending and future rate cases, negotiations and other regulatory decisions, including rate or other recovery of new investments in distribution and transmission service.
Resolution of litigation.
Our ability to constrain operation and maintenance costs.
Changes in technology, particularly with respect to new, developing, alternative or distributed sources of generation.
Changes in PUCT regulation and the allocation of costs within ERCOT (each defined below).
Actions of rating agencies, including changes in the ratings of our debt.
The impact of volatility in the capital markets on the value of the investments held by our pension, and other postretirement benefit plans and the impact of such volatility on future funding requirements.
Accounting pronouncements periodically issued by accounting standard-setting bodies.
Other risks and unforeseen events, including wars, the effects of terrorism (including increased security costs), embargoes, cyber security threats and other catastrophic events.

In light of these risks and uncertainties, the events described in the forward-looking statements might not occur or might occur to a different extent or at a different time than we have described. For additional details regarding these and other risks and uncertainties, see “RISK FACTORS” in this prospectus.


16


USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of Outstanding Notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes of the related series, except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement. The Outstanding Notes surrendered in exchange for the Exchange Notes will be retired and cancelled, and will not be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in our outstanding debt or the receipt of any additional proceeds.


17


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our historical unaudited capitalization as of September 30, 2017.

You should read the data set forth below in conjunction with “USE OF PROCEEDS,” “SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA,” “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” and our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Outstanding Notes that are surrendered in exchange for the Exchange Notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.
 
September 30, 2017
 
(Unaudited)
 
(in millions)
Long-term Debt
 
Securitization Bonds
$
1,059.2

Other Long-term Debt, including amounts due within one year
2,663.3

Total Long-term Debt
3,722.5

Total Equity
2,004.6

Total Capitalization
$
5,727.1





18


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of September 30, 2017 are derived from our unaudited financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our unaudited financial statements and are not included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements reflect all normal and recurring accruals and adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair representation of that information for and as of the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year.

You should read the data set forth below in conjunction with “USE OF PROCEEDS,” “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS” and our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30,
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(in millions)
STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Revenues
 
$
1,164.3

 
$
1,099.4

 
$
1,461.4

 
$
1,458.0

 
$
1,428.6

 
$
1,307.8

 
$
1,273.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Income
 
$
322.6

 
$
298.2

 
$
379.6

 
$
320.8

 
$
352.5

 
$
371.4

 
$
364.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income From Continuing Operations
 
$
146.6

 
$
140.2

 
$
195.4

 
$
121.7

 
$
127.1

 
$
166.6

 
$
142.1

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 

 
(49.4
)
 
(48.8
)
 
(1.4
)
 
0.8

 
10.5

 
24.9

Net Income
 
$
146.6

 
$
90.8

 
$
146.6

 
$
120.3

 
$
127.9

 
$
177.1

 
$
167.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30,
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(in millions)
BALANCE SHEETS DATA (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Property, Plant and Equipment
 
$
7,932.0

 
$
7,118.6

 
$
7,322.7

 
$
6,740.2

 
$
6,215.0

 
$
5,732.0

 
$
5,289.2

Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
 
1,592.3

 
1,540.4

 
1,542.0

 
1,480.4

 
1,434.9

 
1,363.9

 
1,298.4

Total Property, Plant and Equipment - Net
 
$
6,339.7

 
$
5,578.2

 
$
5,780.7

 
$
5,259.8

 
$
4,780.1

 
$
4,368.1

 
$
3,990.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
8,679.9

 
$
7,814.6

 
$
7,709.1

 
$
7,882.5

 
$
7,523.3

 
$
7,337.9

 
$
7,619.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Equity
 
$
2,004.6

 
$
1,741.0

 
$
1,657.1

 
$
1,674.7

 
$
1,309.4

 
$
1,212.9

 
$
1,131.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term Debt (b)
 
$
3,722.5

 
$
3,250.2

 
$
3,217.7

 
$
3,443.7

 
$
3,342.5

 
$
3,297.5

 
$
3,268.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations Under Capital Leases (b)
 
$
20.9

 
$
18.2

 
$
18.4

 
$
14.8

 
$
11.6

 
$
8.6

 
$
5.7


(a)
Amounts reflect reclassifications due to the impact of discontinued operations (see Note 7 and Note 6 to AEP Texas’ audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes, respectively, included elsewhere in this prospectus).
(b)
Includes portion due within one year.


19



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following discussion and analysis by management focuses on those factors that had a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition during the periods presented and should be read in connection with AEP Texas’ audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. See “FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS” and “RISK FACTORS.”

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Company Overview

AEP Texas was formed by the merger of TCC and TNC into AEP Utilities, Inc. on December 31, 2016. The merging parties retained their respective rate structures. Following the merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc.

Prior to the merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. was a subsidiary of AEP and holding company for TCC, TNC and CSW Energy, Inc. CSW Energy, Inc. owns the Desert Sky and Trent Wind Farms (Wind Farms). As a result of this merger, the assets and liabilities of CSW Energy, Inc. were transferred to an affiliated company.

AEP Texas is engaged in the transmission and distribution of electric power to approximately 1,024,000 retail customers through REPs in west, central and southern Texas. As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had approximately 1,500 employees. Among the principal industries served by AEP Texas are chemical and petroleum refining, chemicals and allied products, oil and natural gas extraction, food processing, metal refining, plastics and machinery equipment, agriculture and the manufacturing or processing of cotton seed products, oil products, precision and consumer metal products, meat products and gypsum products. The territory served by AEP Texas also includes several military installations and correctional facilities.  AEP Texas is a member of ERCOT.  Under Texas Restructuring Legislation, AEP Texas’ utility predecessors, TCC and TNC, exited the generation business and ceased serving retail load. However, AEP Texas continues as part owner in the Oklaunion Plant operated by PSO but has leased its entire portion of the output of the plant through 2027 to a non-utility affiliate.

TCC and TNC Merger

Effective December 31, 2016, TCC and TNC merged into AEP Utilities, Inc., as approved by the FERC and the PUCT in September 2016 and December 2016, respectively. Upon merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc., but maintained TCC’s and TNC’s respective customer rates. The PUCT ordered certain post-merger conditions which included a) the sharing of certain interest rate savings with customers and b) an annual credit to customers of approximately $630 thousand for savings resulting from an expected reduction in post-merger debt issuance costs, effective until the next base rate case.

AEP Texas Interim Transmission and Distribution Rates

As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas’ cumulative revenues from interim base rate increases from 2008 through 2017, subject to review, are estimated to be $697 million. A base rate review could produce a refund if AEP Texas incurs a disallowance of the transmission or distribution investment on which an interim increase was based. Management is unable to determine a range of potential losses, if any, that are reasonably possible of occurring. A revenue decrease, including a refund of interim transmission and distribution rates, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.


20


U.K. Windfall Tax

AEP Utilities, Inc. was subject to the U.K. Windfall Tax through prior investments in U.K. electric companies. In May 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court decided that the U.K. Windfall Tax imposed upon U.K. electric companies privatized between 1984 and 1996 is a creditable tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes. AEP, on behalf of AEP Utilities, Inc. filed protective claims asserting the creditability of the tax, dependent upon the outcome of the case. As a result of the favorable U.S. Supreme Court decision, AEP Utilities recognized a tax benefit of $80 million, plus $43 million of pretax interest income in the second quarter of 2013. As of December 31, 2015, the Federal Income Tax receivable was recorded in Deferred Charges and Other Noncurrent Assets on the balance sheet. Prior to the merger, the balance was transferred by AEP Utilities to Parent. In the first quarter of 2017, Parent received the tax refund related to the U.K. Windfall Tax, including interest through the date of the refund.

Changes in Certifying Accountant

On July 26, 2016, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) of AEP determined not to renew the engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor, as applicable, for the audits of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 of AEP and certain of its subsidiaries, including AEP Texas. On July 26, 2016, the Audit Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor, as applicable, to audit the financial statements of AEP and such subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. The Audit Committee invited several accounting firms to participate in a competitive bidding process, including Deloitte & Touche LLP. The decision to retain PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was made by the Audit Committee. This action effectively dismissed Deloitte & Touche LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor, as applicable, of AEP and such subsidiaries and became effective upon Deloitte & Touche LLP’s completion of its procedures on the financial statements of AEP and such subsidiaries as of and for the year ending December 31, 2016.

Hurricane Harvey

In August 2017, Hurricane Harvey hit the coast of Texas, causing power outages in the AEP Texas service territory. As restoration efforts are ongoing, AEP Texas’ total costs related to this storm are not yet known. AEP Texas’ current estimated cost is approximately $250 million to $300 million, including capitalized expenditures. AEP Texas currently estimates that it will incur approximately $90 million of operation and maintenance costs related to service restoration efforts. AEP Texas has a PUCT approved catastrophe reserve in base rates and can defer incremental storm expenses. AEP Texas currently recovers approximately $1 million of storm costs annually through base rates. As of September 30, 2017, the total balance of AEP Texas’ deferred storm costs is approximately $97 million including approximately $73 million of incremental storm expenses as a regulatory asset related to Hurricane Harvey. Management is currently in the early stages of analyzing the impact of potential insurance claims and recoveries and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of this amount. Any future insurance recoveries received will be applied to and will offset the regulatory asset and property, plant and equipment, as applicable. AEP Texas is currently evaluating recovery options for the regulatory asset; however, management believes the asset is probable of recovery. The other named hurricanes did not have a material impact on AEP Texas’ operations in the third quarter of 2017. If the ultimate costs of the incident are not recovered by insurance or through the regulatory process, it would have an adverse effect on future net income, cash flows and financial condition.

21


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of AEP Texas’ results of operations includes an analysis of Gross Margin, which is a non-GAAP financial measure.  Gross Margin includes Total Revenues less the costs of Fuel and Other Consumables Used for Electric Generation as presented in AEP Texas’ statements of income.  Under state utility rate making processes, certain transmission and distribution costs are generally reimbursable directly from and billed to customers. As a result, they do not typically impact Operating Income. Management believes that Gross Margin provides a useful measure for investors and other financial statement users to analyze AEP Texas’ financial performance in that it minimizes the effect on Total Revenues caused by volatility in these expenses. Operating income, which is presented in accordance with GAAP in AEP Texas’ statements of income, is the most comparable GAAP financial measure to the presentation of gross margin.  AEP Texas’ definition of gross margin may not be directly comparable to similarly titled financial measures used by other companies.

The table below summarizes the significant components of AEP Texas’ net income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Transmission and Distribution Revenues
 
$
1,461.4

 
$
1,458.0

 
$
1,428.6

Fuel and Other Consumables Used for Electric Generation
 
32.1

 
32.1

 
45.0

Gross Margin
 
1,429.3

 
1,425.9

 
1,383.6

Other Operation and Maintenance
 
528.2

 
530.9

 
487.0

Depreciation and Amortization
 
413.9

 
468.9

 
444.1

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
107.6

 
105.3

 
100.0

Operating Income
 
379.6

 
320.8

 
352.5

Interest Income
 
10.9

 
0.8

 
0.2

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
9.2

 
6.7

 
4.8

Interest Expense
 
(144.4
)
 
(148.4
)
 
(152.0
)
Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Tax Expense
 
255.3

 
179.9

 
205.5

Income Tax Expense
 
59.9

 
58.2

 
78.4

Income From Continuing Operations
 
195.4

 
121.7

 
127.1

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net Of Tax
 
(48.8
)
 
(1.4
)
 
0.8

Net Income
 
$
146.6

 
$
120.3

 
$
127.9


KWh Sales/Degree Days
Summary of KWh Energy Sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in millions of KWhs)
Retail:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
11,844

 
11,562

 
11,571

Commercial
11,214

 
10,797

 
10,908

Industrial
7,892

 
7,699

 
7,290

Miscellaneous
577

 
582

 
590

Total Retail
31,527

 
30,640

 
30,359




22


Heating degree days and cooling degree days are metrics commonly used in the utility industry as a measure of the impact of weather on revenues.
Summary of Heating and Cooling Degree Days
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in degree days)
Actual – Heating (a)
201

 
390

 
428

Normal – Heating (b)
328

 
325

 
337

 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual – Cooling (c)
3,058

 
2,718

 
2,553

Normal – Cooling (b)
2,648

 
2,642

 
2,618


(a)
Heating degree days are calculated on a 55 degree temperature base.
(b)
Normal Heating/Cooling represents the thirty-year average of degree days.
(c)
Cooling degree days are calculated on a 70 degree temperature base.





23


2016 Compared to 2015

Reconciliation of Year Ended December 31, 2015 to Year Ended December 31, 2016
Net Income
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
$
120.3

 
 
 
Changes in Gross Margin:
 
 
Retail Margins
 
49.8

Off-system Sales
 
(3.0
)
Transmission Revenues
 
35.2

Other Revenues
 
(78.6
)
Total Change in Gross Margin
 
3.4

 
 
 
Changes in Expenses and Other:
 
 
Other Operation and Maintenance
 
2.7

Depreciation and Amortization
 
55.0

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
(2.3
)
Interest Income
 
10.1

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
2.5

Interest Expense
 
4.0

Total Change in Expenses and Other
 
72.0

 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
(1.7
)
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
(47.4
)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
$
146.6


The major components of the increase in Gross Margin, defined as revenues less the related direct cost of fuel, including consumption of chemicals and emissions allowances were as follows:

Retail Margins increased $50 million primarily due to the following:
A $20 million increase in revenues associated with the Transmission Cost Recovery Factor (TCRF) revenue rider. This increase was offset by a corresponding increase in Other Operating and Maintenance expenses below.
A $17 million increase in revenues associated with the Distribution Cost Recovery Factor (DCRF) revenue rider.
A $13 million increase in weather-normalized margins primarily in the residential and commercial classes.
Transmission Revenues increased $35 million primarily due to increased transmission investment in Electric Reliability Council of Texas regional transmission organization (ERCOT).
Other Revenues decreased $79 million primarily due to a decrease in securitization revenue as a result of the final maturity of the first securitization bond, offset in Depreciation and Amortization and other expense items below.

Expenses and Other and Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax changed between years as follows:

Other Operation and Maintenance expenses increased $3 million primarily due to the following:
A $16 million increase in transmission expenses primarily due to increased ERCOT Transmission Cost of Service.
This increase was partially offset by:
A $5 million decrease in storm restoration expenses.
A $4 million decrease in overhead line expenses.
A $3 million decrease in vegetation management expenses.

24


Depreciation and Amortization expenses decreased $55 million primarily due to the following:
A $65 million decrease primarily due to the final maturity of the first securitization bond, which is offset in Other Revenues above.
This decrease was partially offset by:
A $14 million increase in depreciable base of transmission and distribution assets.
Interest Income increased $10 million primarily due to a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service related to the U.K. Windfall Tax.
Interest Expense decreased $4 million primarily due to the following:
A $13 million decrease in interest related to securitization transition funding partially due to the final maturity of the first securitization bond. This decrease was offset by a corresponding decrease in Other Revenues above.
This decrease was partially offset by the following:
An $11 million increase due to the issuances of senior unsecured notes.
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax decreased $47 million primarily due to the impairment of the Wind Farms.


25


2015 Compared to 2014
 
Reconciliation of Year Ended December 31, 2014 to Year Ended December 31, 2015
Net Income
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
$
127.9

 
 
 
Changes in Gross Margin:
 
 
Retail Margins
 
27.0

Off-system Sales
 
(1.4
)
Transmission Revenues
 
23.6

Other Revenues
 
(6.9
)
Total Change in Gross Margin
 
42.3

 
 
 
Changes in Expenses and Other:
 
 
Other Operation and Maintenance
 
(43.9
)
Depreciation and Amortization
 
(24.8
)
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
(5.3
)
Interest Income
 
0.6

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
1.9

Interest Expense
 
3.6

Total Change in Expenses and Other
 
(67.9
)
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
20.2

Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
(2.2
)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
$
120.3


The major components of the increase in Gross Margin, defined as revenues less the related direct cost of fuel, including consumption of chemicals and emissions allowances were as follows:

Retail Margins increased $27 million primarily due to the following:
A $26 million increase primarily due to revenues associated with the TCRF revenue rider. This increase was offset by a corresponding increase in Other Operating and Maintenance expenses below.
A $4 million increase in weather-related usage primarily due to a 4% increase in cooling degree days.
These increases were partially offset by the following:
A $3 million decrease in weather-normalized margins primarily in the commercial class.
Transmission Revenues increased $24 million primarily due to increased transmission investment in ERCOT.
Other Revenues decreased $7 million primarily due to the following:
A $4 million decrease in securitization revenue related to transition funding, offset in Depreciation and Amortization and other expense items below.
A $3 million decrease in demand side management revenues.

Expenses and Other and Income Tax Expense changed between years as follows:

Other Operation and Maintenance expenses increased $44 million primarily due to the following:
A $29 million increase in transmission expenses primarily due to increased ERCOT Transmission Cost of Service.
A $5 million increase in storm restoration expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization expenses increased $25 million primarily due to the following:
A $12 million increase in depreciation expense primarily due to an increase in depreciable base of transmission and distribution assets.
A $9 million increase in amortizations due to securitization amortizations related to transition funding, offset in Other Revenues above.

26


Taxes Other Than Income Taxes increased $5 million primarily due to increased property taxes as a result of additional capital investment and increased tax rates.
Interest Expense decreased $4 million primarily due to the following:
A $12 million decrease in interest related to securitization transition funding. This decrease was offset by a corresponding decrease in Other Revenues above.
This decrease was partially offset by the following:
A $10 million increase due to the issuances of senior unsecured notes.
Income Tax Expense decreased $20 million primarily due to a decrease in pretax book income and by the recording of federal and state income tax adjustments.


    

27


The table below summarizes the significant components of AEP Texas’ net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Transmission and Distribution Revenues
 
$
431.2

 
$
403.9

 
$
1,164.3

 
$
1,099.4

Fuel and Other Consumables Used for Electric Generation
 
8.3

 
14.2

 
17.2

 
24.7

Gross Margin
 
422.9

 
389.7

 
1,147.1

 
1,074.7

Other Operation and Maintenance
 
135.9

 
135.3

 
388.2

 
379.2

Depreciation and Amortization
 
124.0

 
112.0

 
343.0

 
316.0

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
33.3

 
30.0

 
93.3

 
81.3

Operating Income
 
129.7

 
112.4

 
322.6

 
298.2

Interest Income
 
0.5

 
0.8

 
1.6

 
2.6

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 

 
2.0

 
2.2

 
7.0

Interest Expense
 
(35.3
)
 
(36.2
)
 
(105.6
)
 
(108.5
)
Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Tax Expense
 
94.9

 
79.0

 
220.8

 
199.3

Income Tax Expense
 
30.6

 
23.5

 
74.2

 
59.1

Income From Continuing Operations
 
64.3

 
55.5

 
146.6

 
140.2

Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net Of Tax
 

 
(47.4
)
 

 
(49.4
)
Net Income
 
$
64.3

 
$
8.1

 
$
146.6

 
$
90.8


KWh Sales/Degree Days

Summary of KWh Energy Sales
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
(in millions of KWhs)
Retail:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Residential
3,867

 
3,944

 
9,163

 
9,365

Commercial
3,135

 
3,174

 
8,395

 
8,519

Industrial
1,866

 
1,906

 
6,024

 
5,847

Miscellaneous
157

 
160

 
429

 
439

Total Retail
9,025

 
9,184

 
24,011

 
24,170





28


Heating degree days and cooling degree days are metrics commonly used in the utility industry as a measure of the impact of weather on revenues.

Summary of Heating and Cooling Degree Days
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in degree days)
Actual - Heating (a)
 

 

 
103

 
123

Normal - Heating (b)
 

 

 
199

 
198

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual - Cooling (c)
 
1,393

 
1,534

 
2,640

 
2,619

Normal - Cooling (b)
 
1,364

 
1,358

 
2,396

 
2,384


(a)
Heating degree days are calculated on a 55 degree temperature base.
(b)
Normal Heating/Cooling represents the thirty-year average of degree days.
(c)
Cooling degree days are calculated on a 70 degree temperature base.


29


Third Quarter of 2017 Compared to Third Quarter of 2016

Reconciliation of Third Quarter 2016 to Third Quarter 2017
Net Income
(in millions)
Third Quarter 2016
 
$
8.1

 
 
 
Changes in Gross Margin:
 
 
Retail Margins
 
15.8

Off-system Sales
 
0.4

Transmission Revenues
 
9.4

Other Revenues
 
7.6

Total Change in Gross Margin
 
33.2

 
 
 
Changes in Expenses and Other:
 
 
Other Operation and Maintenance
 
(0.6
)
Depreciation and Amortization
 
(12.0
)
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
(3.3
)
Interest Income
 
(0.3
)
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
(2.0
)
Interest Expense
 
0.9

Total Change in Expenses and Other
 
(17.3
)
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
(7.1
)
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
47.4

 
 
 
Third Quarter 2017
 
$
64.3


The major components of the increase in Gross Margin, defined as revenues less the related direct cost of fuel, including consumption of chemicals and emissions allowances were as follows:

Retail Margins increased $16 million primarily due to the following:
A $14 million increase in revenues associated with the DCRF revenue rider.
A $7 million increase due to weather-normalized margins.
These increases were partially offset by:
A $7 million decrease in weather-related usage primarily due to a 9% decrease in cooling degree days.
Transmission Revenues increased $9 million primarily due to recovery of increased transmission investment in ERCOT.
Other Revenues increased $8 million primarily due to increased securitization revenue. The increase in other revenues has corresponding increases in other items below.

Expenses and Other and Income Tax Expense changed between years as follows:

Depreciation and Amortization expenses increased $12 million primarily due to securitization amortizations related to transition funding, offset in Other Revenues above.
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes increased $3 million primarily due to increased property taxes as a result of additional capital investment and increased tax rates.
Income Tax Expense increased $7 million primarily due to an increase in pretax book income and the recording of federal income tax adjustments.
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax increased $47 million primarily due to the impairment of the Wind Farms in the third quarter of 2016.

30


Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
Reconciliation of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Net Income
(in millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
$
90.8

 
 
 
Changes in Gross Margin:
 
 
Retail Margins
 
37.3

Off-system Sales
 
1.1

Transmission Revenues
 
27.2

Other Revenues
 
6.8

Total Change in Gross Margin
 
72.4

 
 
 
Changes in Expenses and Other:
 
 
Other Operation and Maintenance
 
(9.0
)
Depreciation and Amortization
 
(27.0
)
Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
(12.0
)
Interest Income
 
(1.0
)
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
(4.8
)
Interest Expense
 
2.9

Total Change in Expenses and Other
 
(50.9
)
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
(15.1
)
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 
49.4

 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
$
146.6


The major components of the increase in Gross Margin, defined as revenues less the related direct cost of fuel, including consumption of chemicals and emissions allowances were as follows:

Retail Margins increased $37 million primarily due to the following:
A $40 million increase in revenues associated with the DCRF revenue rider.
This increase was partially offset by:
A $3 million decrease in weather-related usage primarily due to a 16% decrease in heating degree days.
A $3 million decrease due to weather-normalized margins.
Transmission Revenues increased $27 million primarily due to recovery of increased transmission investment in ERCOT.
Other Revenues increased $7 million primarily due to increased securitization revenue. The increase in other revenues has corresponding increases in other items below.

Expenses and Other and Income Tax Expense changed between years as follows:

Other Operation and Maintenance expenses increased $9 million primarily due to the following:
A $5 million increase in transmission expenses primarily due to increased ERCOT Transmission Cost of Service.
A $4 million increase in distribution expenses primarily due to vegetation management.
Depreciation and Amortization expenses increased $27 million primarily due to the following:
A $16 million increase in securitization amortizations related to transition funding, offset in Other Revenues above.
An $11 million increase in depreciation expense primarily due to an increase in depreciable base of transmission and distribution assets.


31


Taxes Other Than Income Taxes increased $12 million primarily due to increased property taxes as a result of additional capital investment and increased tax rates.
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction decreased $5 million primarily due to larger short-term debt balances.
Income Tax Expense increased $15 million primarily due to an increase in pretax book income and the recording of favorable federal and state income tax adjustments in 2016.
Income (Loss) Attributable to Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax increased $49 million primarily due to the impairment of the Wind Farms in the third quarter of 2016.

32


FINANCIAL CONDITION

AEP Texas measures financial condition by the strength of its balance sheet and the liquidity provided by its cash flows.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Debt and Equity Capitalization
 
 
September 30, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Securitization Bonds
 
$
1,059.2

 
18.5
%
 
$
1,245.8

 
24.7
%
Other Long-term Debt, including amounts due within one year
 
2,663.3

 
46.5
%
 
1,971.9

 
39.1
%
Advances from Affiliates
 

 
%
 
169.5

 
3.4
%
Total Debt
 
3,722.5

 
65.0
%
 
3,387.2

 
67.2
%
Common Equity
 
2,004.6

 
35.0
%
 
1,657.1

 
32.8
%
Total Debt and Equity Capitalization
 
$
5,727.1

 
100.0
%
 
$
5,044.3

 
100.0
%

AEP Texas’s ratio of debt-to-total capital changed primarily due to an increase in common equity related to capital contributions from Parent, partially offset by an increase in long-term debt due to an increase in construction expenditures.

Liquidity

Liquidity, or access to cash, is an important factor in determining AEP Texas’ financial stability.  AEP Texas has a $200 million term loan facility that matures in July 2019 and as of September 30, 2017, it was fully drawn. AEP Texas has access to AEP’s liquidity through AEP’s corporate borrowing program. AEP uses its corporate borrowing program to meet the short-term borrowing needs of AEP’s subsidiaries, including AEP Texas. The corporate borrowing program includes a Utility Money Pool, which funds AEP’s utility subsidiaries and a Nonutility Money Pool, which funds certain AEP nonutility subsidiaries. The corporate borrowing program is backed by AEP’s commercial paper program and corporate credit facilities. Management believes AEP Texas has adequate liquidity under AEP’s corporate borrowing program.  Additional liquidity is available to AEP Texas from equity contributions from AEP.  Management is committed to maintaining adequate liquidity.  AEP Texas generally uses short-term borrowings to fund working capital needs, property acquisitions and construction until long-term funding is arranged.  Sources of long-term funding include issuance of long-term debt and equity contributions from AEP.  See Note 13 and Note 11 to AEP Texas’ audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes, respectively, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

AEP’s Commercial Paper Credit Facilities

AEP manages liquidity by maintaining adequate external financing commitments.  As of September 30, 2017, AEP had a $3 billion revolving credit facility to support its operations. AEP Texas does not maintain separate credit facilities (other than the term loan facility). During the first nine months of 2017, the maximum amount of commercial paper AEP had outstanding was $1.6 billion. The weighted-average interest rate for AEP’s commercial paper during the first nine months of 2017 was 1.19%. As of September 30, 2017, AEP’s available liquidity was approximately $3 billion.

Financing Plan

As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas has $306.4 million of long-term debt due within one year including $235.5 million related to Transition Funding. In August 2017, AEP Texas remarketed $60 million of 1.75% Pollution Control Bonds due in 2020. The remainder will be retired as it becomes due.

In October 2017, AEP Texas retired $41 million of 5.625% Pollution Control Bonds due in 2017.


33


Debt Covenants and Borrowing Limitations

AEP Texas’ term loan facility and long-term debt agreements (“Debt Agreements”) contain certain covenants and require AEP Texas to maintain a percentage of debt to total capitalization at a level that does not exceed 67.5%. The method for calculating outstanding debt and capitalization is contractually defined in the Debt Agreements. As of September 30, 2017, this contractually-defined percentage was 57.1%. Nonperformance under these covenants could result in an event of default under these Debt Agreements. In addition, the acceleration of AEP Texas’ payment obligations, prior to maturity under any other agreement or instrument relating to debt outstanding in excess of $50 million, would cause an event of default under these Debt Agreements.

The AEP credit facilities do not permit the lenders to refuse a draw on any facility if a material adverse change occurs.

Utility Money Pool borrowings and external borrowings of AEP Texas may not exceed amounts authorized by regulatory orders and AEP manages AEP Texas’ borrowings to stay within those authorized limits.

For a further discussion of AEP Texas’ debt covenant, see Notes 13 and 11, respectively, of AEP Texas’ audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Credit Ratings

AEP Texas does not have any credit arrangements that would require material changes in payment schedules or terminations as a result of a credit downgrade. AEP Texas has long-term credit ratings from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of Baa1 and A-, respectively.

CASH FLOW

For Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

AEP Texas relies primarily on cash flows from operations and debt issuances to fund its liquidity and investing activities. AEP Texas’ investing and capital requirements are primarily capital expenditures, repaying of long-term debt and advances received from affiliates and paying dividends on common stock.
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
 
$
5.0

 
$
11.2

 
$
11.5

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
516.6

 
495.2

 
558.0

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
(434.4
)
 
(700.0
)
 
(565.9
)
Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
(96.1
)
 
195.1

 
7.6

Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
 
9.5

 
3.5

 

Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
(4.4
)
 
(6.2
)
 
(0.3
)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
0.6

 
$
5.0

 
$
11.2


AEP Texas uses advances from affiliates, in addition to capital contributions, as a bridge to long-term debt financing. The levels of borrowing may vary significantly due to the timing of long-term debt financings and the impact of fluctuations in cash flows.


34


Operating Activities
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Income from Continuing Operations
 
$
195.4

 
$
121.7

 
$
127.1

Depreciation and Amortization
 
413.9

 
468.9

 
444.1

Accrued Taxes, Net
 
(22.6
)
 
46.9

 
11.0

Other
 
(70.1
)
 
(142.3
)
 
(24.2
)
Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
$
516.6

 
$
495.2

 
$
558.0


Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities were $517 million in 2016 consisting primarily of Income from Continuing Operations of $195 million and $414 million of noncash Depreciation and Amortization. Other changes represent items that had a current period cash flow impact, such as changes in working capital, as well as items that represent future rights or obligations to receive or pay cash, such as regulatory assets.

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities were $495 million in 2015 consisting primarily of Income from Continuing Operations of $122 million and $469 million of noncash Depreciation and Amortization. Other changes represent items that had a current period cash flow impact, such as changes in working capital, as well as items that represent future rights or obligations to receive or pay cash, such as regulatory assets.

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities were $558 million in 2014 consisting primarily of Income from Continuing Operations of $127 million and $444 million of noncash Depreciation and Amortization. Other changes represent items that had a current period cash flow impact, such as changes in working capital, as well as items that represent future rights or obligations to receive or pay cash, such as regulatory assets.

Investing Activities
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Construction Expenditures
 
$
(640.9
)
 
$
(593.4
)
 
$
(579.0
)
Change in Advances to Affiliates, Net
 
139.0

 
(138.0
)
 
0.6

Change in Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
57.1

 
2.3

 
(8.8
)
Other
 
10.4

 
29.1

 
21.3

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
$
(434.4
)
 
$
(700.0
)
 
$
(565.9
)

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities were $434 million in 2016 primarily due to Construction Expenditures for transmission investments of $641 million. AEP Texas was also repaid advances to affiliates of $139 million.
    
Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities were $700 million in 2015 primarily due to Construction Expenditures for transmission investments of $593 million. AEP Texas also provided advances to affiliates of $138 million.

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities were $566 million in 2014 primarily due to Construction Expenditures for transmission investments.


35


Financing Activities
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Capital Contributions from Parent
 
$
53.0

 
$
272.3

 
$

Issuance/Retirement of Debt, Net
 
(229.5
)
 
96.4

 
40.5

Change in Advances from Affiliates, Net
 
117.0

 
(142.0
)
 
3.8

Dividends Paid on Common Stock
 
(34.0
)
 
(29.0
)
 
(35.0
)
Other
 
(2.6
)
 
(2.6
)
 
(1.7
)
Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
$
(96.1
)
 
$
195.1

 
$
7.6


Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Financing Activities in 2016 were $96 million.  AEP Texas had debt issuances of $199 million and debt retirements of $429 million. AEP Texas received advances from affiliates of $117 million and capital contributions of $53 million. AEP Texas also paid $34 million of common stock dividends. See Note 13 to AEP Texas’ audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities in 2015 were $195 million.  AEP Texas had debt issuances of $370 million and debt retirements of $274 million. AEP Texas received capital contributions of $272 million and repaid advances from affiliates of $142 million. AEP Texas also paid $29 million of common stock dividends. See Note 13 to AEP Texas’ audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities in 2014 were $8 million.  AEP Texas had debt issuances of $299 million and debt retirements of $258 million. AEP Texas also paid $35 million of common stock dividends.  See Note 13 to AEP Texas’ audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

For Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
 
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
 
$
0.6

 
$
5.0

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
490.5

 
317.4

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
(1,019.7
)
 
(183.0
)
Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
528.7

 
(134.6
)
Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
 

 
0.9

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
(0.5
)
 
0.7

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
0.1

 
$
5.7


AEP Texas uses advances from affiliates, in addition to capital contributions, as a bridge to long-term debt financing. The levels of borrowing may vary significantly due to the timing of long-term debt financings and the impact of fluctuations in cash flows.


36


Operating Activities
 
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Income from Continuing Operations
 
$
146.6

 
$
140.2

Depreciation and Amortization
 
343.0

 
316.0

Deferred Income Taxes
 
124.1

 
31.8

Change in Regulatory Assets
 
(74.1
)
 
2.0

Accrued Taxes, Net
 
1.7

 
(34.6
)
Other
 
(50.8
)
 
(138.0
)
Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
$
490.5

 
$
317.4


Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities were $491 million in 2017 consisting primarily of Income from Continuing Operations of $147 million and $343 million of noncash Depreciation and Amortization. Deferred Income Taxes increased primarily due to the impacts of bonus depreciation. The change of $74 million in Regulatory Assets was primarily due to the increase in the deferred incremental storm expenses related to Hurricane Harvey. Other changes represent items that had a current period cash flow impact, such as changes in working capital, as well as items that represent future rights or obligations to receive or pay cash.

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities were $317 million in 2016 consisting primarily of Income from Continuing Operations of $140 million and $316 million of noncash Depreciation and Amortization. Other changes represent items that had a current period cash flow impact, such as changes in working capital, as well as items that represent future rights or obligations to receive or pay cash, such as regulatory assets.

Investing Activities
 
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Construction Expenditures
 
$
(617.5
)
 
$
(438.9
)
Change in Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
23.3

 
92.6

Change in Advances to Affiliates, Net
 
(437.0
)
 
152.9

Other
 
11.5

 
10.4

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
$
(1,019.7
)
 
$
(183.0
)

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities were $1 billion in 2017 primarily due to Construction Expenditures for transmission investments of $618 million. AEP Texas also provided advances to affiliates of $437 million.
    
Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities were $183 million in 2016 primarily due to Construction Expenditures for transmission investments of $439 million. AEP Texas was also repaid advances to affiliates of $153 million.


37


Financing Activities
 
 
Nine Months Ended 
 September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Capital Contributions from Parent
 
$
200.0

 
$

Issuance/Retirement of Debt, Net
 
501.5

 
(196.0
)
Change in Advances from Affiliates, Net
 
(169.5
)
 
88.6

Dividends Paid on Common Stock
 

 
(25.5
)
Other
 
(3.3
)
 
(1.7
)
Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
$
528.7

 
$
(134.6
)

Net Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities in 2017 were $529 million.  AEP Texas had debt issuances of $760 million and debt retirements of $248 million. AEP Texas received capital contributions of $200 million and repaid advances from affiliates of $170 million. See Note 11 to AEP Texas’ unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Financing Activities in 2016 were $135 million.  AEP Texas had debt retirements of $395 million and debt issuances of $200 million. AEP Texas received advances from affiliates of $89 million. AEP Texas also paid $26 million of common stock dividends. See Note 11 to AEP Texas unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

In October 2017, AEP Texas retired $41 million of 5.625% Pollution Control Bonds due in 2017.

BUDGETED CONSTRUCTION EXPENDITURES

Management forecasts approximately $1.1 billion of construction expenditures in 2017. Management forecasts approximately $2.0 billion of construction expenditures in total for 2018 and 2019. Estimated construction expenditures are subject to periodic review and modification and may vary based on the ongoing effects of regulatory constraints, environmental regulations, business opportunities, market volatility, economic trends, weather including the impacts of Hurricane Harvey, legal reviews and the ability to access capital. Management expects to fund these construction expenditures through cash flows from operations and financing activities. AEP Texas can participate in the Utility Money Pool to finance its short-term borrowing needs until long-term funding is arranged.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

AEP Texas’ current guidelines restrict the use of off-balance sheet financing entities or structures to traditional operating lease arrangements that AEP Texas enters in the normal course of business.  As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had no off-balance sheet arrangements.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION INFORMATION

AEP Texas’ contractual cash obligations include amounts reported on the balance sheets and other obligations disclosed in the footnotes.  Other than debt issuances and retirements discussed in the “Cash Flow” section above, as of September 30, 2017, contractual obligations has not changed significantly from the year-end discussion below.


38


The following table summarizes AEP Texas’ contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2016:
Payments Due by Period
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Cash Obligations
 
Less Than
1 Year
 
2-3 Years
 
4-5 Years
 
After
5 Years
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Advances from Affiliates (a)
 
$
169.5

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
169.5

Interest on Fixed Rate Portion of Long-term Debt (b)
 
85.3

 
162.8

 
156.6

 
848.8

 
1,253.5

Fixed Rate Portion of Long-term Debt (c)
 
263.1

 
567.2

 
383.9

 
1,823.5

 
3,037.7

Variable Rate Portion of Long-term Debt (d)
 

 
200.0

 

 

 
200.0

Capital Lease Obligations (e)
 
4.2

 
6.3

 
4.3

 
6.3

 
21.1

Noncancelable Operating Leases (e)
 
9.6

 
16.8

 
13.7

 
17.9

 
58.0

Construction Contracts for Capital Assets (f)
 
170.6

 
192.4

 
60.4

 
160.0

 
583.4

Total
 
$
702.3

 
$
1,145.5

 
$
618.9

 
$
2,856.5

 
$
5,323.2


(a)
Represents principal only, excluding interest.
(b)
Interest payments are estimated based on final maturity dates of debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and do not reflect anticipated future refinancing, early redemptions or debt issuances.
(c)
See “Long-term Debt” section of Note 13.  Represents principal only, excluding interest.
(d)
See “Long-term Debt” section of Note 13.  Represents principal only, excluding interest.  Variable rate debt had interest rates that ranged between 2.06% and 2.4375% as of December 31, 2016.
(e)
See Note 12.
(f)
Represents only capital assets for which there are signed contracts.  Actual payments are dependent upon and may vary significantly based upon the decision to build, regulatory approval schedules, timing and escalation of project costs.

AEP Texas’ $4 million liability related to uncertain tax positions is not included above because management cannot reasonably estimate the cash flows by period.

AEP Texas’ portion of pension funding requirements is not included in the above table.  As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas expects to make contributions to the pension plans totaling $9 million in 2017.  Estimated contributions of $4 million in 2018 and $7 million in 2019 may vary significantly based on market returns, changes in actuarial assumptions and other factors.  Based upon the projected benefit obligation and fair value of assets available to pay pension benefits, the pension plans were 98.8% funded as of December 31, 2016. See “Estimated Future Benefit Payments and Contributions” section of Note 8.

In addition to the amounts disclosed in the contractual cash obligations table above, additional commitments are made in the normal course of business, including standby letters of credit. See “Letters of Credit” section of Note 6 for additional information.

SIGNIFICANT TAX LEGISLATION

The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 included a one-year extension of the 50% bonus depreciation and provided for the extension of research and development, employment and several energy tax credits for 2014.

The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (PATH) included an extension of the 50% bonus depreciation for three years through 2017, phasing down to 40% in 2018 and 30% in 2019. PATH also provided for the extension of research and development, employment and several energy tax credits for 2015. PATH also includes provisions to extend the wind energy production tax credit through 2016 with a three-year phase-out (2017-2019), and to extend the 30% temporary solar investment tax credit for three years through 2019 with a two-year phase-out (2020-2021). PATH also provided for a permanent extension of the Research and Development tax credit.


39


These enacted provisions had no material impact on net income or financial condition but did have a favorable impact on cash flows in 2014, 2015 and 2016 and are expected to have a favorable impact on future cash flows.

Federal Tax Reform

Management is evaluating the possibility of federal tax reform. Management has reviewed the tax proposals currently available, particularly the House Republican Blueprint and the November 2, 2017 tax reform bill titled the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.” Management has assessed the accumulated deferred federal income taxes on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and identified approximately $600 million in potential excess accumulated deferred federal income taxes based on an assumed 20% federal tax rate. Based upon the last major tax reform initiative in 1986, management believes that approximately $400 million of the excess accumulated deferred income tax related to depreciation would flow back to customers through lower rates over the life of the applicable property, while the remaining $200 million would flow back to customers through lower rates over a negotiated period of years as determined through the regulatory process. Management continues to work with industry groups and legislators to advocate for the benefit of AEP Texas’ customers and shareholders.

CYBER SECURITY

Cyber security presents a growing risk for electric utility systems because a cyber-attack could affect critical energy infrastructure.  Breaches to the cyber security of the grid or to the AEP System are potentially disruptive to people, property and commerce and create risk for business, investors and customers.  In February 2013, President Obama signed an executive order that addresses how government agencies will operate and support their functions in cyber security as well as redefines how the government interfaces with critical infrastructure, such as the electric grid.  The AEP System already operates under regulatory cyber security standards to protect critical infrastructure.  The cyber security framework that was being developed through this executive order was reviewed by FERC and the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE).  In 2014, the DOE published an Energy Sector Cyber Security Framework Implementation Guide for utilities to use in adopting and implementing the National Institute of Standards and Technology framework. AEP continues to be actively engaged in the framework process.

The electric utility industry is one of the few critical infrastructure functions with mandatory cyber security requirements under the authority of FERC. The Energy Policy Act of 2005 gave FERC the authority to oversee reliability of the bulk power system, including the authority to implement mandatory cyber security reliability standards. The North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC), which FERC certified as the nation’s Electric Reliability Organization, developed mandatory critical infrastructure protection cyber security reliability standards. AEP participated in the NERC grid security and emergency response exercises, GridEx, in 2013 and 2015.  These efforts, led by NERC, test and further develop the coordination, threat sharing and interaction between utilities and various government agencies relative to potential cyber and physical threats against the nation’s electric grid.

Critical cyber assets, such as data centers, power plants, transmission operations centers and business networks are protected using multiple layers of cyber security and authentication.  The AEP System is constantly scanned for risks or threats. Cyber hackers have been able to breach a number of very secure facilities, from federal agencies, banks and retailers to social media sites.  As these events become known and develop, AEP continually assesses its cyber security tools and processes to determine where to strengthen its defenses. Management continually reviews its business continuity plan to develop an effective recovery effort that decreases response times, limits financial impacts and maintains customer confidence following any business interruption. Management works closely with a broad range of departments, including Legal, Regulatory, Corporate Communications, Audit Services, Information Technology and Security, to ensure the corporate response to consequences of any breach or potential breach is appropriate both for internal and external audiences based on the specific circumstances surrounding the event.

Management continues to take steps to enhance the AEP System’s capabilities for identifying risks or threats and has shared that knowledge of threats with utility peers, industry and federal agencies.  AEP operates a Cyber Security Intelligence and Response Center responsible for monitoring the AEP System for cyber threats as well as collaborating with internal and external threat sharing partners from both industry and government. AEP is a member of a number

40


of industry specific threat and information sharing communities including the Department of Homeland Security and the Electricity Information Sharing and Analysis Center.

AEP has partnered in the past with a major defense contractor who has significant cyber security experience and technical capabilities developed through their work with the U.S. Department of Defense.  AEP works with a consortium of other utilities across the country, learning how best to share information about potential threats and collaborating with each other.  AEP continues to work with a nonaffiliated entity to conduct several discussions each year about recognizing and investigating cyber vulnerabilities.  Through these types of efforts, AEP is working to protect itself while helping its industry advance its cyber security capabilities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES AND ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures, including amounts related to legal matters and contingencies. Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if:

It requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and
Changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been selected could have a material effect on net income or financial condition.

Management discusses the development and selection of critical accounting estimates as presented below with the Audit Committee of AEP’s Board of Directors and the Audit Committee reviews the disclosures relating to them.

Management believes that the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in the financial statements are appropriate. However, actual results can differ significantly from those estimates.

The sections that follow present information about AEP Texas’s critical accounting estimates, as well as the effects of hypothetical changes in the material assumptions used to develop each estimate.

Regulatory Accounting

Nature of Estimates Required

AEP Texas’s financial statements reflect the actions of regulators that can result in the recognition of revenues and expenses in different time periods than enterprises that are not rate-regulated.

AEP Texas recognizes regulatory assets (deferred expenses to be recovered in the future) and regulatory liabilities (deferred future revenue reductions or refunds or revenue for costs to be incurred in future periods) for the economic effects of regulation. Specifically, the timing of expense and income recognition is matched with regulated revenues. Liabilities are also recorded for refunds, or probable refunds, to customers that have not been made.

Assumptions and Approach Used

When incurred costs are probable of recovery through regulated rates, regulatory assets are recorded on the balance sheet. Management reviews the probability of recovery at each balance sheet date and whenever new events occur. Similarly, regulatory liabilities are recorded when a determination is made that a refund is probable or when ordered by a commission. Examples of new events that affect probability include changes in the regulatory environment, issuance of a regulatory commission order or passage of new legislation. The assumptions and judgments used by regulatory authorities continue to have an impact on the recovery of costs as well as the return of revenues, rate of return earned on invested capital and timing and amount of assets to be recovered through regulated rates. If recovery of a regulatory asset is no longer probable, that regulatory asset is written-off as a charge against earnings. A write-

41


off of regulatory assets or establishment of a regulatory liability may also reduce future cash flows since there will be no recovery through regulated rates.

Effect if Different Assumptions Used

A change in the above assumptions may result in a material impact on net income. Refer to Note 4 to AEP Texas’ audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further detail related to regulatory assets and regulatory liabilities.

Revenue Recognition - Unbilled Revenues

Nature of Estimates Required

AEP Texas records revenues when energy is delivered to the customer. The determination of sales to individual customers is based on the reading of their meters, which is performed on a systematic basis throughout the month. At the end of each month, amounts of energy delivered to customers since the date of the last meter reading are estimated and the corresponding unbilled revenue accrual is recorded. This estimate is reversed in the following month and actual revenue is recorded based on meter readings.

Accrued unbilled revenues for AEP Texas were $65 million and $46 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The changes in unbilled electric utility revenues for AEP Texas were $19 million, $(5) million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The changes in unbilled electric revenues are primarily due to changes in weather and rates.

Assumptions and Approach Used

For AEP Texas, the monthly estimate for unbilled revenues is based upon a primary computation of calendar month billed sales less the current month’s billed KWh, plus the prior month’s unbilled KWh. However, due to meter reading issues, meter drift and other anomalies, a secondary computation is made, based upon an allocation of billed KWh to the current month and previous month, on a billing cycle-by-cycle basis, and by dividing the current month aggregated result by the billed KWh. The two methodologies are evaluated to confirm that they are not statistically different.

Effect if Different Assumptions Used

If the two methodologies used to estimate unbilled revenue are statistically different, a limiter adjustment is made to bring the primary computation within one standard deviation of the secondary computation. Additionally, significant fluctuations in energy demand for the unbilled period, weather, line losses or changes in the composition of customer classes could impact the estimate of unbilled revenue.

Long-Lived Assets

Nature of Estimates Required

In accordance with the requirements of “Property, Plant and Equipment” accounting guidance, AEP Texas evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any such assets may not be recoverable including planned abandonments and a probable disallowance for rate-making on a plant under construction or the assets meet the held-for-sale criteria. AEP Texas utilizes a group composite method of depreciation to estimate the useful lives of long-lived assets. The evaluations of long-lived, held and used assets may result from abandonments, significant decreases in the market price of an asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used or in its physical condition, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, as well as other economic or operations analyses. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, AEP Texas records an impairment to the extent that the fair value of the asset is less than its book value. Performing an impairment evaluation involves a significant degree of estimation and judgment in areas such as identifying circumstances that indicate an impairment may exist, identifying and grouping

42


affected assets and developing the undiscounted and discounted future cash flows (used to estimate fair value in the absence of market-based value, in some instances) associated with the asset. For assets held for sale, an impairment is recognized if the expected net sales price is less than its book value. For regulated assets, the earnings impact of an impairment charge could be offset by the establishment of a regulatory asset, if rate recovery is probable. For competitive generation assets, any impairment charge is recorded against earnings.

Assumptions and Approach Used

The fair value of an asset is the amount at which that asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. In the absence of quoted prices for identical or similar assets in active markets, AEP Texas estimates fair value using various internal and external valuation methods including cash flow projections or other market indicators of fair value such as bids received, comparable sales or independent appraisals. Cash flow estimates are based on relevant information available at the time the estimates are made. Estimates of future cash flows are, by nature, highly uncertain and may vary significantly from actual results. Also, when measuring fair value, management evaluates the characteristics of the asset or liability to determine if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Such characteristics include, for example, the condition and location of the asset or restrictions of the use of the asset. AEP Texas performs depreciation studies that include a review of any external factors that may affect the useful life to determine composite depreciation rates and related lives which are subject to periodic review by state regulatory commissions for cost-based regulated assets. The fair value of the asset could be different using different estimates and assumptions in these valuation techniques.

Effect if Different Assumptions Used

In connection with the evaluation of long-lived assets in accordance with the requirements of “Property, Plant and Equipment” accounting guidance, the fair value of the asset can vary if different estimates and assumptions would have been used in the applied valuation techniques. The estimate for depreciation rates takes into account the history of interim capital replacements and the amount of salvage expected. In cases of impairment, the best estimate of fair value was made using valuation methods based on the most current information at that time. Fluctuations in realized sales proceeds versus the estimated fair value of the asset are generally due to a variety of factors including, but not limited to, differences in subsequent market conditions, the level of bidder interest, timing and terms of the transactions and management’s analysis of the benefits of the transaction.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

AEP maintains a qualified, defined benefit pension plan (Qualified Plan), which covers substantially all nonunion and certain union employees, and unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans (Nonqualified Plans) to provide benefits in excess of amounts permitted under the provisions of the tax law for participants in the Qualified Plan (collectively the Pension Plans).  Additionally, AEP entered into individual employment contracts with certain current and retired executives that provide additional retirement benefits as a part of the Nonqualified Plans.  AEP also sponsors other postretirement benefit plans to provide health and life insurance benefits for retired employees (Postretirement Plans).  The Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans are collectively referred to as the Plans. AEP Texas participates in the Plans.

For a discussion of investment strategy, investment limitations, target asset allocations and the classification of investments within the fair value hierarchy, see “Investments Held in Trust for Future Liabilities” and “Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities” sections of Note 1 to AEP Texas’ audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.  See Note 8 to AEP Texas’ audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding costs and assumptions for employee retirement and postretirement benefits. See Note 7 to AEP Texas’ unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding costs.


43


The following table shows AEP Texas’ net periodic cost (credit) of the Plans:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Net Periodic Cost (Credit)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Pension Plans
 
$
8.3

 
$
10.0

 
$
14.0

Postretirement Plans
 
(6.7
)
 
(8.7
)
 
(7.5
)

The net periodic benefit cost is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including expected long-term rates of return on the Plans’ assets.  In developing the expected long-term rate of return assumption for 2017, management evaluated input from actuaries and investment consultants, including their reviews of asset class return expectations as well as long-term inflation assumptions.  Management also considered historical returns of the investment markets and tax rates which affect a portion of the Postretirement Plans’ assets.  Management anticipates that the investment managers employed for the Plans will invest the assets to generate future returns averaging 6% for the Qualified Plan and 6.75% for the Postretirement Plans.

The expected long-term rate of return on the Plans’ assets is based on management’s targeted asset allocation and expected investment returns for each investment category.  Assumptions for the Plans are summarized in the following table:
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
 
Assumed/
 
 
 
Assumed/
 
2017
 
Expected
 
2017
 
Expected
 
Target
 
Long-Term
 
Target
 
Long-Term
 
Asset
 
Rate of
 
Asset
 
Rate of
 
Allocation
 
Return
 
Allocation
 
Return
Equity
25
%
 
8.55
%
 
65
%
 
7.88
%
Fixed Income
59

 
4.65

 
33

 
4.54

Other Investments
15

 
8.03

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents
1

 
3.30

 
2

 
3.30

Total
100
%
 
 
 
100
%
 
 

Management regularly reviews the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances the investments to the targeted allocation.  Management believes that 6% for the Qualified Plan and 6.75% for the Postretirement Plans are reasonable estimates of the long-term rate of return on the Plans’ assets.  The Pension Plans’ assets had an actual gain of 6.98% and 0.8% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The Postretirement Plans’ assets had an actual gain of 5.39% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and an actual loss of 0.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015.  Management will continue to evaluate the actuarial assumptions, including the expected rate of return, at least annually, and will adjust the assumptions as necessary.

AEP bases the determination of pension expense or income on a market-related valuation of assets, which reduces year-to-year volatility.  This market-related valuation recognizes investment gains or losses over a five-year period from the year in which they occur.  Investment gains or losses for this purpose are the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and the actual return based on the market-related value of assets.  Since the market-related value of assets recognizes gains or losses over a five-year period, the future value of assets will be impacted as previously deferred gains or losses are recorded.  As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had cumulative losses of approximately $3 million that remain to be recognized in the calculation of the market-related value of assets.  These unrecognized net actuarial losses may result in increases in the future pension costs depending on several factors, including whether such losses at each measurement date exceed the corridor in accordance with “Compensation – Retirement Benefits” accounting guidance.

The method used to determine the discount rate that AEP utilizes for determining future obligations is a duration-based method in which a hypothetical portfolio of high quality corporate bonds is constructed with cash flows matching the benefit plan liability.  The composite yield on the hypothetical bond portfolio is used as the discount rate for the

44


plan.  The discount rate as of December 31, 2016 under this method was 4.05% for the Qualified Plan, 3.85% for the Nonqualified Plans and 4.1% for the Postretirement Plans.  Due to the effect of the unrecognized actuarial losses and based on an expected rate of return on the Pension Plans’ assets of 6%, discount rates of 4.05% and 3.85% and various other assumptions, management estimates that AEP Texas’ pension costs for the Pension Plans will approximate $8 million, $5 million and $5 million in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.  Based on an expected rate of return on the Postretirement Plans’ assets of 6.75%, a discount rate of 4.1% and various other assumptions, management estimates that AEP Texas’ Postretirement Plan credits will approximate $6 million, $6 million and $7 million in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Future actual costs will depend on future investment performance, changes in future discount rates and various other factors related to the populations participating in the Plans.  The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results.  The effects of a 50 basis point change to selective actuarial assumptions are included in the “Effect if Different Assumptions Used” section below.

The value of AEP’s Pension Plans’ assets remain unchanged at $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 primarily due to investment returns and company contributions offsetting benefit payments from AEP System companies.  During 2016, the Qualified Plan paid $340 million and the Nonqualified Plans paid $7 million in benefits to plan participants.  The value of AEP’s Postretirement Plans’ assets decreased to $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2016 from $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2015 primarily due to benefit payments in excess of investment returns and contributions from AEP System companies and the participants.  The Postretirement Plans paid $130 million in benefits to plan participants during 2016.

Nature of Estimates Required

AEP sponsors pension and other retirement and postretirement benefit plans in various forms covering all employees who meet eligibility requirements.  These benefits are accounted for under “Compensation” and “Plan Accounting” accounting guidance.  The measurement of pension and postretirement benefit obligations, costs and liabilities is dependent on a variety of assumptions.

Assumptions and Approach Used

The critical assumptions used in developing the required estimates include the following key factors:

Discount rate
Compensation increase rate
Cash balance crediting rate
Health care cost trend rate
Expected return on plan assets

Other assumptions, such as retirement, mortality and turnover, are evaluated periodically and updated to reflect actual experience.


45


Effect if Different Assumptions Used

The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, longer or shorter life spans of participants or higher or lower lump sum versus annuity payout elections by plan participants.  These differences may result in a significant impact to the amount of pension and postretirement benefit expense recorded.  If a 50 basis point change were to occur for the following assumptions, the approximate effect on the financial statements would be as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Postretirement
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Benefit Plans
 
 
+0.5%
 
-0.5%
 
+0.5%
 
-0.5%
 
 
(in millions)
Effect on December 31, 2016 Benefit Obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
 
$
(19.4
)
 
$
21.2

 
$
(5.9
)
 
$
6.4

Compensation Increase Rate
 
1.6

 
(1.5
)
 
NA

 
NA

Cash Balance Crediting Rate
 
6.4

 
(6.0
)
 
NA

 
NA

Health Care Cost Trend Rate
 
NA

 
NA

 
2.1

 
(2.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect on 2016 Periodic Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
 
(0.8
)
 
0.9

 
(0.2
)
 
0.2

Compensation Increase Rate
 
0.4

 
(0.3
)
 
NA

 
NA

Cash Balance Crediting Rate
 
1.1

 
(1.0
)
 
NA

 
NA

Health Care Cost Trend Rate
 
NA

 
NA

 
0.2

 
(0.2
)
Expected Return on Plan Assets
 
(2.0
)
 
2.0

 
(0.7
)
 
0.7


NA
Not applicable.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted During 2017

The FASB issued ASU 2015-11 “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” to simplify the guidance on the subsequent measurement of inventory, excluding inventory measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. Under the new standard, inventory should be at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. Management adopted ASU 2015-11 prospectively, effective January 1, 2017. There was no impact on results of operations, financial position or cash flows at adoption.

The FASB issued ASU 2016-09 “Compensation – Stock Compensation” simplifying the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies (including tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards) should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit on the statements of income. Under current GAAP, excess tax benefits are recognized in additional paid-in capital while tax deficiencies are recognized either as an offset to accumulated excess tax benefits, if any, or on the statements of income.  Management adopted ASU 2016-09 effective January 1, 2017. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, management made an accounting policy election to recognize the effect of forfeitures in compensation cost when they occur. There was an immaterial impact on results of operations and financial position and no impact on cash flows at adoption.


46


Pronouncements Effective in the Future

The FASB issued ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” clarifying the method used to determine the timing and requirements for revenue recognition on the statements of income. Under the new standard, an entity must identify the performance obligations in a contract, determine the transaction price and allocate the price to specific performance obligations to recognize the revenue when the obligation is completed. The amendments in this update also require disclosure of sufficient information to allow users to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flow arising from contracts. The FASB deferred implementation of ASU 2014-09 under the terms in ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic: 606): Deferral of the Effective Date.” The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. Management continues to analyze the impact of the new revenue standard and related ASUs. During 2016 and 2017, revenue contract assessments were completed. Material revenue streams were identified within the AEP System and representative contract/transaction types were sampled. Performance obligations identified within each material revenue stream were evaluated to determine whether the obligations were satisfied at a point in time or over time. Contracts determined to be satisfied over time generally qualified for the invoicing practical expedient since the invoiced amounts reasonably represented the value to customers of performance obligations fulfilled to date. Based upon the completed assessments, management does not expect a material impact to the timing of revenue recognized or net income and plans to elect the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption. Evaluation of revenue streams and new contracts continues during the second half of 2017. Given industry conclusions related to implementation issues, including contributions in aid of construction and collectability, management does not anticipate changes to current accounting systems. Management will also continue to monitor any industry implementation issues that arise and analyze the related impacts to revenue recognition. Management plans to adopt ASU 2014-09 effective January 1, 2018.

The FASB issued ASU 2016-01 “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” enhancing the reporting model for financial instruments. Under the new standard, equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The new standard also amends disclosure requirements and requires separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements. The amendments also clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The amendments will be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-01 effective January 1, 2018.

The FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Accounting for Leases” increasing the transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Under the new standard, an entity must recognize an asset and liability for operating leases on the balance sheets. Additionally, a capital lease will be known as a finance lease going forward. Leases with lease terms of 12 months or longer will be subject to the new requirements. Fundamentally, the criteria used to determine lease classification will remain the same, but will be more subjective under the new standard. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The guidance will be applied by means of a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach will require lessees and lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented. Management continues to analyze the impact of the new lease standard. During 2016 and 2017, lease contract assessments were completed. The AEP System lease population was identified and representative lease contracts were sampled. Based upon the completed assessments, management prepared a system gap analysis to outline new disclosure compliance requirements compared to current system capabilities. Multiple lease system options were also evaluated. Management plans to elect certain of the following practical expedients upon adoption:

47


Practical Expedient
 
Description
Overall Expedients (for leases commenced prior to adoption date and must be adopted as a package)
 
Do not need to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are/or contain leases, do not need to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and do not need to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.
Lease and Non-lease Components (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not separate non-lease components from lease components and instead account for each lease and associated non-lease component as a single lease component.
Short-term Lease (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases.
Lease term
 
Elect to use hindsight to determine the lease term.

Evaluation of new lease contracts continues and a compliant lease system solution will be implemented during the second half of 2017. Management expects the new standard to impact financial position, but not results of operations or cash flows. Management also continues to monitor unresolved industry implementation issues, including items related to pole attachments, easements and right-of-ways, and will analyze the related impacts to lease accounting. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-02 effective January 1, 2019.

The FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” requiring an allowance to be recorded for all expected credit losses for financial assets. The allowance for credit losses is based on historical information, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The new standard also makes revisions to the other than temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. Disclosures of credit quality indicators in relation to the amortized cost of financing receivables are further disaggregated by year of origination. The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The amendments will be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2020.

The FASB issued ASU 2016-18 “Restricted Cash” clarifying the treatment of restricted cash on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, amounts considered restricted cash will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts on the statements of cash flows. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The guidance will be applied by means of a retrospective approach. Management is analyzing the impact of the new standard. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-18 effective for the 2017 Annual Report.

The FASB issued ASU 2017-07 “Compensation - Retirement Benefits” requiring that an employer report the service cost component of pension and postretirement benefits in the same line item or items as other compensation costs. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside of a subtotal of income from operations. In addition, only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization as applicable following labor. The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. Management is analyzing the impact of the new standard and assessing an implementation program which will likely require changes in the way accounting systems capture and report the required information. Unresolved industry implementation issues also continue to be monitored. Management plans to adopt ASU 2017-07 effective January 1, 2018.

Future Accounting Changes

The FASB’s standard-setting process is ongoing and until new standards have been finalized and issued, management cannot determine the impact on the reporting of operations and financial position that may result from any such future changes.  The FASB is currently working on several projects including financial instruments, pension and postretirement benefits, hedge accounting and consolidation policy.  The ultimate pronouncements resulting from these and future projects could have an impact on future net income and financial position.

48


CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On July 26, 2016, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) of AEP determined not to renew the engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor (“Deloitte”), as applicable, for the audits of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017 of AEP and certain of its subsidiaries, including AEP Texas Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “AEP Texas”). On July 26, 2016, the Audit Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor, as applicable (“PwC”), to audit the financial statements of AEP and such subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. The Audit Committee invited several accounting firms to participate in a competitive bidding process, including Deloitte. The decision to retain PwC was made by the Audit Committee. This action effectively dismissed Deloitte as the independent registered public accounting firm or independent auditor, as applicable, of AEP and such subsidiaries effective upon Deloitte’s completion of its procedures on the financial statements of AEP and such subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. Deloitte’s dismissal as to AEP Texas was effective on November 17, 2017 .

Deloitte’s reports on the financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended did not contain any adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle. During the period from January 1, 2015 through November 17, 2017 , (1) there were no disagreements with Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have caused Deloitte to make reference thereto in its reports on the financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years then ended, and (2) there have been no “reportable events” as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

We have provided a copy of the above disclosures to Deloitte and requested Deloitte to provide us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not Deloitte agrees with those disclosures related to Deloitte. A copy of Deloitte’s letter, dated November 17, 2017 , is attached as Exhibit 16(a) to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and through the subsequent interim period July 26, 2016, AEP, its subsidiary registrants and AEP Texas did not consult with PwC regarding any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.


49


BUSINESS
Overview
AEP Texas is a wholly owned public utility subsidiary of AEP. The Company is engaged in the transmission and distribution of electric power to approximately 1,024,000 retail meters through REPs in its service territory in southern, western and central Texas. AEP Texas was formed by the merger, effective December 31, 2016, of AEP Texas Central Company and AEP Texas North Company into AEP Utilities, Inc. The merger preserved the respective rate structures of the merging entities. AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc.
As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had approximately 1,500 employees. Among the principal industries served by AEP Texas are chemical and petroleum refining, chemicals and allied products, oil and natural gas extraction, food processing, metal refining, plastics and machinery equipment, agriculture and the manufacturing or processing of cotton seed products, oil products, precision and consumer metal products, meat products and gypsum products. The territory served by AEP Texas also includes several military installations and correctional facilities. AEP Texas is a member of ERCOT, which is an intrastate network of retail customers, investor and municipally owned electric utilities, rural electric cooperatives, river authorities, independent generators, power marketers and retail electric providers. ERCOT is an independent system operator wholly within the State of Texas and subject to the jurisdiction of the PUCT. ERCOT’s control area includes most of the State of Texas, other than a portion of the panhandle, portions of the eastern part of the state bordering Arkansas and Louisiana and the area in and around El Paso. Currently, the Company’s operations are:
Electric Distribution - Through REPs owned by third parties, the Company provides distribution service to approximately 1,024,000 retail meters in west, central and southern Texas. The Company’s service territory includes 92 counties and covers approximately 100,000 square miles. Distribution services are on a cost-of-service basis at rates approved by the PUCT.

Electric Transmission - The Company’s electric transmission business provides non-discriminatory wholesale open access transmission service in ERCOT. The Company provides retail transmission service on a cost-of-service basis at rates approved by the PUCT and wholesale transmission service under tariffs approved by FERC consistent with PUCT rules.

Electric Generation - Under Texas Restructuring Legislation, the Company’s utility predecessors exited the generation business and ceased serving retail load. AEP Texas continues to own part of the Oklaunion Plant operated by Public Service Company of Oklahoma, an affiliate of AEP Texas. AEP Texas has leased its entire portion of the output of the Oklaunion Plant through 2027 to a non-utility affiliate pursuant to the PPA. AEP Texas is evaluating strategic alternatives for its interest in the Oklaunion Plant. Potential alternatives may include, but are not limited to, continued ownership, early termination of the current lease or the sale of its interest in the plant. Management has not made a decision regarding the potential alternatives, nor have they set a specific time frame for a decision. Certain of these alternatives could result in a loss which could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

In addition to the PUCT and the FERC, the Company is also subject to regulation by various federal, state and local governmental agencies.

Business Operations

Distribution

In ERCOT, end users purchase their electricity directly from certificated REPs. We deliver electricity for REPs in our certificated service area by carrying lower-voltage power from the substation to the retail electric customer. Our distribution network receives electricity from the transmission grid through power distribution substations and delivers electricity to end users through distribution feeders. Our operations include construction and maintenance of distribution facilities, metering services, outage response services and call center operations. We provide distribution services under tariffs approved by the PUCT. PUCT rules and market protocols govern the commercial operations of distribution

50


companies and other market participants. Rates for these existing services are established pursuant to rate proceedings conducted before municipalities that have original jurisdiction and the PUCT.

Transmission

On behalf of REPs, we deliver electricity from power plants to substations, from one substation to another and to retail electric customers taking power at or above 69 kilovolts in locations throughout our certificated service territory. We construct and maintain transmission facilities and provide transmission services under tariffs approved by the FERC, consistent with PUCT rules.

Generation

The Company is party to the PPA through the end of 2027 with an affiliate, AEP Energy Partners, Inc. (“AEPEP”), whereby AEP Texas sells AEPEP 100% of its capacity and associated energy from its undivided interest (54.69%) in the Oklaunion Plant. AEPEP pays AEP Texas for the capacity and associated energy delivered to the delivery point, the sum of fuel, operation and maintenance, depreciation, capacity and all taxes other than federal income taxes. The Company is evaluating strategic alternatives for its interest in the Oklaunion Plant. Potential alternatives may include, but are not limited to, continued ownership, early termination of the current lease or the sale of its interest in the plant. Management has not made a decision regarding the potential alternatives, nor have they set a specific time frame for a decision. Certain of these alternatives could result in a loss which could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

Customers

We serve 372 cities that are located in 92 counties across our approximately 100,000 square mile service territory in west, central and southern Texas. At December 31, 2016, our customers consisted of approximately 100 REPs, which sell electricity to more than one million metered customers in our certificated service area. Each REP is licensed by, and must meet minimum creditworthiness criteria established by the PUCT.

The top three REP customers in our service territory are CPL Retail Energy, LP, TXU Energy Retail Company LLC and Reliant Energy Retail Services, LLC. In 2016, AEP Texas’ largest REP accounted for 18% of its operating revenue, its second largest REP accounted for 18% of its operating revenue and its third largest REP accounted for 10% of its operating revenue. We operate using a continuous billing cycle, with meter readings being conducted and invoices being distributed to REPs each business day.

Employees
 
As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 1,500 full-time employees. We have no union employees.

Competition

AEP Texas is the sole distribution provider in the majority of its urban areas, and another provider would be required to obtain PUCT approval to serve in those areas and, depending on the location of the facilities, may also be required to obtain franchises from one or more municipalities. A significant portion of AEP Texas’ rural areas is dually certified with rural electric cooperatives. Distributed generation (i.e., power generation located at or near the point of consumption) could result in a reduction of demand for our electric distribution services but has not been a significant factor to date.

Seasonality

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from rates that we collect from each REP based on the amount of electricity we deliver on behalf of that REP. Thus, our revenues and results of operations are subject to seasonality, weather conditions and other changes in electricity usage, with revenues generally being higher during the warmer months.


51


Properties

Our distribution and transmission facilities are located in Texas on real property held in fee, by lease, or by easement grant. The real property rights of the Company may be encumbered by easements, mineral rights and other similar encumbrances that may affect the use of such real property. Our facilities consist primarily of high-voltage electric transmission lines and poles, distribution lines, substations, service centers, service wires and meters. Most of our transmission and distribution lines have been constructed over lands of others pursuant to private easements or along public highways and streets as permitted under state law and municipal franchise agreements.

We hold non-exclusive franchises from certain incorporated municipalities in our service territory. In exchange for the payment of fees, these franchises give us the right to use the streets and public rights-of-way of these municipalities to construct, operate and maintain our transmission and distribution system and to use that system to conduct our electric delivery business and for other purposes that the franchises permit. The terms of the franchises, with various expiration dates, typically range from 20 to 40 years.

As of December 31, 2016, we owned 42,716 pole miles of distribution lines and 8,389 circuit miles of overhead transmission lines. We also operate eight regional service centers. These service centers consist of office buildings, warehouses and repair facilities that are used in the business of transmitting and distributing electricity.

REGULATION

State and Local Regulation

We conduct our operations pursuant to a certificate of convenience and necessity issued by the PUCT that covers our present service area and facilities. The PUCT and certain municipalities have the authority to set the rates and terms of service provided by us under cost-of-service rate regulation.

Our distribution rates charged to REPs for residential customers are primarily based on amounts of energy delivered, whereas distribution rates for a majority of commercial and industrial customers are primarily based on peak demand. All REPs in our service area pay the same rates and other charges for transmission and distribution services. Transmission rates charged to distribution companies are based on amounts of energy transmitted under “postage stamp” rates that do not vary with the distance the energy is being transmitted. All distribution companies in ERCOT pay us the same rates and other charges for transmission services.

ERCOT

We are a member of ERCOT. Within ERCOT, prices for wholesale generation and retail electric sales are unregulated, but services provided by transmission and distribution companies are regulated by the PUCT and FERC. ERCOT serves as the regional reliability coordinating council for member electric power systems in most of Texas. ERCOT membership is open to consumer groups, investor and municipally-owned electric utilities, rural electric cooperatives, independent generators, power marketers, river authorities and REPs. The ERCOT market includes most of the State of Texas, other than a portion of the panhandle, portions of the eastern part of the state bordering Arkansas and Louisiana and the area in and around El Paso. The ERCOT market represents approximately 90% of the demand for power in Texas and is one of the nation’s largest power markets. The ERCOT market included available generating capacity of over 78,000 megawatts as of December 31, 2016. Currently, there are only limited direct current interconnections between the ERCOT market and other power markets in the United States and Mexico.

The ERCOT market operates under the reliability standards set by the NERC and approved by the FERC. Within ERCOT, these reliability standards are administered by the Texas Reliability Entity, Inc. (“TRE”). The PUCT has primary jurisdiction over the ERCOT market to ensure the adequacy and reliability of electricity supply across the state’s main interconnected power transmission grid. The ERCOT Independent System Operator (“ERCOT ISO”) is responsible for operating the bulk electric power supply system in the ERCOT market. Its responsibilities include ensuring that electricity production and delivery are accurately accounted for among the generation resources and wholesale buyers and sellers.


52


Our electric transmission business, along with those of other owners of transmission facilities in Texas, supports the operation of the ERCOT ISO. Our transmission business has planning, design, construction, operation and maintenance responsibility for the portion of the transmission grid and for the load-serving substations it owns, primarily within its certificated area. We participate with the ERCOT ISO and other ERCOT utilities to plan, design, obtain regulatory approval for and construct new transmission lines necessary to increase bulk power transfer capability and to remove existing constraints on the ERCOT transmission grid.

The FERC also has certain responsibilities with respect to ensuring the reliability of electric transmission service, including transmission facilities owned by us and other utilities within ERCOT. The FERC has designated the NERC as the Electric Reliability Organization (“ERO”) to promulgate standards, under FERC oversight, for all owners, operators and users of the bulk power system (Electric Entities). The ERO and the FERC have authority to (a) impose fines and other sanctions on Electric Entities that fail to comply with approved standards and (b) audit compliance with approved standards. The FERC has approved the delegation by the NERC of authority for reliability in ERCOT to the TRE. We do not anticipate that the reliability standards proposed by the NERC and approved by the FERC will have a material adverse impact on our operations. To the extent that we are required to make additional expenditures to comply with these standards, we would seek to recover those costs through the transmission charges that are imposed on all distribution service providers within ERCOT for electric transmission provided.

Rate Setting Within ERCOT

We provide wholesale transmission service under tariffs approved by the FERC consistent with PUCT rules. Rates are set using a cost-of-service rate-setting mechanism that allows for the recovery of all operating expenses and establishes an authorized return on equity for each transmission company. These rates provide an opportunity for transmission providers to recover their cost-of-service as well as an allowed return on regulatory asset base. The PUCT rules allow a utility to change its transmission rates twice a year to reflect increased investment in the transmission system. ERCOT provides the peak demands for each distribution company annually to the PUCT, which is used to calculate the wholesale transmission revenue amounts to be collected from the distribution company for the next year.

AEP Texas provides retail transmission and distribution service on a cost-of-service basis at rates approved by the PUCT. The PUCT rules allow a utility to change its distribution rates once a year to reflect increased investment in the distribution system, similar to the mechanism described above for transmission. The PUCT rules also allow for distribution retail rates to be adjusted to recover certain expenses to distribution companies. Distribution rates can also be adjusted once a year to recover expenses associated with administering energy efficiency programs through an Energy Efficiency Cost Recovery Factor.

REP Revenue Collection

Distribution retail revenues are collected from REPs that supply the electricity we distribute to their customers. Adverse economic conditions, structural problems in the market served by ERCOT or financial difficulties of one or more REPs could impair the ability of these REPs to pay for our services or could cause them to delay such payments. We depend on these REPs to remit payments on a timely basis, and any delay or default in payment by REPs could adversely affect our cash flows. In the event of a REP’s default, our tariff provides a number of remedies, including our option to request that the PUCT suspend or revoke the certification of the REP. Applicable regulatory provisions require that customers be shifted to another REP or a provider of last resort if a REP cannot make timely payments. However, we remain at risk for payments related to services provided prior to the shift to the replacement REP or the provider of last resort. If a REP were unable to meet its obligations, it could consider, among various options, restructuring under the bankruptcy laws, in which event such REP might seek to avoid honoring its obligations, and claims might be made against us involving payments we had received from such REP. If a REP were to file for bankruptcy, we may not be successful in recovering accrued receivables owed by such REP that are unpaid as of the date the REP filed for bankruptcy. However, PUCT regulations authorize utilities, such as us, to defer bad debts resulting from defaults by REPs for recovery in future rate cases, subject to a review of reasonableness and necessity.


53


Restructuring of the Texas Electric Market

In 1999, the Texas legislature adopted the Texas Electric Choice Plan (“Texas electric restructuring law”). Pursuant to that legislation, integrated electric utilities operating within ERCOT were required to unbundle their integrated operations into separate retail sales, power generation and transmission and distribution companies. The legislation provided for a transition period to move to the new market structure and provided a mechanism for the formerly integrated electric utilities to recover stranded and certain other costs resulting from the transition to competition. Those costs were recoverable after approval by the PUCT either through the issuance of securitization bonds or through the implementation of a competition transition charge as a rider to the utility’s tariff. Our integrated utility business was restructured in accordance with the Texas electric restructuring law and its generating stations, except for Oklaunion and some mothballed plants, were sold to third parties. Ultimately we were authorized to recover our stranded costs, other charges and related interest. Most of that amount was recovered through the issuance of securitization bonds by our special purpose subsidiaries. The securitization bonds are repaid through charges imposed on customers in our service territory. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of securitization bonds were outstanding.

Securitization Bonds

AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC and AEP Texas Central Transition Funding III LLC, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, (collectively, “Transition Funding”) were formed for the sole purpose of issuing and servicing securitization bonds related to Texas restructuring legislation. The Company is required to consolidate Transition Funding in its financial statements. The securitized bonds outstanding totaled $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and are included in current and long-term debt on the balance sheets. The securitized transition assets represent the right to impose and collect Texas true-up costs from customers receiving electric transmission or distribution service from the Company under recovery mechanisms approved by the PUCT. The securitization bonds are payable only from and secured by the securitized transition assets. The holders of the securitization bonds have no recourse to the Company or any other AEP entity.

Capital Expenditures

Our construction program is reviewed continuously and is revised from time to time in response to changes in estimates of customer demand, business and economic conditions, the cost and availability of capital, environmental requirements and other factors. Changes in construction schedules and costs, and in estimates and projections of needs for additional facilities, as well as variations from currently anticipated levels of net earnings, federal income and other taxes, and other factors affecting cash requirements, may increase or decrease the estimated capital requirements for our construction program. For a discussion of budgeted construction expenditures for the years 2017 through 2019, see “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS - Budgeted Construction Expenditures” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Environmental Matters

The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which impose requirements on wastewater discharges, regulate the issuance of permits for our construction activities, establish standards for the management, treatment, storage, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and hazardous materials, and impose obligations to investigate and remediate contamination in certain circumstances.

The Company currently incurs costs to meet the requirements in our permits and satisfy obligations imposed as part of the authorization for the construction of new or expanded facilities. Typically these costs are incorporated into cost of service rates.

Superfund addresses liabilities for costs to clean up contaminated sites due to disposal of hazardous substances. Liabilities relating to investigation and remediation of contamination, as well as other liabilities concerning hazardous materials or contamination, such as claims for personal injury or property damage, can arise at third party sites where such wastes have been treated or disposed of, as well as properties currently owned or operated by us. Allegations that materials were disposed at a particular site are often unsubstantiated and the quantity of materials deposited at a site

54


can be small and often nonhazardous. Although Superfund liability has been interpreted by the courts as joint and several, typically many parties are named as PRPs for each site and several of the parties are financially sound enterprises. At present, management’s estimates do not anticipate material cleanup costs for identified Superfund sites

Our assets and operations also involve the use of materials classified as hazardous, toxic or otherwise dangerous. Some of these properties include aboveground or underground storage tanks and associated piping. Our facilities and equipment are often situated on or near property owned by others so that, if they are the source of contamination, others’ property may be affected. We are not aware of any pending or threatened claims against us with respect to environmental contamination relating to our properties, or of any investigation or remediation of contamination at our properties that entail costs likely to materially affect us.

Claims have been made or threatened against electric utilities for bodily injury, disease or other damages allegedly related to exposure to electromagnetic fields associated with electric transmission and distribution lines. While we do not believe that a causal link between electromagnetic field exposure and injury has been generally established and accepted in the scientific community, the liabilities and costs imposed on our business could be significant if such a relationship is established or accepted. We are not aware of any pending or threatened claims against us for bodily injury, disease or other damages allegedly related to exposure to electromagnetic fields and electric transmission and distribution lines that entail costs likely to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Related Party Transactions

AEP Texas, AEP and their affiliates engage in related party transactions. See Note 14 to AEP Texas’ audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Legal Proceedings

For a discussion of the significant legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, litigation and other matters involving the Company, reference is made to the information in Note 4 and Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the normal course of business from time to time, other lawsuits, claims, environmental actions and other governmental proceedings can arise against the Company. To the extent that damages are assessed in any of these actions or proceedings, the Company believes that its insurance coverage is adequate. Although we cannot accurately predict the amount of any liability that may ultimately arise with respect to such matters, management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not currently anticipate that liabilities arising out of other currently pending or threatened lawsuits and claims will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.


55


MANAGEMENT
Set forth below is information regarding AEP Texas’ executive officers and members of our board of directors. There have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments or injunctions material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any executive officer or directors during the past ten years. Some officers serve in the same capacities at AEP and the Company.

Listed below are the executive officers and directors at September 30, 2017.

Nicholas K. Akins
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of AEP
Age 57
Chairman of the Board of AEP since January 2014, President of AEP since January 2011 and Chief Executive Officer of AEP since November 2011
Mr. Akins is a board member of Fifth Third Bancorp.

David M. Feinberg
Director, Vice President and Secretary of the Company
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of AEP
Age 47
Executive Vice President of AEP since January 2013. He was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of AEP from January 2012 to December 2012.

Brian X. Tierney
Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AEP since October 2009.
Age 50

Lisa M. Barton
Director, Vice President of the Company
Executive Vice President - Transmission of AEP
Age 51
Executive Vice President - Transmission of AEPSC since August 2011. Ms. Barton is a board member of Transource Energy, a joint venture with Great Plains Energy. She also serves on the board of directors of Electric Transmission Texas (ETT), a joint venture with Berkshire Hathaway Energy Company.

Paul Chodak, III
Director of the Company
Executive Vice President-Utilities of AEP
Age 53
Executive Vice President-Utilities of AEP since January 2017. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of Indiana Michigan Power Company from July 2010 to December 2016.

Lana L. Hillebrand
Director, Vice President of the Company
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of AEP
Age 57
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since January 2017. She was Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of AEP from December 2012 to December 2016. She previously served as South Region leader - Senior Partner at Aon Hewitt from 2010 to 2012.



56


Mark C. McCullough
Director, Vice President of the Company
Executive Vice President- Generation of AEP
Age 57
Executive Vice President-Generation of AEPSC since January 2011.

Charles R. Patton
Director of the Company
Executive Vice President-External Affairs of AEP
Age 58
Executive Vice President-External Affairs of AEP since January 2017. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of Appalachian Power Company from June 2010 to December 2016.

Judith E. Talavera
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company
Age 44
President and Chief Operating Officer of AEP Texas since June 2016
Director of Regulatory Services for AEP Texas from November 2008 to May 2016


57


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following information relates to AEP. AEP Texas Inc. does not establish its own executive compensation policy and procedures and there is no separate Compensation Committee of its Board of Managers. In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the executive compensation tables and narratives that follow, we discuss 2016 compensation paid to our named executive officers for services provided to AEP and us. This section explains AEP’s compensation philosophy, summarizes its compensation programs and reviews compensation decisions for the following named executive officers: It includes information for Mr. Powers who retired from AEP in August 2017.
Name
Title
Mr. Akins
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of AEP
Mr. Tierney
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AEP
Mr. Powers
Former Vice Chairman of AEP
Mr. Feinberg
Executive Vice President and General Counsel of AEP
Ms. Barton
Executive Vice President Transmission of AEP
Ms. Hillebrand
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of AEP

Executive Summary

2016 Business Performance Highlights.     During 2016, AEP continued its focus on becoming the next premier regulated energy company. AEP executed on its strategy of investing in core regulated businesses to improve service to customers, while demonstrating continuous improvement in its operations. AEP’s Transmission Holding Company business thrived and contributed 54 cents per share to 2016 operating earnings, an increase of 38 percent over 2015. In 2016, AEP also took steps to significantly reduce earnings volatility by reducing exposure to non-regulated businesses. AEP announced the sale of four of our competitive power plants, which was completed in January 2017. This should help AEP produce more consistent earnings by removing the volatility associated with those competitive generation plants and their exposure to the capacity and energy markets. In October 2016, AEP increased its quarterly dividend by 5.4 percent, the seventh consecutive yearly increase.

2016 Incentive Compensation Highlights.     With respect to 2016 annual incentive compensation, the HR Committee:

Increased the target performance goal for annual incentive compensation by $0.25 per share, a 7.1 percent increase over AEP’s 2015 target and $0.05 above the mid-point of our public operating earnings guidance at the time the HR Committee set the goal.

Increased the performance needed for a maximum payout from $0.15 to $0.20 per share above the target level, which increased the maximum payout performance level 8.2 percent over the comparable 2015 level.

Established threshold (33.3 percent of target payout), target and maximum (200 percent of target payout) operating earnings per share performance levels for 2016 annual incentive compensation at $3.65, $3.75 and $3.95 per share, respectively.

AEP’s 2016 operating earnings per share, together with AEP’s performance on strategic measures and safety, produced a score of 170.5 percent of target.

    

58


With respect to the 2014-2016 performance unit grant, the HR Committee certified the following results and pay outcomes:

Cumulative operating earnings per share score was 200 percent of target.

Relative total shareholder return (TSR) placed AEP at the 58th percentile of the S&P 500 Electric Utilities Industry Index, which resulted in a 127.7 percent of a target score.

These combined equally weighted scores resulted in a payout of 163.9 percent of target for this performance period.

2016 Executive Compensation Changes .    In 2016, the HR Committee made the following key changes in our executive compensation program:

Increased the CEO’s stock ownership target from five times to six times his base salary.

Increased the minimum vesting for stock options and stock appreciation rights (SARs) to pro-rata vesting over a period of at least three years, with a carve-out for up to five percent of the shares available under AEP’s Long-term incentive Plan (LTIP).

Added a “Hold Until Met” requirement for stock options and SARs, which requires AEP executives to hold the net shares they realize through stock option and SAR exercises until such time as they have met their stock ownership requirement.

Amended AEP’s Recoupment Policy to expand the policy to apply to restatements or corrections in situations where the covered employee is not culpable, and changed the covered employee group to generally include officers who are Senior Vice Presidents and higher.

Other Executive Compensation Changes .    In February 2017, the HR Committee approved another change to LTIP awards to executive officers. Starting with the LTIP grants in 2017, the performance units and the RSUs will both settle in AEP shares, rather than cash.

Compensation Governance Best Practices .     Below is a summary of our executive compensation practices, which we believe align with best practices:

Significant stock ownership requirements for executive officers, which included a recently increased stock ownership requirement for the CEO of six times base salary;

A substantial portion of the compensation for executive officers is tied to annual and long-term performance;

A recoupment policy that allows AEP to claw back incentive compensation;

An insider trading policy that prohibits our executives and directors from hedging their AEP stock holdings and from pledging AEP stock;

Long-term incentive awards with double trigger vesting that results in accelerated vesting of these awards only if there is a change in control followed by an involuntary or constructive separation from service;

No reimbursement or tax gross-up for excise taxes triggered under change in control agreements;
 
No company paid country club memberships for executive officers;
 
Generally prohibit personal use of AEP provided aircraft, to the extent that such use has an incremental cost to AEP; and

No tax gross-ups, other than for relocations.

59



Results of 2016 Advisory Vote to Approve Executive Compensation

At AEP’s annual meeting of shareholders held in April 2016, approximately 94 percent of the votes cast on AEP’s say-on-pay proposal voted in favor of the proposal. After consideration of this vote, the HR Committee continued to apply the same principles and philosophy it has used in previous years in determining executive compensation. The HR Committee will continue to consider the outcome of AEP’s say-on-pay vote and other sources of stakeholder feedback when establishing compensation programs and making compensation decisions for the named executive officers.

Overview

The HR Committee oversees and determines AEP’s executive compensation (other than that of the CEO). The HR Committee makes recommendations to the independent members of the board of directors about the compensation of the CEO, and the independent board members determine the CEO’s compensation.

AEP’s executive compensation program is designed to:

Attract, retain, motivate and reward an outstanding leadership team with market competitive compensation and benefits to achieve both excellent team and individual performance;

Reflect AEP’s financial and operational size and the complexity of its multi-state operations;

Provide a substantial portion of executive officers’ total compensation opportunity in the form of performance based incentive compensation;

Align the interests of AEP’s named executive officers with those of AEP’s shareholders by providing a majority of the total compensation opportunity for executive officers in the form of stock-based compensation with a value that is linked to the total return on AEP’s common stock and by maintaining significant stock ownership requirements for executives;

Support the implementation of AEP’s business strategy by tying annual incentive awards to operating earnings per share and the achievement of specific strategic and safety objectives; and

Promote the stability of the management team by creating strong retention incentives with multi-year vesting schedules for long-term incentive compensation.

Overall, AEP’s executive compensation program generally targets each named executive officer’s total direct compensation opportunity (base salary, annual incentive opportunity and long-term incentive opportunity) at the median of AEP’s Compensation Peer Group, as described under “Compensation Peer Group”. The HR Committee’s independent compensation consultant, Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (Meridian), participates in HR Committee meetings, assists the HR Committee in developing the compensation program and regularly meets with the HR Committee in executive session without management present.

Program Design

The program for executive officers includes base salary, annual incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation and a comprehensive benefits program. AEP provides a balance of annual and long-term incentive compensation that is consistent with the compensation mix provided by AEP’s Compensation Peer Group. For AEP’s annual incentive compensation, the HR Committee balances meeting AEP’s operating earnings per share target with strategic and safety objectives. For 2016, operating earnings per share had a 75 percent weight for annual incentive compensation and the remaining 25 percent weight was tied to strategic and safety goals.

For 2016, 75 percent of AEP’s long-term incentive compensation was awarded in the form of performance units with three-year performance measures tied to (1) AEP’s total shareholder return as a percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Electric Utilities Industry Index and (2) AEP’s three-year cumulative operating earnings per share

60


relative to a Board-approved target. The performance units are subject to a three-year vesting period. The remaining 25 percent of AEP’s long-term incentive compensation was awarded as restricted stock units (RSUs) that vest over 40 months in three approximately equal installments on the May 1st following the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.

The HR Committee annually reviews the mix of the three elements of total direct compensation: base salary, annual incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation. In 2016, 69 percent of the target total direct compensation for the CEO was performance-based (target annual incentive compensation and grant date value of performance units). An additional 17 percent of the CEO’s target total direct compensation was provided in the form of time-vesting RSUs (grant date value) which are tied to AEP’s stock price.

Compensation Peer Group

The HR Committee, supported by its independent compensation consultant, Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”), annually reviews AEP’s executive compensation relative to a peer group of companies that represent the talent markets with which AEP must compete to attract and retain executives. The companies included in the Compensation Peer Group were chosen from electric utility companies that were comparable in size to AEP in terms of revenues and market capitalization. AEP’s Compensation Peer Group for 2016, which was unchanged from 2015, consisted of the 17 utility companies shown below.
AES Corporation
Consolidated Edison Inc.
DTE Energy Company
Edison International
Exelon Corporation
NextEra Energy, Inc.
PPL Corporation
Sempra Energy
Centerpoint Energy, Inc.
Dominion Resources, Inc.
Duke Energy Corporation
Entergy Corporation
FirstEnergy Corp.
PG&E Corporation
Public Service Enterprise Group Inc.
Southern Company
Xcel Energy Inc.

The table below shows that, at the time the Compensation Peer Group data was collected in July 2015, AEP’s revenue and market capitalization were above the 50 th percentile, and closer to the 75 th percentile, of the Compensation Peer Group.

2016 Compensation Peer Group
 
Revenue(1)
($ million)
Market
Cap(1)
($ million)
Compensation Peer Group
 
 
25th Percentile
$11,686
$14,441
50th Percentile
$12,919
$21,079
75th Percentile
$17,090
$27,649
AEP
$17,020
$27,751

(1)
The HR Committee selected the 2016 Compensation Peer Group in September 2015 based on Fiscal Year-End 2014 revenue, and market capitalization as of July 31, 2015.

Meridian annually provides the HR Committee with an executive compensation study covering each named executive officer position and other executive positions based on survey information derived from the Compensation Peer Group. The Meridian study benchmarked each of our named executive officer’s total direct compensation (and each component of compensation) against the median market value of total direct compensation paid by the Compensation Peer Group to officers serving in similar capacities. The market values were adjusted for AEP’s relative size based on AEP’s revenue or the executive’s revenue responsibility using regression analysis for all positions for which data was available. The HR Committee considers percentiles other than the median and may select any percentile as a benchmark if, in its judgment, such other benchmarks provide a better comparison based on the specific scope of the job being matched or other criteria.

61



If a named executive officer’s total direct compensation opportunity is above or below a +/- 15 percent range around the market median, the HR Committee may adjust elements of the named executive officer’s compensation over time to bring the executive’s total compensation opportunity into the target range.

Executive Compensation Program Detail

Summary of Executive Compensation Components.     The following table summarizes the major components of AEP’s executive compensation program.
Component  
 
 
 
Purpose
 
 
 
Key Attributes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary
 
Ÿ
To provide a market-competitive and consistent minimum level of compensation that is paid throughout the year.
 
Ÿ
A 3 percent executive merit budget and an additional 0.5% for other types of salary adjustments was approved by the HR Committee for 2016.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
Merit and other salary increases for executives are awarded by the HR Committee based on a variety of factors.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Incentive Compensation
 
Ÿ
To focus executive officers on achieving annual earnings and other performance objectives that are critical to AEP’s success, which for 2016 included:
 
Ÿ
Annual incentive targets are established by the HR Committee based on compensation and performance information provided by the HR Committee’s independent compensation consultant as well as objectives put forth by AEP management and endorsed by the HR Committee.

 
 
 
Ÿ
Operating Earnings (75 percent weight)

 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
Safety (10 percent weight), and
 
 
Ÿ
Actual awards for employees as a group are capped at 200 percent of target, while awards for individual employees are capped at 250 percent of their target.
 
 
 
Ÿ
Strategic Initiatives (15 percent weight).
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
To communicate and align executives’ and employees’ efforts with AEP’s performance objectives.
 
Ÿ
Operating earnings per share was chosen as the primary performance measure for 2016.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
The CEO’s award is determined by the independent members of the Board of Directors, and the other named executive officer awards are determined and approved by the HR Committee and based on:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
Achievement against performance objectives, and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
A subjective evaluation of each named executive officer’s individual performance for the year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
 
Ÿ
To motivate AEP management to maximize shareholder value by linking a substantial portion of their potential compensation directly to longer-term shareholder returns.
 
Ÿ
For 2016, the HR Committee provided long-term incentive awards in the form of three-year performance units for 75 percent of the grant value and restricted stock units (RSUs) for 25 percent of the grant value.
 
 
Ÿ
To help ensure that AEP management remains focused on longer-term results, which the HR Committee considers essential given the large amount of long-term investment in physical assets required in our business.
 
Ÿ
Long-term incentive award opportunities for named executive officers are based on market data, as reflected in either position based or salary grade-based award guidelines, and subjective consideration of each named executive officer’s potential contribution to shareholder value during the performance period.
 
 
Ÿ
To reduce executive turnover and maintain management consistency.
 
Ÿ
For the 2016-2018 performance unit awards, the HR Committee established the following equally weighted performance measures:

62


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
Three-year cumulative operating earnings per share relative to a target approved by the HR Committee, and
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ÿ
Three-year total shareholder return relative to the S&P 500 Electric Utilities Industry Index.

Base Salary.     The HR Committee determines merit and other salary increases for AEP’s named executive officers based on the following factors:

The current scope and responsibilities of the position;

AEP’s merit and other increase budgets;

Sustained individual performance as assessed by each executive’s direct manager;

The market competitiveness of the executive’s salary, total cash compensation and total compensation;

Internal comparisons;

The experience and future potential of each executive; and

Reporting relationships.

The HR Committee approved merit increases for 2016 base salaries in the 2-4 percent range for our named executive officers.

Annual Incentive Compensation.

Annual Incentive Target Opportunity.     Annual incentive compensation focuses executive officers on achieving annual earnings objectives and other performance objectives that are critical to AEP’s success. The HR Committee, in consultation with Meridian and Company management, establishes the annual incentive target opportunities for each executive officer position primarily based on market competitive compensation for the executive’s position as shown in Meridian’s annual executive compensation study. For 2016, the HR Committee established the following annual incentive target opportunities for the named executive officers:

125 percent of base earnings for the CEO (Mr. Akins);

80 percent of base earnings for the CFO (Mr. Tierney);

80 percent of base earnings for the Vice Chairman (Mr. Powers);

70 percent of base earnings for the EVP and General Counsel (Mr. Feinberg); and

70 percent of base earnings for the EVP-Transmission (Ms. Barton).

70 percent of base earnings for the EVP-Chief Administrative Officer (Ms. Hillebrand).

Annual Performance Objectives.     For 2016, the HR Committee approved the following performance measures for the reasons indicated.

Operating Earnings per Share.     The HR Committee chose operating earnings per share because it largely reflects management’s performance in operating AEP. It is also strongly correlated with shareholder returns and is the primary measure by which AEP communicates its actual and expected future financial performance to the investment community and employees. The operating earnings per share measure is also well understood by both our shareholders

63


and employees. Management and the HR Committee believe that operating earnings per share growth is the primary means for AEP to create long-term shareholder value.

    
Safety.     With safety as an AEP core value, maintaining the safety of AEP employees and the general public is always a primary consideration. Accordingly, safety measures comprised 10 percent of the 2016 scorecard. 7.5 percent was based on the improvement in AEP’s DART Rate compared to its three-year average DART rate. DART is an acronym for Days Away, Restricted or Job Transfer and is an industry accepted measure that focuses on more serious injuries. The remaining 2.5 percent was a fatality measure. The fatality measure would pay out at target if there was not a fatal work-related employee incident during the year.

Strategic Initiatives.     Fifteen percent of the scorecard was tied to strategic initiatives, including six percent for Business Transformation initiatives, five percent for Customer Experience initiatives and four percent for Culture and Employee Engagement initiatives.

The six percent for Business Transformation initiatives consisted of three measures. The first related to the completion of a strategic business assessment of certain competitive generation units. The second was based on the volume of start-up projects captured by AEP OnSite Partners and AEP Renewables, which are AEP’s competitive subsidiaries focused on building renewable power projects. The last measure was based on expanding AEP’s transmission business.

The five percent for Customer Experience included three measures. The first category measures the reliability of our wires assets: SAIDI (System Average Incident Duration Index), which is a standard measure in our industry. The second category measured improvement in AEP’s rankings in the J.D. Power and Associates Customer Satisfaction Survey. The last measure was for distribution network remediation, and was based on the number of circuit feet replaced.

The four percent for Culture & Employee Engagement consisted of four measures. The Power Up & Lead category measured the number of employees that participated in a cultural education program during the year. The Gallup Survey measured improvements in the overall average score over AEP’s prior year survey. The Diversity category measured improvement in AEP’s female and minority representation rates for each EEO group. The last measure was based on the number of Lean Management System deployments completed and initiated during the year, as well as the number of Introduction to Lean Management Systems events completed during the year.

Performance Score for Annual Incentive Plan.     In 2016, AEP had operating earnings per share of $3.94, which exceeded the upper end of our original operating earnings guidance for the year of $3.60-$3.80 per share. This earnings result, together with AEP’s performance on the measures discussed above (safety and strategic initiatives), produced a result of 170.5 percent of the target award opportunity for executive officers.

For 2016, GAAP earnings per share reported in AEP’s financial statements were $1.24. This is $2.70 per share lower than operating earnings, primarily due to the impairment of certain unregulated merchant generation assets.
    

64


Balanced Scorecard.     For 2016, the HR Committee approved a balanced scorecard which tied annual incentive awards to AEP’s operating earnings, safety and strategic objectives for the year. The HR Committee used this balanced scorecard because it mitigates the risk that executives will focus on one or a few objectives, such as short-term financial performance, to the detriment of other objectives. The chart below shows the weightings for each performance measure, the threshold, target and maximum performance goals, 2016 actual results and related weighted scores.
 
Weight
Threshold
Target
Maximum
Actual
Performance
Result
Actual
Award
Score
(as a percent
of target
opportunity)
Weighted
Score
Operating Earnings Per Share (75%)
75%
$3.65
$3.75
$3.95
$3.941
195.5%
1.466
Safety (10%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DART (Days Away, Restricted or Job Transfer) Rate, an industry measure focused on serious injuries
7.5%
0 percent
Improvement
10 percent
Improvement
20 percent
Improvement
0 percent
0.0%
0.000
Fatality Measure (the number of fatal work related
employee incidents)
2.5%
One or more
None
None for more
than one year
Two employee
fatalities
0.0%
0.000
Strategic Initiatives (15%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Transformation Measures (6%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Business Assessment of Certain Competitive
Generation Plants
2%
Incomplete
Board approves a sale contract or recommendation to retain these plants
Sale contract and Board approves plan for use of proceeds
A sale contract was executed, and the Board approved the plan for use of proceeds
200.0%
0.040
Volume of AEP OnSite Partners and AEP Renewables
Start-up Projects
2%
$0
million
$20
million
$50
million
$299
million
200.0%
0.040
Volume of Transmission Investment Opportunities
2%
$100
million
$200
million
$300
million
$485
million
200.0%
0.040
Customer Experience Measures (5%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wires Reliability- measure based on a customer
weighted average of SAIDI (System Average Incident Duration Index) Performance Scores of AEP operating companies
2%
Generally 80% percent of target
Regulatory targets or a glide path to the regional peer group average
120 percent of target
114.0% Average Operating Company Score
114.0%
0.023
Customer Satisfaction - measure based on a weighted
average of J.D. Power Residential Customer Satisfaction Index scores for AEP operating companies
2%
No improvement
Peer Group improvement
rate
Glide path improvement to the Regional Peer Group Average
200.0% Average Operating Company Score
200.0%
0.040
Network remediation
1%
286,931 circuit
feet replaced
382,575 circuit feet replaced
478,218 circuit feet replaced
>527,000 circuit
feet replaced
200.0%
0.020
Culture and Employee Engagement Measures (4%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Engagement - based on improvement in
average overall score of a survey of AEP employees
1%
0.07
improvement
0.10
improvement
0.20
improvement
0.08
Improvement
33.3%
0.003
Employee Diversity - measure based on increased
representation of women and minorities in all EEO categories
1%
Higher of 80 percent target or 0 percent improvement
Higher of 100 percent target or 0 percent improvement
Higher of 120 percent of target or 0 percent improvement
Female Representation Score: 65.6%
Minority Representation Score: 82.3%
74.0%
0.007
AEP Culture Development - measure based on the
number of employees that participated in an employee development program
1%
3,900
participants
5,200
participants
6,500
participants
5,240
participants
103.1%
0.010
Lean Management Sustainability (number of pilot areas
and non-pilot areas completed)
1%
1 pilot & 30 non-pilots
3 pilots & 40 non-pilots
3 pilots & 50 non-pilots plus 3 additional pilots initiated
3 pilots and 48 non-pilots completed plus 1 additional pilot initiated
156.7%
0.016
Total Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.705


65


2016 Individual Award Calculations.     Based on the results under the Balanced Scorecard, the HR Committee approved a weighted score of 170.5 percent. The HR Committee then subjectively evaluated the individual performance of each named executive officer to determine the actual award payouts. The HR Committee considered the progress made during 2016 focusing AEP on its core regulated businesses for Mr. Akins and the successful performance of the transmission business in 2016 for Ms. Barton.
Name
2016
Base
Earnings*
 
Annual
Incentive
Target %
 
Weighted
Score Under
Performance
Score Card
 
Calculated
Annual
Incentive
Opportunity
2016 Actual
Payouts
Mr. Akins
$1,318,442
x
125%
x
170.5%
=
$2,809,930
$3,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Tierney
$727,257
x
80%
x
170.5%
=
$991,979
$990,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Powers
$720,499
x
80%
x
170.5%
=
$982,761
$980,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Feinberg
$612,175
x
70%
x
170.5%
=
$730,631
$730,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ms. Barton
$529,473
x
70%
x
170.5%
=
$631,926
$650,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ms. Hillebrand
$559,427
x
70%
x
170.5%
=
$667,676
$670,000

*    Based on salary paid in 2016, which is slightly different than the salary earned for 2016 shown in the Summary Compensation Table.

The independent members of the Board approved the 2016 annual incentive award for the CEO. The HR Committee approved the 2016 annual incentive awards for the other named executive officers.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation.     The HR Committee grants long-term incentive compensation to executive officers on an annual award cycle. AEP annually reviews the mix of long-term incentive compensation provided to its executives. For the 2016 award cycle, 75 percent of the grant date value of long-term incentives was awarded as three-year performance units and 25 percent of the grant date value was awarded as time-vesting restricted stock units (RSUs). The HR Committee increased the blend of performance units to RSUs in the long-term incentive mix from 70/30 to 75/25 for 2016 to increase the portion of the long-term incentive award that is performance-based.

The HR Committee establishes target long-term incentive award opportunities for each named executive officer based primarily on a market competitive long-term and total compensation analysis provided by Meridian for executives serving in similar positions in AEP’s Compensation Peer Group.

The independent members of the Board approved the 2016 long-term incentive award for the CEO. The HR Committee approved the 2016 long-term incentive awards for the other named executive officers.

2016 Long-Term Incentive Awards
Name
Number of
Performance
Units Granted
(at Target)
Number of
RSUs Granted
Total
Units Granted
Total
Grant Date
Fair Value
Mr. Akins
80,306
26,769
107,075
$6,720,027
Mr. Tierney
22,646
7,549
30,195
$1,895,038
Mr. Powers
22,646
7,549
30,195
$1,895,038
Mr. Feinberg
13,467
4,489
17,956
$1,126,919
Ms. Barton
11,987
3,995
15,982
$1,003,030
Ms. Hillebrand
10,787
3,596
14,383
$902,677

Differences in grant date fair value between the awards for individual named executive officers primarily reflect differences in market median compensation for the executives shown in the annual executive compensation study conducted by Meridian.

In February 2017, Mr. Powers announced his retirement from AEP in August 2017. Mr. Powers remained Vice Chairman of AEP until his retirement. Mr. Powers did not receive a 2017 long-term incentive (LTIP) award because

66


of his announced retirement, but AEP provided a cash payment to Mr. Powers instead. In connection with Mr. Powers’ retirement, AEP and Mr. Powers entered into a separation and release of all claims agreement, containing among other things, certain non-solicitation, confidentiality and cooperation agreements. This agreement provided a cash payment of $700,000      that provided him (i) an amount to make up for his not receiving a 2017 LTIP award (if it had been granted, a portion of his 2017 - 2019 performance units would have remained outstanding upon his August 2017 retirement), and (ii) a portion of the compensation Mr. Powers would have received if he had remained with AEP through a later retirement date.

Performance Units.     The HR Committee granted 75 percent of the aggregate grant date value of AEP’s 2016 long-term incentive awards as performance unit awards for the 2016 - 2018 performance period. Each performance unit has an economic value equivalent to a share of AEP common stock. AEP grants performance units at the beginning of each year with a three-year performance and vesting period. Vested performance units are paid in cash except to the extent they are voluntarily deferred or are needed to meet an executive’s stock ownership requirement, in which case the vested performance units are mandatorily deferred into AEP Career Shares. AEP Career Shares are not paid to participants until after their employment with AEP ends.

Dividends are reinvested in additional performance units that are subject to the same performance measures and vesting requirements as the underlying performance units on which they were granted. The total number of performance units held at the end of the performance period is multiplied by the equally weighted score for the two performance measures shown below to determine the number of performance units earned. Each unit is then paid out at the average closing price of AEP common stock for the last 20 trading days of the performance period or mandatorily deferred as Career Shares if needed to satisfy an executive officer’s stock ownership requirement. The maximum score for each performance measure is 200 percent. For the 2016-2018 performance units, the cumulative operating earnings per share target is $11.42.

Performance Measures for 2016 - 2018 Performance Units
Performance Measure
Weight
Threshold
Performance
Target
Performance
Maximum Payout
Performance
3-Year Cumulative Operating Earnings Per Share
50%
$10.621
(30% payout)
$11.42
(100% payout)
$12.219
(200% payout)
 
 
 
 
 
3-Year Total Shareholder
Return vs. S&P 500 Electric Utilities Industry Index
50%
20 th  Percentile
(0% payout)
50 th  Percentile
(100% payout)
80 th  Percentile
(200% payout)

The HR Committee selected a cumulative measure of operating earnings to ensure that earnings for all three years contribute equally to the award calculation. The HR Committee also selected a total shareholder return measure for these awards to provide an external performance comparison that reflects the effectiveness of management’s strategic decisions and actions over the three-year performance period relative to other large electric utilities.

Restricted Stock Units.     Each RSU has an economic value equivalent to one share of AEP common stock. The HR Committee granted 25 percent of the aggregate grant date value of AEP’s 2016 long-term incentive awards as RSUs. These RSUs vest over a forty month period, subject to the executive’s continued employment, in three approximately equal installments on May 1, 2017, May 1, 2018 and May 1, 2019. Dividends are reinvested in additional RSUs that are subject to the same vesting requirements applicable to the underlying RSUs on which they were granted. Upon vesting, these RSUs pay out in cash to executive officers at the average closing price of AEP common stock for the last 20 trading days of the vesting period.

Stock Ownership Requirements.     The HR Committee believes that linking a significant portion of executives’ financial rewards to AEP’s success, as reflected by the value of AEP stock, gives executives a stake similar to that of AEP’s shareholders and encourages long-term management strategies that benefit shareholders. Therefore, the HR Committee requires certain officers (51 individuals as of January 1, 2017), including the named executive officers, to accumulate and hold a specific amount of AEP common stock or stock equivalents. The HR Committee annually reviews the stock ownership level for each executive officer and periodically adjusts these levels. Each named executive officer met his or her stock ownership requirement as of March 1, 2017.

67



During 2016, the HR Committee increased the CEO’s stock ownership requirement from five times to six times his base salary. The other named executive officers’ targets are three times their respective base salaries.

Equity Retention (Holding Period).     Until an executive officer meets his or her stock ownership requirement, performance units awarded under the Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) are mandatorily deferred into AEP Career Shares to the extent necessary to meet their stock ownership requirement. If an executive has not met his or her stock ownership requirement within five years of the date it became effective or subsequently falls below it, the HR Committee may require the executive to defer a portion of his or her annual incentive compensation award into AEP Career Shares.

In 2016, the LTIP was amended to add a “Hold Until Met” requirement for stock options and SARs, which requires AEP executives to hold the net shares they realize through stock option and SAR exercises until such time as they have met their stock ownership requirement. However, no stock options or SARs were granted or outstanding during 2016.

Benefits.     AEP generally provides the same health and welfare benefits to named executive officers as it provides to other employees. AEP also provides the named executive officers with either four or five weeks of paid vacation, depending on their length of service and position.

AEP’s named executive officers participate in the same tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution savings plan as other eligible employees. AEP’s named executive officers also participate in the AEP’s non-qualified retirement benefit plans, which largely provide “supplemental benefits” that would otherwise be offered through the tax-qualified plans except for the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on those tax-qualified plans. This allows eligible employees to accumulate replacement income for their retirement based on the same benefit formulas as the tax qualified plans but without the limitations that are imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on the tax-qualified plans.

The HR Committee recognizes that the non-qualified plans result in the deferral of the AEP’s income tax deduction related to these benefits until such benefits are paid, but the HR Committee believes that executives generally should be entitled to the same retirement benefits, as a percentage of their eligible pay, as AEP’s other employees and that these benefits are prevalent among similar companies. The HR Committee also provides these benefits as part of a market competitive total rewards package.

AEP limits both the amount and types of compensation that are included in the qualified and non-qualified retirement plans because the HR Committee and AEP management believe that compensation over certain limits and certain types of compensation should not be further enhanced by including it in retirement benefit calculations. Therefore:
 
Long-term incentive compensation is not included in the calculations that determine retirement and other benefits under AEP’s benefit plans,

The cash balance formula of AEP’s non-qualified pension plan (the “AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan”) limits eligible compensation to the greater of $1 million or twice the participant’s base salary, and

Eligible compensation is also limited to $2 million under the non-qualified Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.

AEP provides group term life insurance benefits to all employees, including the named executive officers, in the amount of two times their base salary.
 
For executives whom AEP asks to relocate, it is AEP’s practice to offer relocation assistance to offset their moving expenses. This policy better enables AEP to obtain high quality new hires and to relocate internal job candidates.
 
Perquisites.     The HR Committee annually reviews the perquisites provided by AEP. In 2016, AEP provided independent financial counseling and tax preparation services to assist executives with financial planning and tax filings. Income is imputed to executives and taxes are withheld for these services.

68



The HR Committee is sensitive to concerns regarding the expense of corporate aircraft and the public perception regarding personal use of such aircraft. Accordingly, the HR Committee generally prohibits personal use of corporate aircraft that has an incremental cost to AEP. AEP allows personal travel on business trips using the corporate aircraft if there is no incremental cost to AEP. Income is imputed and taxes are withheld on the value of personal travel on corporate aircraft in accordance with IRS guidelines.

Other Compensation Information

Recoupment of Incentive Compensation.

In 2016, the Board amended the AEP’s Policy on Recouping Incentive Compensation, commonly referred to as a “clawback” policy. The policy was amended to provide that our executive officers and certain other senior executives would be subject to a ‘no fault’ “clawback”. The Board may recover incentive compensation whether or not the executive’s actions involve misconduct. The Board believes, subject to the exercise of its discretion based on the facts and circumstances of a particular case, that incentive compensation should be reimbursed to AEP if, in the Board’s determination:

Such incentive compensation was received by an executive where the payment or the award was predicated upon the achievement of financial or other results that were subsequently materially restated or corrected, and

Such incentive compensation would have been materially lower had the achievement been calculated on such restated or corrected financial or other results.

The Board adopted the initial clawback policy in February 2007, and the HR Committee has directed AEP to design and administer all of its incentive compensation programs in a manner that provides for AEP’s ability to obtain such reimbursement. AEP will seek reimbursement, if and to the extent that, in the Board’s view, such reimbursement is warranted by the facts and circumstances of the particular case or if the applicable legal requirements impose more stringent requirements on AEP to obtain reimbursement of such compensation. AEP may also retain any deferred compensation previously credited to an executive if, when, and to the extent that it otherwise would become payable. This right to reimbursement is in addition to, and not in substitution for, any and all other rights AEP might have to pursue reimbursement or such other remedies against an executive for misconduct in the course of employment by AEP or otherwise based on applicable legal considerations.

Role of the CEO and Compensation Consultant in Determining Executive Compensation.     The HR Committee invites the CEO and all directors to attend HR Committee meetings. The HR Committee regularly holds executive sessions without management present. The Chairman of the Board and the Chair of the HR Committee have the authority to call meetings of the HR Committee.

The CEO has assigned AEP’s Executive Vice President & Chief Administrative Officer and AEP’s Director - Compensation and Executive Benefits to support the HR Committee. These individuals work closely with the HR Committee Chairman, the CEO and Meridian to research and develop requested information, prepare meeting materials, implement the HR Committee’s actions and administer AEP’s executive compensation and benefit programs consistent with the objectives established by the HR Committee. Meetings are held with the CEO, the HR Committee Chairman and Meridian prior to HR Committee meetings to review and finalize the agenda and meeting materials.

The CEO regularly discusses his strategic vision and direction for AEP during HR Committee meetings with Meridian in attendance. Likewise, Meridian regularly discusses compensation strategy alternatives, in light of the CEO’s strategic vision and direction, during HR Committee meetings with the CEO in attendance. The HR Committee believes that this open dialogue and exchange of ideas is important to the development and implementation of a successful executive compensation strategy.

The CEO discusses the individual performance of the named executive officers with the HR Committee and recommends their compensation to the HR Committee. The CEO also has substantial input into salary budgets and

69


changes to incentive targets. The CEO also has substantial input into the development of employment offers for outside candidates for executive positions, although the HR Committee must approve all employment offers for executive officers.

Change In Control Agreements.     The HR Committee provides Change In Control agreements to specified executives, including all the named executive officers, to help align the interests of these executives with those of AEP’s shareholders by mitigating the financial impact that would occur to them if their employment was terminated as a result of a change in control. The HR Committee also considers change in control agreements as an important tool for attracting and retaining executives for some positions. The HR Committee limits participation to those executives whose full support and sustained contributions would be needed during a lengthy and complex corporate transaction.

While the HR Committee believes these agreements are consistent with the practices of its peer companies, the most important reason for these agreements is to protect AEP and the interests of shareholders in the event of an anticipated or actual change in control. During such transitions, retaining and continuing to motivate AEP’s key executives would be critical to protecting shareholder value. In a change of control situation, outside competitors are more likely to try to recruit top performers away from AEP, and our executive officers may consider other opportunities when faced with uncertainty about retaining their positions. Therefore, the HR Committee uses these agreements to provide security and protection to our officers in such circumstances for the long-term benefit of AEP and its shareholders.

The Board has adopted a policy that requires shareholder approval of future executive severance agreements that provide benefits generally exceeding 2.99 times the sum of the named executive officer’s salary plus annual incentive compensation. In consultation with Meridian, the HR Committee periodically reviews change in control agreement practices of companies in our Compensation Peer Group. The HR Committee has found that change in control agreements are common among these companies, and that 2.99 or 3 multiples are the most common for named executive officers. Therefore, the HR Committee approved change in control multiples of 2.99 times base salary and annual incentive compensation for each of the named executive officers. Most of the other executives covered by change in control agreements have a lesser multiple of 2.0 times base salary and annual incentive compensation. All of the agreements have a “double trigger,” which means the severance payments and benefits would be provided only upon a change in control accompanied by an involuntary termination or constructive termination within two years after the change in control.

None of AEP’s Change In Control agreements provide a tax gross-up for excise taxes.

Long-term incentive compensation may also vest in the event of a change in control. In the event an executive’s employment is terminated within one year after a change in control under qualifying conditions, such as by AEP without cause or by the executive for good reason, then all of the executive’s outstanding performance units will vest and be paid at the target performance score. All outstanding RSU awards have a double trigger change in control provision.

Other compensation and benefits provided to executive officers in the event their employment is terminated as a result of a change in control are consistent with that provided in the event an executive’s employment is terminated due to a consolidation, restructuring or downsizing as described below.
 
Other Employment Separations.
 
AEP has an Executive Severance Plan that provides severance benefits to selected officers of AEP, including the named executive officers, who agree to its terms, including confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations. Executives remain eligible for benefits under the general severance plan described below; however, any benefits provided under the Executive Severance Plan will be reduced by any amounts provided under the general severance plan. Benefits for our named executive officers under the Executive Severance Plan (which would be triggered by a good reason resignation or an involuntary termination) include pay continuation of two times their base salary and target annual incentive award payable over two years, and are conditioned on the executive officer’s release of claims against AEP and agreement not to compete with AEP for two years.
 
AEP also maintains a broad-based severance plan that provides two weeks of base pay per year of service to all employees, including named executive officers, if their employment is terminated due to a consolidation,

70


restructuring or downsizing, subject to the employee’s agreement to waive claims against AEP. In addition, our severance benefits for all employees include outplacement services and access to health benefits at active employee rates for up to 18 months (and at Company-subsidized retiree rates thereafter until age 65 for employees who are at least age 50 with 10 years of service at the time of their employment termination).

Named executive officers and other employees remain eligible for an annual incentive award based on their eligible pay for the year reflecting the portion of the year worked, if they separate from service prior to year-end due to their retirement (on or after age 55 with at least five years of service, except employees who retire as part of a voluntary or involuntary severance program). In the event of a participant’s death, this amount is paid to their estate.

A prorated portion of outstanding performance units vest if a participant retires, which is defined as a termination, other than for cause, after the executive reaches age 55 with five years of service or if a participant is severed. A prorated portion of outstanding performance units would also vest to a participant’s heirs in the event of the participant’s death. The pro-rated performance units are not payable until the end of the performance period and remain subject to all the performance objectives.

In 2016, executive officers were also entitled to 12 months of continued financial counseling service in the event they are severed from service as the result of a restructuring, consolidation or downsizing or they retire (after age 55 and 5 years of AEP service). In the event of their death, their spouse or the executor of their estate would be eligible for this benefit.

Insider Trading, Hedging and Pledging.     AEP’s insider trading policy prohibits directors and executive officers from hedging their AEP stock holdings through short sales and the use of options, warrants, puts and calls or similar instruments. The policy also prohibits directors and executive officers from pledging AEP stock as collateral for any loan.

Tax Considerations.     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (Section 162 (m)) limits AEP’s ability to deduct compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid in any year to AEP’s CEO or any of the next three highest compensated named executive officers other than the CFO (the “162m Officers”). The HR Committee considers the limits imposed by Section 162(m) when designing compensation and benefit programs.

Performance units, which were granted under the shareholder approved Long-Term Incentive Plan, are consistent with the Section 162(m) requirements for tax deductibility by AEP as performance-based compensation. AEP’s Shareholders approved the Long-Term Incentive Plan in 2015; therefore, payments for performance units are potentially tax deductible for AEP.

AEP’s RSUs are not considered to be performance-based under Section 162(m). Therefore, any amounts attributable to those RSUs are not tax deductible if and to the extent that such units cause the compensation of the covered named executive officer to exceed $1,000,000 for the year.

No assurance can be given that awards intended by the HR Committee to satisfy the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) will in fact do so. The HR Committee has and may continue to grant awards that may not constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) if the HR Committee determines that granting such awards is in the best interests of AEP.


71


Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers, to whom we refer collectively as the named executive officers.
Name and Principal
Position
Year
Salary
($)(1)
   Bonus
   ($)
Stock
Awards
($)(2)
Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation
($)(3)
Change in
Pension
Value
and Non-
qualified
Deferred
Compen-
sation
Earnings
($)(4)
All
Other
Compen-
sation
($)(5)
Total
($)
Nicholas K. Akins-
2016
1,325,077
0
6,720,027
3,000,000
323,949
103,687
11,472,740
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
2015
1,279,900
0
6,719,981
3,150,000
199,027
103,658
11,452,566
2014
1,240,754
0
6,720,019
2,950,000
359,787
102,960
11,373,520
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brian X. Tierney-
2016
730,800
0
1,895,038
990,000
131,575
95,026
3,842,439
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
2015
709,246
0
1,907,216
1,100,000
0
84,125
3,800,587
2014
695,339
0
1,881,251
1,050,000
269,994
82,448
3,979,032
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert P. Powers-
2016
723,773
0
1,895,038
980,000
335,960
93,931
4,028,702
Former Vice Chairman
2015
709,246
0
1,888,008
1,075,000
0
90,234
3,762,488
2014
695,339
0
1,881,251
1,012,000
746,589
82,706
4,417,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
David M. Feinberg-
2016
615,358
0
1,126,919
730,000
85,179
75,435
2,632,891
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
2015
591,426
0
998,394
800,000
59,069
68,163
2,517,052
2014
568,679
0
962,482
675,000
69,384
63,293
2,338,838
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lisa M. Barton-
2016
532,039
0
1,003,030
650,000
95,020
68,007
2,348,096
Executive Vice President- Transmission
2015
516,750
0
998,394
686,000
49,931
59,042
2,310,117
2014
452,735
0
804,984
540,000
71,814
47,919
1,917,452
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lana L. Hillebrand-
2016
562,154
0
902,677
670,000
139,726
73,753
2,348,310
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
2015
545,530
0
902,420
740,000
101,326
62,382
2,351,658
2014
490,680
0
896,889
560,000
147,547
55,902
2,151,018

(1)
Amounts in the salary column are composed of executive salaries earned for the year shown, which include 261 days of pay for 2016. This is one day more than the standard 260 calendar work days and holidays in a year.
(2)
The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of performance units and RSUs granted under AEP’s Long-Term Incentive Plan. See Note 15 the Consolidated Financial Statements included in AEP’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts. With respect to the performance units, the estimates of the grant date fair values determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 assumes the vesting of 100% of the performance units awarded. The value realized for the performance units, if any, will depend on AEP’s performance during a three-year performance and vesting period. The potential payout can range from 0 percent to 200 percent of the target number of performance units, plus any dividend equivalents. Therefore, the maximum amount payable for the 2016 performance units is equal to $10,080,010 for Mr. Akins; $2,842,526 for each of Messrs. Tierney and Powers; $1,690,378 for Mr. Feinberg, $1,504,608 for Ms. Barton, and $1,353,984 for Ms. Hillebrand; and the maximum amount payable for the 2015 performance units is equal to $9,407,974 for Mr. Akins, $2,670,090 for Mr. Tierney, $2,643,716 for Mr. Powers, $1,397,704 for Mr. Feinberg, $1,397,704 for Ms. Barton, and $1,263,376 for Ms. Hillebrand. The RSUs vest over a forty month period.
(3)
The amounts shown in this column are annual incentive compensation paid under the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for 2016 and the Senior Officer Incentive Plan for 2015 and 2014. At the outset of each year, the HR Committee sets annual incentive targets and performance criteria that are used after year-end to determine if and the extent to which executive officers may receive annual incentive award payments under this plan.
(4)
The amounts shown in this column are attributable to the increase in the actuarial values of each of the named executive officer’s combined benefits under AEP’s qualified and non-qualified defined benefit plans determined using interest rate and mortality assumptions consistent with those used in AEP’s financial statements. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in AEP’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 for a discussion of the relevant assumptions. None of the named executive officer received preferential or above-market earnings on deferred compensation.
(5)
Amounts shown in the All Other Compensation column for 2016 include: (a) Company contributions to the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan, (b) Company contributions to the Company’s Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan and (c) perquisites. The amounts are listed in the following table:
Type
Nicholas K.
         Akins
Brian X.
 Tierney
Robert P.
   Powers
David M.
Feinberg
Lisa M.
 Barton
Lana L. Hillebrand
Retirement Savings Plan Match
$11,629
$11,925
$11,925
$11,925
$11,925
$11,925
Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan Match
$78,075
$70,302
$68,873
$51,623
$42,771
$46,549
Perquisites
$13,983
$12,799
$13,133
$11,887
$13,311
$15,279
Total
$103,687
$95,026
$93,931
$75,435
$68,007
$73,753


72


Perquisites provided in 2016 included: financial counseling and tax preparation services, and, for Mr. Akins, director’s accidental death insurance premium, and for Ms. Hillebrand, included personal use of Company aircraft. Executive officers may also have the occasional personal use of event tickets when such tickets are not being used for business purposes, however, there is no associated incremental cost. From time to time executive officers may receive customary gifts from third parties that sponsor sporting events (subject to our policies on conflicts of interest).

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2016

The following table provides information on plan-based awards granted in 2016 to each of our named executive officers.
Name
Grant
Date
Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(3)
All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units   (#)(6)
Grant Date
Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards
   ($)(7)
Threshold
   ($)
Target
   ($)
Maximum
   ($)(2)
Threshold
   (#)(4)
Target
   (#)
Maximum
   (#)(5)
Nicholas K. Akins
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
1,648,053
4,120,133
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
12,046
80,306
160,612
 
5,040,005
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
26,769
1,680,022
Brian X. Tierney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
581,806
1,454,515
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
3,397
22,646
45,292
 
1,421,263
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,549
473,775
Robert P. Powers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
576,399
1,440,998
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
3,397
22,646
45,292
 
1,421,263
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,549
473,775
David M. Feinberg
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
428,523
1,071,308
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
2,020
13,467
26,934
 
845,189
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,489
281,730
Lisa M. Barton
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
370,631
926,578
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
1,798
11,987
23,974
 
752,304
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,995
250,726
Lana L. Hillebrand
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan
 
0
391,599
978,998
 
 
 
 
 
2016 - 2018 Performance Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
1,618
10,787
21,574
 
676,992
Restricted Stock Units
2/23/16
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,596
225,685

(1)
Represents potential payouts under the 2016 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (ICP), which are based on base earnings paid during the year.
(2)
The amounts shown in this column represent 250 percent of the target award for each of the named executive officers, which is maximum amount generally payable to any individual employee under the ICP.
(3)
Represents performance units awarded under AEP’s Long-Term Incentive Plan for the 2016-2018 performance period. These awards generally vest at the end of the three year performance period based on our attainment of specified performance measures. For further information on these awards, see the description under 2016 Stock Award Grants below. The number of performance units does not include additional units that may accrue due to dividend credits.
(4)
The amounts shown in the Threshold column represent 15% of the target award for each of the named executive officers because the Operating Earnings per Share measure has a 30% payout for threshold performance, the Total Shareholder Return measure has a 0% payout for threshold performance and these measures are equally weighted. However, the Operating Earnings per Share threshold does not guarantee a minimum payout because the score would be 0% of target if threshold performance is not achieved.
(5)
The amounts shown in this column represent 200 percent of the target award for each of the named executive officers, which is the maximum overall score for the 2016-2018 performance units.
(6)
Represents restricted stock units awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. These awards generally vest in three equal installments on May 1, 2017, May 1, 2018 and May 1, 2019. The number of restricted stock units does not include additional units that may accrue due to dividend credits.
(7)
Amount represents the grant date fair value of performance units and RSUs measured in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 15 to AEP’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, without taking into account estimated forfeitures. With respect to performance units, the grant date fair value assumes the target number of performance units granted will vest. The actual number of performance units earned will depend on AEP’s performance over the 2016 through 2018 period, which could vary from 0 percent to 200 percent of the target award plus dividend credits. The value of performance units earned will be equal to AEP’s average closing share price for the last 20 trading days of the performance period multiplied by the number of performance units earned.

73


Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

2016 Stock Award Grants.     Effective February 23, 2016, the named executive officers were granted long-term incentive awards as part of AEP’s regular annual grant cycle. These awards were granted with double trigger change in control provisions that provide early vesting of awards in the event of a change in control and a covered separation from service. Of these awards, 75 percent were granted in the form of performance units for the 2016-2018 three-year performance period that generally vest, subject to the participant’s continued AEP employment, at the end of the performance period. Performance units are generally equivalent in value to shares of AEP common stock. Dividend equivalents are reinvested in additional performance units with the same vesting conditions as the underlying performance units.

The 2016-2018 performance units, including the dividend credits, are subject to two equally weighted performance measures for the three-year performance period, which are:

Three-year total shareholder return relative to the S&P 500 Electric Utilities Industry Index, and

Three-year cumulative operating earnings per share relative to a performance objective established by the HR Committee.

The scores for these performance measures determine the percentage of the performance units earned at the end of the performance period, which can range from zero percent to 200 percent. Generally, recipients must remain employed by AEP through the end of the vesting period to receive a payout.

The remaining 25 percent of AEP’s long-term incentive awards were granted in the form of RSUs that generally vest, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment, in three equal installments on May 1, 2017, May 1, 2018 and May 1, 2019. Generally, recipients must remain employed by AEP through the vesting date to receive a payout for the RSUs that vest on such date. Upon vesting, the RSUs pay out in cash to executive officers.

Employment Agreements.

Mr. Powers has an agreement with AEP, which credits him with 17 additional years of service under AEP’s Supplemental Benefit Plan. In 1997, AEP granted additional years of credited service to Mr. Powers when he joined AEP to offset pension benefits that he would have been able to earn from his prior employer due to his length of service at that company.


74


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End for 2016

The following table provides information with respect to holdings of restricted stock units and performance units by the named executive officers at December 31, 2016. The named executive officers do not have any outstanding stock options.
 
Stock Awards
Name
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
   ($)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have
Not Vested
   (#)
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested ($)(1)
Nicholas K. Akins
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
85,513
10,767,797
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
83,201
10,476,670
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
16,294
1,025,870
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
24,432
1,538,239
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
27,734
1,746,133
 
 
Brian X. Tierney
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
24,270
3,056,078
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
23,462
2,954,335
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
4,562
287,224
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
6,935
436,628
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
7,821
492,410
 
 
Robert P. Powers
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
24,025
3,025,228
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
23,462
2,954,335
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
4,562
287,224
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
6,865
432,220
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
7,821
492,410
 
 
David M. Feinberg
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
12,704
1,599,688
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
13,952
1,756,836
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
2,334
146,949
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
3,631
228,608
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
4,651
292,827
 
 
Lisa M. Barton
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
12,704
1,599,688
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
12,419
1,563,800
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
1,952
122,898
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
3,631
228,608
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
4,139
260,591
 
 
Lana L. Hillebrand
 
 
 
 
2015 - 2017 Performance Units(2)
 
 
11,775
1,482,708
2016 - 2018 Performance Units(2)
 
 
11,459
1,442,917
2014 Restricted Stock Units(3)
2,194
138,134
 
 
2015 Restricted Stock Units(4)
3,338
210,160
 
 
2016 Restricted Stock Units(5)
3,800
239,248
 
 

(1)
Pursuant to applicable SEC rules, the market value of the performance units reported in this column was computed by multiplying the closing price of AEP’s common stock on December 31, 2016 ($62.96) by the maximum number of performance units issuable (200% of the target amount set forth in the preceding column) because the results for 2016 were above target for the performance units. However, the actual number of performance units credited upon vesting will be based on AEP’s actual performance over the applicable three year period.
(2)
AEP currently grants performance units at the beginning of each year with a three-year performance and vesting period. This results in awards for overlapping successive three-year performance periods. These awards generally vest at the end of the three year performance period. The performance units awarded for the 2014 - 2016 performance period, including associated dividend credits, vested at December 31, 2016 and are shown in the Options Exercises and Stock Vested for 2016 table below. The awards shown for the 2015 - 2017 and 2016 - 2018 performance periods include performance units resulting from reinvested dividends which are subject to the same performance criteria.
(3)
Amounts include RSUs resulting from reinvested dividends. They will generally vest, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment, on May 1, 2017. These RSUs were granted on December 10, 2013.
(4)
Amounts include RSUs resulting from reinvested dividends. They will generally vest, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment, in two equal installments, on May 1, 2017 and May 1, 2018. These RSUs were granted on February 24, 2015.
(5)
These RSUs were granted on February 23, 2016 and include restricted stock units resulting from reinvested dividends. They will generally vest, subject to the executive officer’s continued employment, in three equal installments, on May 1, 2017, May 1, 2018 and May 1, 2019.


75


Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2016

The following table provides information with respect to the vesting of RSUs and performance units in 2016 that were granted to our named executive officers in previous years. The named executive officers did not exercise any stock options in 2016.
 
      Option Awards
     Stock Awards
Name
Number
of Shares
Acquired
on
Exercise
    (#)
Value
Realized
on
Exercise
    ($)
Number
of Shares
Acquired
on
Vesting
   (#)(1)
Value
Realized
on
Vesting ($)
   (2)
Nicholas K. Akins
0
0
231,032
14,607,502
Brian X. Tierney
0
0
64,751
4,094,107
Robert P. Powers
0
0
64,717
4,091,919
David M. Feinberg
0
0
33,114
2,093,732
Lisa M. Barton
0
0
29,601
1,871,621
Lana L. Hillebrand
0
0
33,209
2,102,401

(1)
This column includes the following performance units and related dividend equivalents for the 2014 - 2016 performance period that vested on December 31, 2016: 186,941 for Mr. Akins; 52,334 for each of Messrs. Tierney and Powers; 26,775 for Mr. Feinberg; 22,393 for Ms. Barton and 24,950 for Ms. Hillebrand. This column also includes the following RSUs that vested on May 2, 2016: 44,091 for Mr. Akins; 12,417 for Mr. Tierney; 12,383 for Mr. Powers; 6,339 for Mr. Feinberg; 4,680 for Ms. Barton and 8,259 for Ms. Hillebrand. This column also includes 2,528 RSUs that vested on October 3, 2016 for Ms. Barton.
(2)
As is required, the value included in this column for the 2014-2016 performance units is computed by multiplying the number of units by the closing price of AEP’s common stock on the vesting date of December 31, 2016 ($62.96). However, the actual value realized from these units was based on the 20-day average closing market price of AEP common stock prior to the vesting date ($61.86). Also as required, this column includes the value of RSUs that vested on May 2, 2016 computed by multiplying the number of units vesting by the closing price of AEP’s common stock on this date, which was $64.36 per share. However, the actual value realized from these units was based on the 20-day average closing market price of AEP common stock prior to the vesting date ($64.776).This column also included the value of RSUs for Ms. Barton that vested on October 3, 2016, which had a market value of $63.51 per share (the closing price of AEP’s common stock on the vesting date).

2014 - 2016 Performance Units

Performance units that were granted for the 2014 - 2016 performance period vested on December 31, 2016. The combined score for the 2014-2016 performance period was 163.9 percent of target. The final score calculation for these performance measures is shown in the chart below.
Performance Measures
Threshold
Performance
Target
Performance
Maximum
Payout
Performance
Actual
Performance
Score
Weight
Weighted
Score
3-Year Cumulative Operating
Earnings Per Share
$9.90
(30% payout)
$10.250
(100% Payout)
$10.97
(200% Payout)
$11.056
200.0%
50%
100.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3-Year Total
Shareholder Return vs.
S&P Electric Utilities
20 th
Percentile
(0% Payout)
50 th
Percentile
(100% Payout)
80 th
Percentile
(200% Payout)
58.3
Percentile
127.7%
50%
63.9%
Composite Result
 
 
 
 
 
 
163.9%


76


Pension Benefits for 2016

The following table provides information regarding the pension benefits for our named executive officers under AEP’s pension plans. The material terms of the plans are described following the table.
Name
Plan Name
Number of
Years
Credited
Service (#)
Present Value
of
Accumulated
Benefit($)(1)
Payments
During
Last
Fiscal
Year($)
Nicholas K Akins
AEP Retirement Plan
34.6
599,058
0
 
CSW Executive Retirement Plan
34.6
1,344,710
0
Brian X. Tierney
AEP Retirement Plan
18.7
326,573
0
 
AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan
18.7
1,013,205
0
Robert P. Powers
AEP Retirement Plan
18.5
603,373
0
 
AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan
35.5 (2)
3,901,685
0
David M. Feinberg
AEP Retirement Plan
5.7
81,087
0
 
AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan
5.7
211,716
0
Lisa M. Barton
AEP Retirement Plan
10.1
153,106
0
 
AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan
10.1
210,420
0
Lana L. Hillebrand
AEP Retirement Plan
21.6 (3)
432,578
0
 
AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan
21.6
233,148
0

(1)
The Present Value of Accumulated Benefits is based on the benefit accrued under the applicable plan through December 31, 2016, and the following assumptions (which are consistent with those used in AEP’s financial statements):

The named executive officer retires at normal retirement age (age 65), except for Mr. Tierney, whose benefit is calculated at age 62 because he is eligible for an unreduced annuity benefit when he reaches that age, and Mr. Powers whose benefit is calculated as of December 31, 2016 because he is eligible for an unreduced annuity benefit because he has already reached age 62.

The named executive commences the payment of benefits (the “accrued benefit”) immediately upon retirement.

The value of the annuity benefit at the named executive officer’s assumed retirement age is determined based upon the accrued benefit, an assumed interest rate of 4.05 percent, 3.85 percent and 3.85 percent for the benefits accrued under the AEP Retirement Plan, AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan and the CSW Executive Retirement Plan, respectively, and assumed mortality based upon modified versions of the RP-2014 mortality tables. Base mortality rates are derived from the RP-2014 table factored to 2006 with no collar adjustment for the qualified pension benefits and a white collar adjustment for non-qualified pension benefits. Mortality improvements are projected generationally with rates that grade linearly by year from MP-2014 in 2007 to 0.75% in 2015 and thereafter and that also grade linearly by age to zero at age 95 from age 85. The value of the lump sum benefit at that assumed retirement age is determined based upon the accrued benefit, an assumed interest rate of 4.20 percent and assumed mortality based on current law IRS lump sum mortality. The present value of each named executive officer’s benefits is determined by discounting the value of benefits described above at the assumed retirement age to each executive’s current age using an assumed interest rate of 4.05 percent, 3.85 percent and 3.85 percent for the benefits accrued under the AEP Retirement Plan, AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan and CSW Executive Retirement Plan, respectively.

For the AEP Retirement Plan, the present value of the accrued benefit is weighted based on 75 percent lump sum and 25 percent annuity (or 40 percent lump sum and 60 percent annuity for Mr. Powers due to his eligibility for early retirement under the final average pay benefit formula), based on the assumption that participants elect those benefit options in that proportion. For the AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan and the CSW Executive Retirement Plan, the present value of the accrued benefits is weighted based on 100 percent lump sum.

(2)
Under a letter agreement negotiated pursuant to his hire in 1998, AEP credits Mr. Powers with 17 years of service in addition to his actual years of service with AEP to offset pension benefits that he would have been able to earn from his prior employer due to his length of service at that company. The additional years of service credit have augmented the present value of his accumulated benefits under the AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan by $2,308,901. The benefits enhanced under this letter agreement were frozen as of December 31, 2010 (see Final Average Pay Formula below).

77


 (3)
The benefit available to Ms. Hillebrand from the AEP Retirement Plan consists of two pieces: one under the Central and South West Corporation Cash Balance Retirement Plan (the “CSW Retirement Plan”) attributable to her prior period of service between December 15, 1982 and June 30, 2000 (her “CSW Retirement Plan Benefit”) and one under the cash balance formula since her return on December 17, 2012. Her CSW Retirement Plan Benefit will be paid to     her either as a lump sum or in one of the annuity options offered by the plan. The amount available to her as a lump sum would be the greater of (i) her CSW Retirement Plan cash balance account ($336,635 as of December 31, 2016), or (ii) the lump sum value of her CSW Retirement Plan protected minimum normal retirement annuity (which had accrued during the 14.5 year period until her traditional pension formula benefit became frozen effective July 1, 1997), calculated using a factor based on then applicable interest and mortality assumptions as well as an assumed future cost of living adjustment rate of 3.00%. The payment available to her as an annuity would be based on the greater of (i) her CSW Retirement Plan protected minimum normal retirement annuity ($3, 279 per month) or (II) the life annuity equivalent of her then CSW Retirement Plan cash balance account, calculated using a factor based on then applicable interest and mortality assumptions.
      
Overview.     AEP maintains tax-qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans for eligible employees. The nonqualified plans provide (i) benefits that cannot be paid under the tax-qualified plan because of maximum limitations imposed on such plans by the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) benefits pursuant to an individual agreement with one of the named executive officers (Mr. Powers). The plans are designed to provide a retirement income to executives and their spouses, as well as a market competitive benefit opportunity as part of a market competitive total rewards package.

AEP Retirement Plan.     The AEP Retirement Plan is a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan under which benefits are generally determined by reference to a cash balance formula. The AEP Retirement Plan also encompasses the Central and South West Corporation Cash Balance Retirement Plan (the “CSW Retirement Plan”), which was merged into the AEP Retirement Plan effective December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2016, each of the named executive officers was vested in their AEP Retirement Plan benefit.

In addition, employees who have continuously participated in the AEP Retirement Plan (but not the CSW Retirement Plan) since December 31, 2000 (“Grandfathered AEP Participants,” which includes Mr. Tierney and Mr. Powers) remain eligible for an alternate pension benefit calculated by reference to a final average pay formula. The benefits under this final average pay formula were frozen as of December 31, 2010.

Cash Balance Formula .    Under the cash balance formula, each participant has an account established to which dollar credits are allocated each year.

1.
Company Credits.     Each year, participants’ accounts are credited with an amount equal to a percentage of their salary for that year and annual incentive award for the prior year. The applicable percentage is based on the participant’s age and years of service. The following table shows the applicable percentage:
Sum of Age Plus
Years of Service
Applicable
Percentage
Less than 30
3.0%
30-39
3.5%
40-49
4.5%
50-59
5.5%
60-69
7.0%
70 or more
8.5%

Each year, the IRS calculates a limit on the amount of eligible pay that can be used to calculate pension benefits in a qualified plan. For 2016, the limit was $265,000.

2.
Interest Credits.     All amounts in the cash balance accounts earn interest at the average interest rate on 30-year Treasury securities for the month of November of the prior year, with a floor of 4 percent. For 2016, the interest rate was 4 percent.

Final Average Pay Formula .    Grandfathered AEP Participants receive their benefits under the cash balance formula or the final average pay formula, whichever provides the higher benefit. On December 31, 2010, the final

78


average pay benefit payable at the Grandfathered AEP Participant’s normal retirement age was frozen, meaning that their final average pay formula benefit is not affected by the participant’s service or compensation subsequent to this date. This frozen final average pay normal retirement benefit is based on the following calculation as of December 31, 2010: the participant’s then years of service times the sum of (i) 1.1 percent of the participant’s then high 36 consecutive months of base pay (“High 36”); plus (ii) 0.5 percent of the amount by which the participant’s then High 36 exceeded the participant’s applicable average Social Security covered compensation.

Grandfathered AEP Participants may become entitled to a subsidized early retirement benefit under the final average pay formula if they remain employed with AEP through age 55 with at least three years of service. The early retirement benefit payable under the final average pay formula is the unreduced normal retirement age benefit if it commences at age 62 or later. The early retirement benefit is reduced by 3 percent for each year prior to age 62 that the benefits are commenced. Mr. Powers is eligible for an unreduced early retirement benefit.

AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan.     The AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan is a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan. It generally provides eligible participants with benefits that are in excess of those provided under the AEP Retirement Plan (without regard to the provisions now included as the result of the merger of the CSW Retirement Plan into the AEP Retirement Plan) as determined upon the participant’s termination of employment. These excess benefits are calculated under the terms of the AEP Retirement Plan described above with the following modifications: (i) additional years of service or benefit credits are taken into account; (ii) annual incentive pay was taken into account for purposes of the frozen final average pay formula; and (iii) the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on annual compensation and annual benefits are disregarded. However, eligible pay taken into account under the cash balance formula is limited to the greater of $1 million or two times the participant’s year-end base salary.

Mr. Powers negotiated 17 additional years of service under the AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan when he joined AEP in 1997 to offset pension benefits that he would have been able to earn from his prior employer due to his length of service at that company.

Participants do not become vested in their AEP Supplemental Plan benefit until they become vested in their AEP Retirement Plan benefit or upon a change in control. As of December 31, 2016, each of the named executive officers was fully vested in their AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan benefit.

CSW Executive Retirement Plan.     The CSW Executive Retirement Plan is a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan. It generally provides eligible participants with benefits that are in excess of those provided under the terms of the former CSW Retirement Plan (which was merged into the AEP Retirement Plan) as determined upon the participant’s termination of employment. The excess benefits are calculated without regard to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on annual compensation and annual benefits. As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Akins was fully vested in his CSW Executive Retirement Plan benefit.


79


Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for 2016

The following table provides information regarding contributions, earnings and balances for our named executive officers under AEP’s three non-qualified deferred compensation plans which are each further described below.

Name
Plan
Name(1)
Executive
Contributions
in Last FY(2)
    ($)
Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY(3)
    ($)
Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
FY(4)
    ($)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
    ($)
Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE(5)
    ($)
Nicholas K. Akins
SRSP
104,100
78,075
46,755
0
1,599,366
 
ICDP
0
0
11,906
0
326,005
 
SORP
0
0
753,815
0
6,569,464
Brian X. Tierney
SRSP
156,226
70,302
237,843
0
3,441,925
 
SORP
0
0
134,642
0
1,173,398
Robert P. Powers
SRSP
91,830
68,873
277,992
0
3,825,841
 
ICDP
0
0
65,611
0
976,618
 
SORP
0
0
378,673
0
3,300,123
David M. Feinberg
SRSP
68,831
51,623
12,614
0
466,395
 
SORP
9,418
0
224,737
0
1,958,577
Lisa M. Barton
SRSP
57,028
42,771
11,798
0
432,741
 
ICDP
0
0
447
0
27,648
 
SORP
502,170
0
 
0
1,484,825
Lana L. Hillebrand
SRSP
62,066
46,549
10,911
0
369,055
 
SORP
1,328,782
0
210,355
0
1,539,137

(1)
“SRSP” is the American Electric Power System Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, “ICDP” is the American Electric Power System Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan, and “SORP” is the American Electric Power System Stock Ownership Requirement Plan.
(2)
The amounts set forth under “Executive Contributions in Last FY” for the SRSP are reported in the Summary Compensation Table as either (i) Salary for 2016 or (ii) the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation for 2015. The amount set forth under “Executive Contributions in Last FY” for the SORP for Mr. Feinberg was reported in the Summary Compensation Table in the Stock Awards column for 2013.
(3)
The amounts set forth under “Registrant Contributions in Last FY” for the SRSP are reported in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.
(4)
No amounts set forth under “Aggregate Earnings in Last FY” have been reported in the Summary Compensation Table as there were no above market or preferential earnings credited to any named executive officer’s account in any of the plans.
(5)
The amounts set forth in the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” column for the SRSP include the SRSP amounts reported in the “Executive Contributions in Last FY” and “Registrant Contributions in Last FY” columns. In addition, the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” for the SRSP includes the following amounts for prior years: $813,631 for Mr. Akins, $941,978 for Mr. Tierney, $952,146 for Mr. Powers and $314,546 for Mr. Feinberg. The amounts set forth in the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” for the SORP include the SORP amounts reported in the “Executive Contributions in Last FY.” In addition, the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” for the SORP includes the following amounts for prior years: $2,670,419 for Mr. Akins, $5,297 for Mr. Tierney, $4,980 for Mr. Powers and $1,607,646 for Mr. Feinberg.

Overview.     AEP maintains non-qualified deferred compensation plans that allow eligible employees, including the named executive officers, to defer receipt of a portion of their base salary, annual incentive compensation and performance unit awards. The plans are unfunded. Participants have an unsecured contractual commitment from AEP to pay the amounts due under the plans from the general assets of AEP. AEP maintains the following non-qualified deferred compensation plans for eligible employees:

The American Electric Power System Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan;

The American Electric Power System Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan; and

The American Electric Power System Stock Ownership Requirement Plan.

80



Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.     This plan allows eligible participants to save on a pre-tax basis and to continue to receive AEP matching contributions beyond the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on qualified plans of this type.

Participants can defer up to 50 percent of their base salary and annual incentive award in excess of the IRS’ eligible compensation limit for qualified plans, which was $265,000 for 2016, up to $2,000,000.

AEP matches 100 percent of the participant’s contributions up to 1 percent of eligible compensation and 70 percent of the participant’s contributions from the next 5 percent of eligible compensation (for a total AEP match of up to 4.5% of eligible compensation).

Participants may not withdraw any amount credited to their account until their termination of employment with AEP. Participants may elect a distribution of their account as a lump-sum or annual installment payments over a period of up to 10 years. Participants may delay the commencement of distributions for up to five years from the date of their termination of employment.

Participants may direct the investment of their plan account among the core investment options that are available to all employees in AEP’s qualified Retirement Savings Plan and one additional option that provides interest at a rate set each December at 120 percent of the applicable federal long-term rate with monthly compounding. There were no above-market or preferential earnings with respect to the Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.

Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan.     This plan allows eligible employees to defer payment of up to 80 percent of vested performance units.

AEP does not offer any matching contributions.

Participants may direct the investment of their plan accounts among the core investment options that are available to all employees in AEP’s qualified Retirement Savings Plan. There were no above-market or preferential earnings with respect to the Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan in 2016.

Generally, participants may not withdraw any amount credited to their account until their termination of employment with AEP. However, participants may make one withdrawal of amounts attributable to their pre-2005 contributions prior to termination of employment. The withdrawal amount would be subject to a 10 percent withdrawal penalty. Participants may elect among the same payment options for the distributions of their account value as described above for the Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.

Stock Ownership Requirement Plan.     This plan assists executives in achieving their minimum stock ownership requirements. It does this primarily by tracking the executive’s AEP Career Shares. AEP Career Shares are a form of deferred compensation, which are unfunded and unsecured general obligations of AEP. The rate of return on AEP Career Shares is equivalent to the total return on AEP stock with dividends reinvested. Participants may not withdraw any amount credited to their account until their termination of employment with AEP. Participants may elect among the same payment options for the distribution of the value of their AEP Career Shares as described above for the Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan.

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

AEP has entered into agreements and maintains plans that will require AEP to provide compensation to the named executive officers in the event of a termination of their employment or a change in control of AEP. Actual payments will depend on the circumstances and timing of any termination of employment or change of control. In addition, in connection with any actual termination or change in control transaction, we may enter into agreements or establish arrangements that provide additional or alternative benefits or amounts from those described below. The agreements and plans summarized below are complex legal documents with terms and conditions having precise meanings, which are designed to address many possible but currently hypothetical situations.

81



Severance.     AEP currently provides full-time employees, including the named executive officers, with severance benefits if their employment is terminated as the direct result of a restructuring or downsizing (“Severance-Eligible Employees”) and the employee releases AEP from any and all claims. These severance benefits include:

A lump sum severance payment equal to two weeks of base pay for each year of AEP service, with a minimum of 8 weeks for employees with at least one year of AEP service;

Continued eligibility for medical and dental benefits at the active employee rates for eighteen months or until the participant becomes eligible for coverage from another employer, whichever occurs first;

For employees who are at least age 50 with 10 years of AEP service and who do not qualify for AEP’s retiree medical benefits or who will be bridged to such retiree benefit eligibility (described below), AEP also provides medical and dental benefit eligibility at rates equivalent to those provided to retirees until age 65 or until the participant becomes eligible for coverage from another employer, whichever occurs first; and

Outplacement services, the incremental cost of which may be up to $28,000 for executive officers.

Severance-Eligible Employees who have enough weeks of severance (up to one year) and vacation to cover a period that would allow them to become eligible for retiree medical benefits, which is available to those employees who are at least age 55 with at least 10 years of service (“Retirement-Eligible Employees”) are retained as employees on a paid leave of absence until they become retirement eligible. This benefit applies in lieu of severance and unused vacation payments that these employees would otherwise receive. AEP pays any remaining severance and vacation pay at the time of their retirement. This delay of an employee’s termination date does not apply to the plans providing nonqualified deferred compensation, which define a participant’s termination date by reference to Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

A Severance-Eligible executive’s termination entitles that executive to a pro-rata portion of any outstanding unvested performance units that the executive has held for at least six months and to the payment of a pro-rata portion of any RSUs to the extent not already vested and paid. The pro-rated performance units will not become payable until the end of the performance period and remain subject to all performance objectives.

Severance-Eligible executives may continue financial counseling and tax preparation services for one year following their termination up to a maximum annual incremental cost to AEP for 2016 of $13,390 plus related incidental expenses of the advisor.

AEP also has an Executive Severance Plan (Executive Severance Plan) that provides severance benefits to selected officers of AEP, including the named executive officers, subject to the executive’s agreement to comply with the provisions of the plan, including confidentiality, non-solicitation, cooperation and non-disparagement provisions during their employment and following termination. Executives remain eligible for benefits under the general severance plan described above; however, any benefits provided under the Executive Severance Plan will be reduced by any amounts provided under the general severance plan. Benefits under the Executive Severance Plan would be triggered by a resignation for “good reason” or an involuntary termination by AEP without “cause” (each as defined below).

The term “cause” with respect to the Executive Severance Plan means:

(i)
Failure or refusal to perform a substantial part of the executive’s assigned duties and responsibilities following notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure (if such failure is capable of cure);

(ii)
Commission of an act of willful misconduct, fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty either in connection with the executive’s duties to AEP or which otherwise is injurious to the best interest or reputation of AEP;

(iii)
Repeated failure to follow specific lawful directions of the Board or any officer to whom the executive reports;

82



(iv)
A violation of any of the material terms and conditions of any written agreement or agreements the executive may from time to time have with AEP;

(v)
A material violation of any of the rules of conduct of behavior of AEP;

(vi)
Conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, (A) a felony, (B) a misdemeanor involving an act of moral turpitude, or (C) a misdemeanor committed in connection with the executive’s employment with AEP which is injurious to the best interest or reputation of AEP; or

(vii)
Violation of any applicable confidentiality, non-solicitation, or non-disparagement covenants or obligations relating to AEP (including the provisions to which the executive agreed when enrolling in the plan).

An executive’s termination of employment that is covered by his or her change in control agreement (described in the next section) or due to mandatory retirement, disability or death would not be considered an involuntary termination that may trigger the payment of benefits under the Executive Severance Plan.

An executive would have “good reason” for resignation under the Executive Severance Plan if there is any reduction in the executive’s then current annual base salary without the executive’s consent; provided, however, that a uniform percentage reduction of 10% or less in the annual base salary of all executives participating in the Executive Severance Plan who are similarly situated would not be considered good reason for resignation. Also, AEP must be given 10 days following receipt of written notice from the executive to restore the executive’s base salary before his or resignation may trigger plan benefits.

If benefits under the Executive Severance Plan are triggered, the affected named executive officers would receive two times their base salary and target annual incentive payable over two years. In addition, a pro-rated portion of their outstanding unvested performance units and RSUs would vest. The pro-rated performance units will not become payable until the end of the performance period and remain subject to all performance objectives. Any severance benefits payable under the Executive Severance Plan and prorated vesting of RSUs are conditioned on the execution of an agreement by the executive officer releasing claims against AEP and committing to a non-competition obligation.

Change In Control.     AEP defines “change in control” under its change in control agreements and Long-Term Incentive Plan as:

The acquisition by any person of the beneficial ownership of securities representing more than one-third of AEP’s voting stock;

A merger or consolidation of AEP with another corporation unless AEP’s voting securities outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation continue to represent at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

Approval by the shareholders of the liquidation of AEP or the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of AEP.

AEP has a change in control agreement with each of the named executive officers that is triggered if there is a Qualifying Termination of the named executive officer’s employment. A “Qualifying Termination” for this purpose generally occurs when the executive’s employment is terminated in connection with that change in control (i) by AEP without “cause” or (ii) by the named executive officer for “good reason”, each as defined below. Such termination must be no later than two years after the change in control. These agreements provide for:

A lump sum payment equal to 2.99 times the named executive officer’s annual base salary plus target annual incentive compensation award under the annual incentive program as in effect at the time of termination; and

Outplacement services.

83



The term “cause” with respect to AEP’s change in control agreements means:

(i)
The willful and continued failure of the executive to perform the executive’s duties after a written demand for performance is delivered to the executive by the Board; or

(ii)
The willful conduct or omission by the executive, which the Board determines to be illegal; gross misconduct that is injurious to AEP; or a breach of the executive’s fiduciary duty to AEP.

The term “good reason” with respect to AEP’s change in control agreements means:

(i)
An adverse change in the executive’s status, duties or responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the change in control;

(ii)
AEP’s failure to pay in a timely fashion the salary or benefits to which the executive is entitled under any employment agreement in effect on the date of the change in control;

(iii)
The reduction of the executive’s salary as in effect on the date of the change in control;

(iv)
Any action taken by AEP that would substantially diminish the aggregate projected value of the executive’s awards or benefits under AEP’s benefit plans or policies;

(v)
A failure by AEP to obtain from any successor the assent to the change in control agreement; or

(vi)
The relocation, without the executive’s prior approval, of the office at which the executive is to perform services to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from its location immediately prior to the change in control.

AEP must be given notice and an opportunity to cure any of these circumstances before they would be considered to be “good reason.”

All awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will vest upon a “Qualifying Termination”, which may occur coincident with or within one year after a change in control. The term “Qualifying Termination” with respect to long-term incentive awards generally is the same as that described for the change in control agreements, except that an executive’s mandatory retirement at age 65 is explicitly excluded, and “Cause” is defined more broadly to encompass:

(i)
Failure or refusal to perform assigned duties and responsibilities in a competent or satisfactory manner;

(ii)
Commission of an act of dishonesty, including, but not limited to, misappropriation of funds or any property of AEP;

(iii)
Engagement in activities or conduct injurious to the best interest or reputation of AEP;

(iv)
Insubordination;

(v)
Violation of any material term or condition of any written agreement with AEP;

(vi)
Violation of any of AEP’s rules of conduct of behavior;

(vii)
Commission of a felony, a misdemeanor involving an act of moral turpitude, or a misdemeanor committed in connection with employment at AEP which is injurious to the best interest or reputation of AEP; or

(viii)
Disclosure, dissemination, or misappropriation of confidential, proprietary, and/or trade secret information.

84



In addition, performance units would be deemed to have been fully earned at 100 percent of the target score upon a “Qualifying Termination” following a change in control. The value of each vested performance unit following a “Qualifying Termination” would be (1) the closing price of a share of AEP common stock on the date of the Qualifying Termination or (2) if the date of the Qualifying Termination is coincident with the change in control and if the change in control is the result of a tender offer, merger, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of AEP, the price paid per share of common stock in that transaction.

The AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan also provides that all accrued supplemental retirement benefits to the extent then unvested become fully vested upon a change in control.

Termination Scenarios

The following tables show the incremental compensation and benefits that would have been paid to each named executive officer who was employed by AEP on December 31, 2016 assuming the hypothetical circumstances cited in each column occurred on December 31, 2016 and calculated in accordance with the methodology required by the SEC. In connection with any actual termination or change in control, AEP may enter into agreements or establish arrangements that provide additional benefits or amounts, or may alter the terms of benefits described below.

With respect to annual incentive compensation for the completed year, the initial calculated annual incentive opportunity is shown, before any individual discretionary adjustment, which varies from the actual value paid and reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

The values shown in the change in control column are triggered only if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated under the circumstances (described above under Change In Control) that trigger the payment or provision of each of the types of compensation and benefits shown.

No information is provided for terminations due to disability because it is not generally AEP’s practice to terminate the employment of any employee so long as they remain eligible for AEP’s long-term disability benefits. AEP successively provides sick pay and then long-term disability benefits for up to two years to employees with a disability that prevents them from returning to their job. Such disability benefits continue for employees that cannot perform any occupation for which they are reasonably qualified generally until the employee reaches age 65. Because disabled participants remain employed by AEP, they continue to vest in long-term incentive awards while they are disabled. AEP treats a participant’s disability as a termination to the extent required by the regulations issued under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, but such terminations only trigger the payment of benefits that had previously vested. Employment may be terminated due to disability under a separate definition of employment termination that applies to restricted stock unit awards and compensation and benefit programs that may be considered non-qualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. However restricted stock unit awards allow participants terminated due to disability to continue to vest as if their employment had continued so long as they remain continuously disabled.


85


Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For Nicholas K. Akins
Executive Benefits and Payments
Upon Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
  for Cause
Change In
   Control
Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($1,320,000)
$ 0
$2,640,000
$0
$3,946,800
$ 0

Annual Incentive for Completed Year(1)
$2,809,930
$2,809,930
$0
$2,809,930
$2,809,930

Other Payment for Annual Incentives(2)
$ 0
$3,300,000
$0
$4,933,500
$ 0

Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$3,589,266
$3,589,266
$0
$5,383,898
$3,589,266

2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$1,746,112
$1,746,112
$0
$5,238,335
$1,746,112

2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 695,680
$0
$1,025,870
$1,025,870

2015 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 610,652
$0
$1,538,239
$1,538,239

2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 523,840
$0
$1,746,133
$1,746,133

Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
$ 13,390
$
13,390

Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$
0

Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$8,145,308
$15,956,870
$0
$26,664,095
$12,468,940


Notes for the Potential Incremental Termination Scenario tables are provided collectively following the last such table.

Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For Brian X. Tierney
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon
Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
 for Cause
Change In
   Control
  Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($728,000)
$ 0
$1,456,000
$0
$2,176,720
$ 0
Annual Incentive for Completed Year(1)
$991,979
$ 991,979
$0
$ 991,979
$ 991,979
Other Payment for Annual Incentives(2)
$ 0
$1,164,800
$0
$1,741,376
$ 0
Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$1,018,693
$0
$1,582,039
$1,018,693
2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 492,389
$0
$1,477,168
$ 492,389
2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 194,755
$0
$ 287,224
$ 287,224
2015 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 173,314
$0
$ 436,628
$ 436,628
2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 147,723
$0
$ 492,410
$ 492,410
Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
$ 13,390
$ 13,390
Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$ 0
Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$991,979
$5,681,043
$0
$9,172,394
$3,732,713

Notes for the Potential Incremental Termination Scenario tables are provided collectively following the last such table.


86


Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For Robert P. Powers
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon
Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
for Cause
Change-In-
  Control
 Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($721,000)
$ 0
$1,442,000
$0
$2,155,790
$ 0
Annual Incentive for Completed Year(1)
$ 982,761
$ 982,761
$0
$ 982,761
$ 982,761
Other Payment for Annual Incentives(2)
$ 0
$1,153,600
$0
$1,724,632
$ 0
Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$1,008,409
$1,008,409
$0
$1,512,614
$1,008,409
2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$492,389
$ 492,389
$0
$1,477,168
$ 492,389
2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 194,755
$0
$ 287,224
$ 287,224
2015 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 171,566
$0
$ 432,220
$ 432,220
2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 147,723
$0
$ 492,410
$ 492,410
Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
 $ 13,390
$ 13,390
Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$ 0
Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$2,483,559
$5,634,593
$0
$9,106,209
$3,708,803

Notes for the Potential Incremental Termination Scenario tables are provided collectively following the last such table.

Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For David M. Feinberg
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon
Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
  for Cause
Change In
   Control
  Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($613,000)
$ 0
$1,226,000
$0
$1,832,870
$ 0
Annual Incentive for Completed
   Year(1)
$730,631
$ 730,631
$0
$ 730,361
$ 730,361
Other Payment for Annual
   Incentives(2)
$ 0
$ 858,200
$0
$1,283,009
$ 0
Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 533,229
$0
$ 799,844
$ 533,229
2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 292,806
$0
$ 878,418
$ 292,806
2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 99,637
$0
$ 146,949
$ 146,949
2015 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 90,725
$0
 $ 228,608
$ 228,608
2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 87,848
 
$ 292,827
$ 292,827
Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
$ 13,390
$ 13,390
Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$ 0
Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$730,631
$3,960,466
$0
$6,234,546
$2,238,440

Notes for the Potential Incremental Termination Scenario tables are provided collectively following the last such table.


87


Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For Lisa M. Barton
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon
Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
  for Cause
Change-In-
Control
Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($530,000)
$ 0
$1,060,000
$0
$1,584,700
$ 0
Annual Incentive for Completed
   Year(1)
$631,926
$ 631,926
$0
$ 631,926
$ 631,926
Other Payment for Annual
   Incentives(2)
$ 0
$ 742,000
$0
$1,109,290
$ 0
Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 533,229
$0
$ 799,844
$ 533,229
2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 260,633
$0
$ 781,900
$ 260,633
2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 83,338
$0
$ 122,898
$ 122,898
2015 Restricted Stock Units
 
$ 90,725
 
$ 228,608
$ 228,608
2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 78,177
$0
$ 260,591
$ 260,591
Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
$ 13,390
$ 13,390
Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$ 0
Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$631,926
$3,521,418
$0
$5,561,147
$2,051,275



88


Potential Incremental Compensation and Benefits
That Would Have Been Provided as the Result of Employment Termination
as of December 31, 2016
For Lana L. Hillebrand
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon
Termination
Resignation
or Retirement
Severance
Involuntary
Termination
  for Cause
Change-In-
Control
Death
Compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Base Salary ($560,000)
$ 0
$1,120,000
$0
$1,674,400
$ 0
Annual Incentive for Completed
   Year(1)
$667,676
$ 667,676
$0
$ 667,676
$ 667,676
Other Payment for Annual
   Incentives(2)
$ 0
$ 784,000
$0
$1,172,080
$ 0
Long-Term Incentives:(3)
 
 
 
 
 
2015-2017 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 494,236
$0
$ 741,354
$ 494,236
2016-2018 Performance Units(4)
$ 0
$ 240,486
$0
$ 721,459
$ 240,486
2014 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 93,274
$0
$ 138,134
$ 138,134
2015 Restricted Stock Units
 
$ 82,866
 
$ 210,160
$ 210,160
2016 Restricted Stock Units
$ 0
$ 71,774
$0
$ 239,248
$ 239,248
Benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Counseling
$ 0
$ 13,390
$0
$ 13,390
$ 13,390
Outplacement Services(5)
$ 0
$ 28,000
$0
$ 28,000
$ 0
Total Incremental Compensation and Benefits
$667,696
$2,928,026
$0
$5,605,901
$2,003,330

(1)
Executive officers and all other employees are eligible for an annual incentive award based on their earnings for the year if they remain employed with AEP through year-end, if they die or if they incur a retirement-eligible termination. The amount shown is the calculated annual incentive opportunity, but annual incentives for executive officers are awarded at the discretion of the HR Committee or independent members of the Board pursuant to the award determination process described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
(2)
The amount shown in the Severance column is two times the target annual incentive opportunity for each of the named executive officers. The amount shown in the Change-In-Control column is 2.99 times the target annual incentive opportunity for each of the named executive officers.
(3)
The long-term incentive values shown represent the values that would be paid under such circumstances shown in each column based on the closing price of AEP common stock on December 31, 2016, which is the methodology required by the SEC. These amounts differ from the values calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These amounts also differ from the amounts that would actually be paid under such circumstances, which would be based on the 20-day average closing market price of AEP common stock as of the end of the performance period for performance units and as of the termination date for Restricted Stock Units.
(4)
The target value of performance unit awards are shown. The actual value paid in the event of resignation or retirement, severance or death, if any, will depend on the actual performance score for the full performance period. Any payments for awards under those circumstances are not paid until the end of the three year performance period. In the event of a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control, awards would be paid at a target performance score as soon as administratively practical after the change in control.
(5)
Represents the maximum cost of AEP-paid outplacement services, which AEP provides through an unaffiliated third party vendor.


89


The following table shows the value of previously earned and vested compensation and benefits as of December 31, 2016, that would have been provided to each named executive officer following a termination of his or her employment on December 31, 2016. These amounts were generally earned or vested over multiple years of service to AEP.

Non-Incremental Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits on December 31, 2016
Name
Long-Term Incentives
Benefits
 
Vested
Performance
Units
(1)
AEP Career
Shares
(2)
Vacation
Payout
(3)
Post
Retirement
Benefits
(4)
Deferred
Compensation
(5)
Nicholas K. Akins
$11,769,805
$6,686,289
$76,154
$1,928,163
$1,925,371
Brian X. Tierney
$ 3,294,949
$1,194,288
$26,642
$1,270,763
$3,441,925
Robert P. Powers
$ 3,294,949
$3,358,790
$13,750
$4,779,432
$4,802,459
David M. Feinberg
$ 1,685,754
$1,993,377
$42,144
$ 288,832
$ 466,395
Lisa M. Barton
$ 1,409,863
$1,511,229
$15,798
$ 357,706
$ 460,389
Lana L. Hillebrand
$ 1,565,500
$ 1,566,506
$21,000
$ 619,441
$ 369,055

(1)
Represents the value of performance units that vested on December 31, 2016 calculated using the market value of these shares on December 31, 2016. However, the actual value realized or deferred from these performance units was based on the 20-day average closing market price of AEP common stock on the vesting date.
(2)
Represents the value of AEP share equivalents deferred mandatorily into the AEP Stock Ownership Requirement Plan calculated using the market value of these shares on December 31, 2016. However, the actual value that would have been realized from these AEP share equivalents would have been based on the 20-day average closing market price of AEP common stock at the end of the month of employment termination.
(3)
Represents accumulated but unused vacation.
(4)
Represents the lump sum benefit calculated for the named executive officer pursuant to the terms of the AEP Retirement Plan, the AEP Supplemental Benefit Plan and the CSW Executive Retirement Plan, as applicable.
(5)
Includes balances from the Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan and the Incentive Compensation Deferral Plans, but does not include AEP Career Share balances, which are listed separately in column (2).


90


TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

The American Electric Power Company, Inc. Related Person Transaction Approval Policy was adopted by AEP’s Board in December 2006. The written Policy is administered by AEP’s Board of Directors’ Committee on Directors and Corporate Governance (“Corporate Governance Committee”).

The Policy defines a “Transaction with a Related Person” as any transaction or series of transactions in which (i) the Company or a subsidiary is a participant, (ii) the aggregate amount involved exceeds $120,000 and (iii) any “Related Person” has a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” is any director or executive officer of AEP and any immediate family member of any such person.

The Corporate Governance Committee considers all of the relevant facts and circumstances in determining whether or not to approve a Transaction with a Related Person and approves only those transactions that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Corporate Governance Committee considers various factors, including, among other things: the nature of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction; whether the transaction involves arm’s-length bids or market prices and terms; the materiality of the transaction to each party; the availability of the product or services through other sources; whether the transaction would impair the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in the best interest of the Company; the acceptability of the transaction to the Company’s regulators; and in the case of a non-employee director, whether the transaction would impair his or her independence or status as an “outside” or “non-employee” director.

If Company management determines it is impractical or undesirable to wait until a meeting of the Corporate Governance Committee to consummate a Transaction with a Related Person, the Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee may review and approve the Transaction with a Related Person. Any such approval is reported to the Corporate Governance Committee at or before its next regularly scheduled meeting.

No approval or ratification of a Transaction with a Related Person supersedes the requirements of AEP’s Principles of Business Conduct applicable to any executive officer. To the extent applicable, any Transaction with a Related Person is also considered in light of the requirements set forth in those documents.

Since January 1, 2017, there have been no transactions, and there are no currently proposed transactions, involving an amount exceeding $120,000 in which AEP was or is expected to be a participant and in which any Related Person had a direct or indirect material interest.

None of the managers of the Company are independent.


91


THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers

The Outstanding Notes were issued on September 22, 2017 and sold to the initial purchasers pursuant to a purchase agreement in transactions not requiring registration under the Securities Act. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the Outstanding Notes to qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in reliance on Rule 144A, and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

We entered into a registration rights agreement with representatives of the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes in which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to file a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the original issue date of the Outstanding Notes and to pay additional interest as described below if we do not consummate the Exchange Offers within 315 days after the issue date of the Outstanding Notes. The Exchange Notes will have terms identical in all material respects to the Outstanding Notes of the related series, except that the Exchange Notes will not contain certain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest for failure to observe certain obligations in the registration rights agreement.

Under the circumstances set forth below, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the Outstanding Notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreement and keep the statement effective for one year from the original issue date of the Outstanding Notes, or such shorter period as described in the registration rights agreement. These circumstances include:

if a change in law or in applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC does not permit us to effect a registered exchange offer;

if a registered exchange offer is not consummated within 315 days after the date of issuance of the Outstanding Notes;

if any initial purchaser of the Outstanding Notes so requests with respect to Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Exchange Offer; or

if any holder (other than a holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities) notifies us during the 20 business days following consummation of an Exchange Offer that it was not eligible to participate in such Exchange Offer or any holder (other than a holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Outstanding Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities) who participates in an Exchange Offer does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes in such Exchange Offer.

Except for certain circumstances specified in the registration rights agreement, we will pay additional interest if:
neither a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes nor a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the Outstanding Notes (if required) is filed by us within the applicable time periods specified above;

neither the Exchange Offer registration statement nor a shelf registration statement (if required) is declared effective by the SEC within the applicable time periods specified above;

the applicable Exchange Offer is not consummated within 315 days after the initial issuance of the Outstanding Notes (or if the 315th day is not a business day, by the first business day thereafter); or

92



after the Exchange Offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement, as the case may be, is declared effective, such Exchange Offer registration statement or shelf registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes, as the case may be, as provided in and during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement.

We sometimes refer to an event referred to in the first through fourth bullet items above as a Registration Default.

Additional interest, if payable, will be payable on the Outstanding Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the date on which any Registration Default occurs, and such additional interest rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter; provided, however, that the additional interest rate on the Outstanding Notes will not at any time exceed 0.50% per annum. Additional interest will cease to accrue on and after the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Any such additional interest payable will be payable on interest payment dates in addition to interest payable from time to time on the Outstanding Notes and Exchange Notes.

If you wish to exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes in any of the Exchange Offers, you will be required to make the following written representations:

you are not our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the Outstanding Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes and that it did not purchase its Outstanding Notes from us or any of our affiliates. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

We have not requested, and do not intend to request, an interpretation by the staff of the SEC as to whether the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers in exchange for the Outstanding Notes may be offered for sale, resold or otherwise transferred by any holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. Instead, based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offers without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:

you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business;

you have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes.

If you are our affiliate, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, or are not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business:

93



you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling, (available July 2, 1993), or similar no-action letters; and

in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell or transfer the Exchange Notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the Outstanding Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the Exchange Offers. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, where such Outstanding Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. Read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of Exchange Notes.

Our belief that the Exchange Notes may be offered for resale without compliance with the registration or prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act is based on interpretations of the SEC for other exchange offers that the SEC expressed in some of its no-action letters to other issuers in exchange offers like ours. We have not sought a no-action letter in connection with the Exchange Offers, and we cannot guarantee that the SEC would make a similar decision about our Exchange Offers. If our belief is wrong, or if you cannot truthfully make the representations mentioned above, and you transfer any Exchange Note issued to you in the Exchange Offers without meeting the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, or without an exemption from such requirements, you could incur liability under the Securities Act. We are not indemnifying you for any such liability.

Terms of the Exchange Offers
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letters of transmittal, we will accept for exchange in the Exchange Offers any Outstanding Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. Outstanding Notes may only be tendered in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, and any untendered Outstanding Notes must also be in a minimum denomination of $2,000. We will issue Exchange Notes in principal amount identical to Outstanding Notes surrendered in the Exchange Offers.
 
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Outstanding Notes of the related series except the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any payment of additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the Exchange Offers, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Outstanding Notes of the related series. The Exchange Notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. For a description of the Indenture, see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”
No interest will be paid in connection with the exchange. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the last Interest Payment Date (as defined under “Description of the Exchange Notes-Maturity; Interest”) on the Outstanding Notes surrendered in the Exchange Offers. Accordingly, the holders of Outstanding Notes that are accepted for exchange will not receive accrued but unpaid interest on Outstanding Notes at the time of tender. Rather, that interest will be payable on the Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for the Outstanding Notes on the first Interest Payment Date after the Expiration Date (as defined below under “Expiration Date, Extensions and Amendments”).
 
The Exchange Offers are not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes being tendered for exchange.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letters of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of Outstanding Notes. There will

94


be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to participate in the Exchange Offers. We intend to conduct the Exchange Offers in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding Notes that are not tendered for exchange in the Exchange Offers will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the Indenture relating to such holders’ series of Outstanding Notes except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the Outstanding Notes under the registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered Outstanding Notes when we have given written notice of the acceptance to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the Exchange Notes from us and delivering Exchange Notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the Exchange Offers and to refuse to accept Exchange Notes upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”

If you tender your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Outstanding Notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the Exchange Offers. It is important that you read “Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the Exchange Offers.

If you are a broker-dealer and receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that you acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and that you did not purchase your Outstanding Notes from us or any of our affiliates. Read “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of Exchange Notes.

We make no recommendation to you as to whether you should tender or refrain from tendering all or any portion of your Outstanding Notes into these Exchange Offers. In addition, no one has been authorized to make this recommendation. You must make your own decision whether to tender into these Exchange Offers and, if so, the aggregate amount of Outstanding Notes to tender after reading this prospectus and the letter of transmittal and consulting with your advisors, if any, based on your financial position and requirements.

Expiration Date, Extensions and Amendments

The Exchange Offers expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on __________, 2017, which we refer to as the “Expiration Date.” However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the Exchange Offers are open, the term “Expiration Date” will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

To extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offers are open, we will notify the Exchange Agent of any extension by written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the Outstanding Notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. During any extension, all Outstanding Notes previously tendered and not accepted for exchange will remain subject to the applicable Exchange Offer unless validly withdrawn.

95



We also reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

to delay accepting for exchange any Outstanding Notes (only in the case that we amend or extend the Exchange Offers);

to extend the Expiration Date and retain all Outstanding Notes tendered in the Exchange Offers, subject to your right to withdraw your tendered Outstanding Notes as described under “Withdrawal Rights”;

to terminate any of the Exchange Offers if we determine that any of the conditions set forth below under “Conditions to the Exchange Offers” have not been satisfied; and

subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of any of the Exchange Offers in any manner or waive any condition to the Exchange Offers.

Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice to the registered holders of the Outstanding Notes. If we amend any of the Exchange Offers in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Exchange Act, and we will extend such Exchange Offer to the extent required by law.

In the event we terminate the Exchange Offers, all Outstanding Notes previously tendered will be returned promptly to the tendering holders.

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

Despite any other term of the Exchange Offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Outstanding Notes and we may terminate or amend any of the Exchange Offers as provided in this prospectus prior to the Expiration Date if in our reasonable judgment:

the Exchange Offers or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offers that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offers.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the Outstanding Notes of any holder that has not made to us:

the representations described under “Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers”; or

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the Exchange Notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offers are open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any Outstanding Notes by giving notice by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Exchange Act of such extension to the holders. We will return any Outstanding Notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. We also expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate any of the Exchange Offers and to reject for exchange any Outstanding Notes not previously accepted for exchange, if we determine that any of the conditions of the Exchange Offers specified above have not been satisfied. We will give notice by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Exchange Act of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the Outstanding Notes

96


as promptly as practicable. If we amend an Exchange Offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will promptly disclose the amendment by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Exchange Act and will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

We reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions to the exchange as to particular Outstanding Notes. These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Outstanding Notes tendered, and will not issue Exchange Notes in exchange for any such Outstanding Notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

To tender your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers, you must comply with either of the following:

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under “Exchange Agent” prior to the Expiration Date; or

comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition:

the Exchange Agent must receive certificates for Outstanding Notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers;

the Exchange Agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below and a properly transmitted Agent’s Message (defined below) prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers; or

you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The term “ Agent’s Message ” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering Outstanding Notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal or, in the case of an Agent’s Message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery; and

we may enforce that agreement against such participant. DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”


97


Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at your election and risk. Delivery of such documents will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If you determine to make delivery by mail, we suggest that you use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the Exchange Agent before the expiration of the Exchange Offers. Letters of transmittal and certificates representing Outstanding Notes should be sent only to the Exchange Agent, and not to us or to DTC or any other book-entry transfer facility. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted, except as described below under “Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the Outstanding Notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your Outstanding Notes, either:

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Outstanding Notes in your name; or

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Outstanding Notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal (as described below in “Withdrawal Rights”), as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the Outstanding Notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

by a registered holder of the Outstanding Notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Outstanding Notes listed on the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the Outstanding Notes, and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the letter of transmittal, any certificates representing Outstanding Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

The Exchange Agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender Outstanding Notes. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the Exchange Agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of Outstanding Notes for exchange by causing DTC to transfer the Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent.


98


Book-Entry Delivery Procedures

Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of Outstanding Notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, or a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the Expiration Date.

In addition, in order to receive Exchange Notes for tendered Outstanding Notes, an Agent’s Message in connection with a book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must be delivered or transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers. Holders of Outstanding Notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or an Agent’s Message or a letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof in lieu thereof and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes but your Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your Outstanding Notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of Outstanding Notes, prior to the Expiration Date, you may still tender if:

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes or a book-entry confirmation (including an Agent’s Message), and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with, or transmitted by the eligible guarantor to, the Exchange Agent; and

the Exchange Agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the Outstanding Notes (including an Agent’s Message) into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Upon request, the Exchange Agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange

In all cases, we will promptly issue Exchange Notes of the applicable series for Outstanding Notes that we have accepted for exchange under the Exchange Offers only after the Exchange Agent timely receives:


99


Outstanding Notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes must represent that such Outstanding Notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. The letters of transmittal state that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We will interpret the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Outstanding Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Outstanding Notes if the acceptance might, in our or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular Outstanding Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Outstanding Notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any certificates representing Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of Outstanding Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

the Exchange Agent must receive a written notice, which may be by facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “Exchange Agent”; or

you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system for such withdrawal.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn;

identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; and

where certificates for Outstanding Notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such Outstanding Notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.


100


If certificates for Outstanding Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.

If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offers. Any Outstanding Notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offers. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “-Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers.

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers. The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. also acts as trustee under the Indenture. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance with respect to accepting or withdrawing from the Exchange Offers, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
By Mail, Hand or Courier

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Exchange Agent
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon
Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations-Reorganization Unit
111 Sanders Creek Parkway
East Syracuse, NY 13057
Attn: Eric Herr
Tel: 315-414-3362
By Facsimile Transmission
(eligible institutions only)

(732) 667-9408

To Confirm by Telephone

(315) 414-3349

Email: CT_REORG_UNIT_INQUIRIES
@BNYMELLON.COM

If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile to a number other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and Expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the Exchange Notes and the conduct of the Exchange Offers. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of Outstanding Notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the Exchange Offers and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person for soliciting tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers.

101



Accounting Treatment

We will record the Exchange Notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the Outstanding Notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchanges. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the Exchange Offers. We will record the costs of the Exchange Offers as incurred.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of Outstanding Notes under the Exchange Offers. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

certificates representing Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of Outstanding Notes tendered;

tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Outstanding Notes under the Exchange Offers.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Holders who tender their Outstanding Notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offers be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes under the Exchange Offers, your Outstanding Notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such Outstanding Notes:

as set forth in the legend printed on the Outstanding Notes as a consequence of the issuance of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offerings of the Outstanding Notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell your Outstanding Notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act.

102


Other

Participating in the Exchange Offers is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered Outstanding Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any Outstanding Notes that are not tendered in the Exchange Offers or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered Outstanding Notes.


103


DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The following summary description sets forth certain terms and provisions of the Exchange Notes. Because this description is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the Exchange Notes or the Indenture (as defined below) under which the Exchange Notes will be issued, and which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The Indenture and its associated documents contain the full legal text of the matters described in this section. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of the Exchange Notes and the Indenture, including definitions of certain terms used in the Indenture. We also include references in parentheses to certain sections of the Indenture. Whenever we refer to particular sections or defined terms of the Indenture in this prospectus, such sections or defined terms are incorporated by reference herein.

General

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Outstanding Notes except the Exchange Notes will:

be registered under the Securities Act;

not be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Outstanding Notes (except for the limited restrictions described under “Form; Transfers and Exchanges”);

not be entitled to any registration rights that are applicable to the Outstanding Notes under the registration rights agreement, including any right to additional interest; and

bear different CUSIP numbers.

We will issue the Exchange Notes under an indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by supplemental indentures or company orders (the “Indenture”). This prospectus briefly outlines some provisions of the Indenture. If you would like more information on these provisions, you should review the Indenture and any supplemental indentures or company orders. See “AVAILABLE INFORMATION” on how to locate these documents.

The Indenture does not limit the amount of notes that may be issued. The Indenture permits us to issue notes in one or more series or tranches upon the approval of our board of directors and as provided in one or more company orders or supplemental indentures. Each series of notes may differ as to their terms. We may from time to time, without consent of the holders of the Exchange Notes, issue additional notes having the same ranking, interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Exchange Notes (except for the issue date and the issue price). These additional notes, together with the Exchange Notes, will be a single series of notes under the Indenture.

The Exchange Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally with our senior unsecured obligations. As of November 1, 2017, we had no secured indebtedness outstanding.

The Exchange Notes will be denominated in U.S. dollars and we will pay principal and interest in U.S. dollars. The Exchange Notes of each series will be issuable in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof . The Exchange Notes will not be subject to any conversion, amortization or sinking fund.

The Exchange Notes will not be guaranteed by, or otherwise be obligations of, AEP or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries other than AEP Texas.


104


Principal Amount, Maturity and Interest

The 2022 Exchange Notes will be initially issued in aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 and the 2047 Exchange Notes will be initially issued in aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000.

The 2022 Exchange Notes will mature and become due and payable, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, on October 1, 2022 and will bear interest at the rate of 2.40% per annum from September 22, 2017 until October 1, 2022. The 2047 Exchange Notes will mature and become due and payable, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, on October 1, 2047 and will bear interest at the rate of 3.80% per annum from September 22, 2017 until October 1, 2047.

Interest on each note will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 1 and October 1 and at redemption, if any, or maturity. The initial interest payment date is April 1, 2018. Each payment of interest shall include interest accrued through the day before such interest payment date. Interest on the Exchange Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

We will pay interest on the Exchange Notes of each series (other than interest payable at redemption, if any, or maturity) in immediately available funds to the owners of the Exchange Notes as of the Regular Record Date (as defined below) for each interest payment date. We will pay the principal of the Exchange Notes and any premium and interest payable at redemption, if any, or maturity in immediately available funds at the office of the Trustee at 2 North LaSalle Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602.

If any interest payment date, redemption date or the maturity is not a Business Day (as defined below), we will pay all amounts due on the next succeeding Business Day and no additional interest will be paid.

The “Regular Record Date” will be the March 15 or September 15 prior to the relevant interest payment date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.

Optional Redemption

We may redeem any or all series of the Exchange Notes in whole or in part by delivering written notice to the noteholders no more than 60, and not less than 30, days prior to redemption. If we do not redeem all the Exchange Notes of a series at one time, the Trustee will select the Exchange Notes to be redeemed in a manner it determines to be fair, provided that if the Exchange Notes are represented by one or more global notes, the Exchange Notes to be redeemed will be selected in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

At any time prior to September 1, 2022, we may redeem the 2022 Exchange Notes either as a whole or in part at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Exchange Notes being redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2022 Exchange Notes being redeemed that would be due if such 2022 Exchange Notes matured on September 1, 2022 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to, but excluding, the date of redemption), discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 10 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

At any time prior to April 1, 2047, we may redeem the 2047 Exchange Notes either as a whole or in part at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the 2047 Exchange Notes being redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2047 Exchange Notes being redeemed that would be due if such 2047 Exchange Notes matured on April 1, 2047 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to, but excluding, the date of redemption), discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve

105


30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 20 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

At any time on or after September 1, 2022, we may redeem the 2022 Exchange Notes in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Exchange Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption. At any time on or after April 1, 2047, we may redeem the 2047 Exchange Notes in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount of the 2047 Exchange Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue,” applicable to each series, means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of the Exchange Notes (assuming, for this purpose, that the 2022 Exchange Notes matured on September 1, 2022 and the 2047 Exchange Notes matured on April 1, 2047) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of the Exchange Notes.

“Comparable Treasury Price,” applicable to each series, means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if we obtain fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by us and notified by us to the Trustee.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by us and notified by us to the Trustee.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by us and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to us and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

Agreement to Provide Information

So long as any Exchange Notes are outstanding under the Indenture, during such periods as we are not subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will furnish to prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for compliance with Rule 144A.

Consolidation, Merger or Sale

We may merge or consolidate with any corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets as an entirety as long as the successor or purchaser of such assets expressly assumes the payment of principal, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.


106


Limitation on Secured Debt

So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, we will not create or permit to be created or to exist any additional mortgage, pledge, security interest, or other lien (collectively, “Liens”) on any of our utility properties or tangible assets now owned or hereafter acquired to secure any indebtedness for borrowed money (“Secured Debt”), without providing that the outstanding Notes will be similarly secured. This restriction does not apply to our subsidiaries, nor will it prevent any of them from creating or permitting to exist Liens on their property or assets to secure any secured debt. In addition, this restriction does not prevent the creation or existence of:

Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition or construction of such property (or created within one year after completion of such acquisition or construction), whether by purchase, merger, construction or otherwise, or to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof, including the extension of any Liens to repairs, renewals, replacements substitutions, betterments, additions, extensions and improvements then or thereafter made on the property subject thereto;

Financing of our accounts receivable for electric service;

Any extensions, renewals or replacements (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of Liens permitted by the foregoing clauses;

The pledge of any bonds or other securities at any time issued under any of the Secured Debt permitted by the above clauses; and

the creation or existence of leases (operating or capital) made, or existing on property acquired, in the ordinary course of business.

In addition to the permitted issuances above, Secured Debt not otherwise so permitted may be issued; provided that amount of such Secured Debt that does not exceed 15% of Net Tangible Assets as defined below.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the total of all assets (including revaluations thereof as a result of commercial appraisals, price level restatement or otherwise) appearing on our balance sheet, net of applicable reserves and deductions, but excluding goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, energy trading contracts, regulatory assets, deferred charges and all other like intangible assets (which term shall not be construed to include such revaluations), less the aggregate of our current liabilities appearing on such balance sheet. For purposes of this definition, our balance sheet does not include assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries.

Restrictions on Transfer

The Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer and will bear a restrictive legend substantially as described in “NOTICE TO INVESTORS.”

Events of Default

“Event of Default” means, with respect to any particular series of notes, any of the following:

failure to pay for three Business Days the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any note of that series when due and payable;

failure to pay for 30 days any interest on any note of that series when due and payable;

failure to perform any other requirements in any notes of that series, or in the Indenture in regard to such notes, for 90 days after notice; or

certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

107



An Event of Default for a particular series of notes does not necessarily mean that an Event of Default has occurred for any other series of notes issued under the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and continues, the Trustee or the holders of at least 33% of the principal amount of the notes of the series affected may require us to repay the entire principal of the notes of such series immediately (Repayment Acceleration). In most instances, the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes of the affected series may rescind a previously triggered Repayment Acceleration. However, if we cause an Event of Default because we have failed to pay (unaccelerated) principal, premium, if any, or interest, Repayment Acceleration may be rescinded only if we have first cured our default by depositing with the Trustee enough money to pay all (unaccelerated) past due amounts and penalties, if any.

The Trustee must within 90 days after a default occurs, notify the holders of the notes of the series of default unless such default has been cured or waived. We are required to file an annual certificate with the Trustee, signed by an officer, concerning our compliance with the conditions and covenants of the Indenture and specifying any default by us under any provisions of the Indenture.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to its duties in case of default, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any holders unless such holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes of any series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to, or exercising any trust or power conferred on, the Trustee with respect to such notes.

Modification of Indenture

Under the Indenture, our rights and obligations and the rights of the holders of any notes may be changed. Any change affecting the rights of the holders of any series of notes requires the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of all series affected by the change, voting as one class. However, we cannot change the terms of payment of principal or interest, or a reduction in the percentage required for changes or a waiver of default, unless the affected holders consent. We may issue additional series of notes and take other action that does not affect the rights of holders of any series by executing supplemental indentures without the consent of any noteholders.

Legal Defeasance

We will be discharged from our obligations on the Notes, including the Exchange Notes, of any series at any time if:

we deposit with the Trustee sufficient cash or government securities to pay the principal, interest, any premium and any other sums due to the stated maturity date or a redemption date of the Notes of the series,

immediately after such deposit, no default exists, and

we deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of, or counsel for, the Company, stating that the United States federal income tax obligations of noteholders of that series will not change as a result of our performing the action described above, with such opinion based upon a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issued to us or a change of law or regulation occurring after September 19, 2017.

If this happens, the noteholders of the series will not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture except for registration of transfer and exchange of Notes and replacement of lost, stolen or mutilated Notes.


108


Covenant Defeasance

We will be discharged from our obligations under any restrictive covenant applicable to the Notes of a particular series if:

we deposit with the Trustee cash or government securities sufficient to pay the principal, interest and any premium due on or prior to maturity,

immediately after such deposit, no default exists, and

we deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of, or counsel for, the Company, stating that the United States federal income tax obligations of noteholders of that series will not change as a result of our performing the action described above.

If this happens, any later breach of that particular restrictive covenant will not result in Repayment Acceleration. If we cause an Event of Default apart from breaching that restrictive covenant, there may not be sufficient money or government obligations on deposit with the Trustee to pay all amounts due on the Notes of that series. In that instance, we would remain liable for such amounts.

Governing Law

The Indenture and Exchange Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Concerning the Trustee

We and our affiliates use or will use some of the banking services of the Trustee and other services of its affiliates in the normal course of business.

Book-Entry Only Issuance-The Depository Trust Company

DTC will act as the initial securities depository for the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Outstanding Notes will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered note certificate will be issued for each issue of the Exchange Notes, each in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC, the world’s largest securities depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments (from over 100 countries) that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities, through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”). DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). The DTC Rules applicable to its Participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com . The contents of such website do not constitute part of this prospectus.

109



Purchases of Exchange Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Exchange Notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each note (“Beneficial Owner”) is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Exchange Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in Exchange Notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Exchange Notes is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Exchange Notes deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of Exchange Notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the Exchange Notes; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such Exchange Notes are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Beneficial Owners of Exchange Notes may wish to take certain steps to augment the transmission to them of notices of significant events with respect to the Exchange Notes, such as redemptions, tenders, defaults, and proposed amendments to the Exchange Notes documents. For example, Beneficial Owners of Exchange Notes may wish to ascertain that the nominee holding the Exchange Notes for their benefit has agreed to obtain and transmit notices to Beneficial Owners. In the alternative, Beneficial Owners may wish to provide their names and addresses to the registrar and request that copies of notices be provided directly to them.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Exchange Notes are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the Exchange Notes unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s MMI Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts the Exchange Notes are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

Redemption proceeds and distributions on the Exchange Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the Trustee on the payable date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with Exchange Notes held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name”, and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC, the Trustee or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds and distributions to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is our or the Trustee’s responsibility, disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

A Beneficial Owner shall give notice to elect to have its Exchange Notes purchased or tendered, through its Participant, to the Tender/Remarketing Agent, and shall effect delivery of such Exchange Notes by causing the Direct Participant to transfer the Participant’s interest in the Exchange Notes, on DTC’s records, to the Tender/Remarketing Agent. The requirement for physical delivery of the Exchange Notes in connection with an optional tender or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the Exchange Notes are transferred by

110


Direct Participants on DTC’s records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered Exchange Notes to the Tender/Remarketing Agent’s DTC account.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository with respect to the Exchange Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to us. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor depository is not obtained, note certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, note certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

111


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

The exchange of Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes of the corresponding series in the Exchange Offers will not constitute a taxable event to holders for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of an Exchange Note, the holding period of the Exchange Note will include the holding period of the Outstanding Note exchanged therefor and the basis of the Exchange Note will be the same as the basis of the Outstanding Note immediately before the exchange.

In any event, persons considering the exchange of Outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Outstanding Notes where such Outstanding Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offers (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the Outstanding Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify you (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

Thomas G. Berkemeyer or William E. Johnson, Associate General Counsel and Senior Counsel, respectively, of American Electric Power Service Corporation, our service company affiliate, will issue an opinion about the legality of the Exchange Notes for us.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.  Such consolidated

112


financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the Exchange Notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not complete.

We have agreed to make certain information available to holders of the Notes, as described under “Description of the Exchange Notes-Agreement to Provide Information.”

The Company is not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the Exchange Notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. These reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also read and copy these SEC filings by visiting the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

You may request additional copies of our reports or copies of our other SEC filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

AEP Texas Inc.
1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Attention: Investor Relations
Telephone: (614) 716-1000


113


AEP Texas and Subsidiaries

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
 
 
Page
Number
 
 
 
Glossary of Terms
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Shareholder’s Equity
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Index of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.
 
 
Page
Number
 
 
 
Glossary of Terms
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Shareholder’s Equity
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Index of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 

114




AEP Texas and Subsidiaries



2016 Annual Report










Audited Consolidated Financial Statements









AEPTEXAS.JPG
    




GLOSSARY OF TERMS

When the following terms and abbreviations appear in the text of this report, they have the meanings indicated below.
Term
 
Meaning
 
 
 
AEP
 
American Electric Power Company, Inc., an investor-owned electric public utility holding company which includes American Electric Power Company, Inc. (Parent) and majority owned consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated affiliates.
AEP System
 
American Electric Power System, an electric system, owned and operated by AEP subsidiaries.
AEP Texas
 
AEP Texas, an AEP electric utility subsidiary.
AEP Utilities, Inc.
 
A former subsidiary of AEP and holding company for TCC, TNC and CSW Energy, Inc. Effective December 31, 2016, TCC and TNC were merged into AEP Utilities, Inc. Subsequently following this merger, the assets and liabilities of CSW Energy, Inc. were transferred to an affiliated company and AEP Utilities, Inc. was renamed AEP Texas Inc.
AEPEP
 
AEP Energy Partners, Inc., a subsidiary of AEP dedicated to wholesale marketing and trading, asset management and commercial and industrial sales in the deregulated Texas market.
AEPSC
 
American Electric Power Service Corporation, an AEP service subsidiary providing management and professional services to AEP and its subsidiaries.
AFUDC
 
Allowance for Funds Used During Construction.
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update.
CWIP
 
Construction Work in Progress.
EIS
 
Energy Insurance Services, Inc., a nonaffiliated captive insurance company and consolidated variable interest entity of AEP.
ERCOT
 
Electric Reliability Council of Texas regional transmission organization.
ETT
 
Electric Transmission Texas, LLC, an equity interest joint venture between Parent and Berkshire Hathaway Energy Company formed to own and operate electric transmission facilities in ERCOT.
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Federal EPA
 
United States Environmental Protection Agency.
FERC
 
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
FGD
 
Flue Gas Desulfurization or scrubbers.
FTR
 
Financial Transmission Right, a financial instrument that entitles the holder to receive compensation for certain congestion-related transmission charges that arise when the power grid is congested resulting in differences in locational prices.
GAAP
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America.
IRS
 
Internal Revenue Service.
MTM
 
Mark-to-Market.
Nonutility Money Pool
 
Centralized funding mechanism AEP uses to meet the short-term cash requirements of certain nonutility subsidiaries.
OPEB
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans.
OTC
 
Over the counter.
Parent
 
American Electric Power Company, Inc., the equity owner of AEP subsidiaries within the AEP consolidation.
PPA
 
Purchase Power and Sale Agreement.
PSO
 
Public Service Company of Oklahoma, an AEP electric utility subsidiary.
PUCT
 
Public Utility Commission of Texas.
REP
 
Texas Retail Electric Provider.
Risk Management Contracts
 
Trading and nontrading derivatives, including those derivatives designated as cash flow and fair value hedges.
TCC
 
AEP Texas Central Company, an AEP electric utility subsidiary.

F-1


Term
 
Meaning
 
 
 
Texas Restructuring Legislation
 
Legislation enacted in 1999 to restructure the electric utility industry in Texas.
TNC
 
AEP Texas North Company, an AEP electric utility subsidiary.
Transition Funding
 
AEP Texas Central Transition Funding I LLC, AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC and AEP Texas Central Transition Funding III LLC, wholly-owned subsidiaries of TCC and consolidated variable interest entities formed for the purpose of issuing and servicing securitization bonds related to Texas Restructuring Legislation.
Utility Money Pool
 
Centralized funding mechanism AEP uses to meet the short-term cash requirements of certain utility subsidiaries.
VIE
 
Variable Interest Entity.
Wind Farms
 
Desert Sky and Trent Wind Farms, previously owned by a subsidiary of AEP Utilities, Inc., were transferred to an affiliated company on December 31, 2016.


F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
AEP Texas Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AEP Texas Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in common shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AEP Texas Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Columbus, Ohio
April 26, 2017
(November 17, 2017 as to Note 17)

F-3



AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in millions)
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
REVENUES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Electric Transmission and Distribution
 
$
1,383.2

 
$
1,374.1

 
$
1,331.6

Sales to AEP Affiliates
 
75.7

 
78.5

 
92.8

Other Revenues
 
2.5

 
5.4

 
4.2

TOTAL REVENUES
 
1,461.4

 
1,458.0

 
1,428.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Fuel and Other Consumables Used for Electric Generation
 
32.1

 
32.1

 
45.0

Other Operation
 
454.5

 
439.9

 
406.7

Maintenance
 
73.7

 
91.0

 
80.3

Depreciation and Amortization
 
413.9

 
468.9

 
444.1

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
107.6

 
105.3

 
100.0

TOTAL EXPENSES
 
1,081.8

 
1,137.2

 
1,076.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
 
379.6

 
320.8

 
352.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense):
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Income
 
10.9

 
0.8

 
0.2

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
9.2

 
6.7

 
4.8

Interest Expense
 
(144.4
)
 
(148.4
)
 
(152.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
255.3

 
179.9

 
205.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
59.9

 
58.2

 
78.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
 
195.4

 
121.7

 
127.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
 
(48.8
)
 
(1.4
)
 
0.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
 
$
146.6

 
$
120.3

 
$
127.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The common stock of AEP Texas is wholly-owned by Parent.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .


F-4


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in millions)
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net Income
 
$
146.6

 
$
120.3

 
$
127.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAXES
 
 
 
 
 
 

Cash Flow Hedges, Net of Tax of $0.6, $0.6 and $0.7 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, Respectively
 
1.1

 
1.2

 
1.2

Amortization of Pension and OPEB Deferred Costs, Net of Tax of $0.2, $0.2 and $0.3 in 2016,
2015 and 2014, Respectively
 
0.3

 
0.3

 
0.6

Pension and OPEB Funded Status, Net of Tax of $0.5, $0.1 and $0.9 in 2016, 2015 and 2014,
Respectively
 
0.9

 
0.2

 
1.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
2.3

 
1.7

 
3.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
$
148.9

 
$
122.0

 
$
131.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .


F-5


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in millions)
 
 
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY - DECEMBER 31, 2013
 
$
532.6

 
$
702.8

 
$
(22.5
)
 
$
1,212.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock Dividends
 
 

 
(35.0
)
 
 

 
(35.0
)
Net Income
 
 
 
127.9

 
 

 
127.9

Other Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 

 
3.6

 
3.6

TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY - DECEMBER 31, 2014
 
532.6

 
795.7

 
(18.9
)
 
1,309.4

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Capital Contribution from Parent
 
272.3

 
 
 
 
 
272.3

Common Stock Dividends
 
 

 
(29.0
)
 
 

 
(29.0
)
Net Income
 
 

 
120.3

 
 

 
120.3

Other Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
1.7

 
1.7

TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY - DECEMBER 31, 2015
 
804.9

 
887.0

 
(17.2
)
 
1,674.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Contribution from Parent
 
53.0

 
 
 
 
 
53.0

Common Stock Dividends
 
 

 
(34.0
)
 
 

 
(34.0
)
Net Income
 
 
 
146.6

 
 

 
146.6

Other Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
2.3

 
2.3

Distribution of CSW Energy, Inc. to Parent
 
 
 
(185.5
)
 
 
 
(185.5
)
TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY - DECEMBER 31, 2016
 
$
857.9

 
$
814.1

 
$
(14.9
)
 
$
1,657.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .
 
 
 
 


F-6


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in millions)
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
$
0.6

 
$
0.5

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
146.3

 
203.4

Advances to Affiliates
 
8.6

 
147.6

Accounts Receivable:
 
 
 
 
Customers
 
94.4

 
94.7

Affiliated Companies
 
11.8

 
8.4

Accrued Unbilled Revenues
 
64.8

 
45.6

Miscellaneous
 
0.1

 
0.9

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts
 
(0.6
)
 
(1.7
)
Total Accounts Receivable
 
170.5

 
147.9

Fuel
 
9.8

 
10.2

Materials and Supplies
 
49.0

 
54.5

Risk Management Assets
 
0.2

 

Assets From Discontinued Operations
 

 
83.7

Prepayments and Other Current Assets
 
4.2

 
3.7

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
 
389.2

 
651.5

 
 
 
 
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
 
 
 
Electric:
 
 
 
 
Generation
 
349.6

 
342.5

Transmission
 
2,623.6

 
2,352.9

Distribution
 
3,527.2

 
3,343.6

Other Property, Plant and Equipment
 
436.4

 
407.7

Construction Work in Progress
 
385.9

 
293.5

Total Property, Plant and Equipment
 
7,322.7

 
6,740.2

Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
 
1,542.0

 
1,480.4

TOTAL PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT –   NET
 
5,780.7

 
5,259.8

 
 
 
 
 
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets
 
347.2

 
299.8

Securitized Transition Assets
 
 
 
 
(December 31, 2016 and 2015 Amounts Include $1,088.3 and $1,297.5, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
1,118.7

 
1,335.9

Assets From Discontinued Operations
 

 
128.3

Deferred Charges and Other Noncurrent Assets
 
73.3

 
207.2

TOTAL OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
1,539.2

 
1,971.2

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
$
7,709.1

 
$
7,882.5

 
 
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .


F-7


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
LIABILITIES AND COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(dollars in millions)
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Advances from Affiliates
 
$
169.5

 
$
52.5

Accounts Payable:
 
 
 
 
General
 
129.5

 
102.5

Affiliated Companies
 
30.5

 
31.1

Long-term Debt Due Within One Year – Nonaffiliated
 
 
 
 
(December 31, 2016 and 2015 Amounts Include $222.2 and $253.7, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
263.1

 
428.7

Risk Management Liabilities
 

 
0.3

Accrued Taxes
 
68.2

 
90.8

Accrued Interest
 
 
 
 
(December 31, 2016 and 2015 Amounts Include $20.2 and $25.3, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
41.5

 
46.6

Liabilities From Discontinued Operations
 

 
72.4

Other Current Liabilities
 
94.8

 
88.1

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
797.1

 
913.0

 
 
 
 
 
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
 
 
 
(December 31, 2016 and 2015 Amounts Include $1,023.6 and $1,243.5, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
2,954.6

 
3,015.0

Deferred Income Taxes
 
1,531.7

 
1,477.4

Regulatory Liabilities and Deferred Investment Tax Credits
 
660.8

 
635.5

Oklaunion Purchase Power Agreement
 
51.5

 
50.2

Liabilities From Discontinued Operations
 

 
19.0

Deferred Credits and Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
56.3

 
97.7

TOTAL NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 
5,254.9

 
5,294.8

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
 
6,052.0

 
6,207.8

 
 
 
 
 
Rate Matters (Note 4)
 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Paid-in Capital
 
857.9

 
804.9

Retained Earnings
 
814.1

 
887.0

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
(14.9
)
 
(17.2
)
TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
1,657.1

 
1,674.7

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
$
7,709.1

 
$
7,882.5

 
 
 
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .


F-8


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in millions)
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 
Net Income
 
$
146.6

 
$
120.3

 
$
127.9

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
 
(48.8
)
 
(1.4
)
 
0.8

Income from Continuing Operations
 
195.4

 
121.7

 
127.1

Adjustments to Reconcile Income from Continuing Operations to Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
413.9

 
468.9

 
444.1

Deferred Income Taxes
 
29.5

 
(7.1
)
 
2.6

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
(9.2
)
 
(6.7
)
 
(4.8
)
Mark-to-Market of Risk Management Contracts
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.7
)
 
1.0

Pension Contributions to Qualified Plan Trust
 
(8.2
)
 
(8.5
)
 
(7.4
)
Change in Other Noncurrent Assets
 
(45.0
)
 
(72.4
)
 
(34.0
)
Change in Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
(10.3
)
 
(43.1
)
 
23.9

Changes in Certain Components of Working Capital:
 
 

 
 

 
 
Accounts Receivable, Net
 
(22.6
)
 
9.9

 
(4.3
)
Fuel, Materials and Supplies
 
5.9

 
(4.4
)
 
(0.8
)
Accounts Payable
 
(3.0
)
 
(12.3
)
 
2.5

Accrued Taxes, Net
 
(22.6
)
 
46.9

 
11.0

Other Current Assets
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
 
0.1

Other Current Liabilities
 
(6.5
)
 
3.1

 
(3.0
)
Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
516.6

 
495.2

 
558.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 
Construction Expenditures
 
(640.9
)
 
(593.4
)
 
(579.0
)
Change in Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
57.1

 
2.3

 
(8.8
)
Change in Advances to Affiliates, Net
 
139.0

 
(138.0
)
 
0.6

Other Investing Activities
 
10.4

 
29.1

 
21.3

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
(434.4
)
 
(700.0
)
 
(565.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 
Capital Contribution from Parent
 
53.0

 
272.3

 

Issuance of Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
199.2

 
370.1

 
298.6

Change in Advances from Affiliates, Net
 
117.0

 
(142.0
)
 
3.8

Retirement of Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
(428.7
)
 
(273.7
)
 
(258.1
)
Principal Payments for Capital Lease Obligations
 
(3.4
)
 
(2.9
)
 
(2.9
)
Dividends Paid on Common Stock
 
(34.0
)
 
(29.0
)
 
(35.0
)
Other Financing Activities
 
0.8

 
0.3

 
1.2

Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
(96.1
)
 
195.1

 
7.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Operating Activities
 
42.4

 
0.6

 
14.3

Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Discontinued Investing Activities
 
11.7

 
18.8

 
(14.5
)
Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Discontinued Financing Activities
 
(44.6
)
 
(15.9
)
 
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
(4.4
)
 
(6.2
)
 
(0.3
)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
 
5.0

 
11.2

 
11.5

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
0.6

 
$
5.0

 
$
11.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
 
 

 
 

 
 
Cash Paid for Interest, Net of Capitalized Amounts
 
$
145.6

 
$
144.0

 
$
147.7

Net Cash Paid for Income Taxes
 
38.2

 
8.1

 
80.1

Noncash Acquisitions Under Capital Leases
 
7.1

 
6.1

 
3.9

Construction Expenditures Included in Current Liabilities as of December 31,
 
100.1

 
72.8

 
45.6

Noncash Distribution of CSW Energy, Inc. to Parent
 
185.5

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-10 .
 
 


F-9



INDEX OF NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note
 
Page
Number
 
 
 
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Rate Matters
 
Effects of Regulation
 
Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies
 
Impairment and Disposition
 
Benefit Plans
 
Derivatives and Hedging
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Income Taxes
 
Leases
 
Financing Activities
 
Related Party Transactions
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Business Segments
 


F-10


1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION

Effective December 31, 2016, TCC and TNC merged into AEP Utilities, Inc., as approved by the FERC and the PUCT. Upon merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc. As a public utility, AEP Texas engages in the transmission and distribution of electric power to 1,024,000 retail customers through REPs in its service territory in southern, western and central Texas. AEP Texas consolidates AEP Texas North Generation Company, LLC, AEP Texas Central Transition Funding LLC, AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC and AEP Texas Central Transition Funding III LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Under the Texas Restructuring Legislation, TCC and TNC exited the generation business and ceased serving retail load. However, AEP Texas continues as part owner in the Oklaunion Plant operated by PSO but has leased its entire portion of the output of the plant through 2027 to a non-utility affiliate.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Rates and Service Regulation

AEP Texas’ transmission and distribution operations and related rates are regulated by the PUCT. The FERC regulates AEP Texas’ affiliated transactions, including AEPSC intercompany service billings which are generally at cost, under the 2005 Public Utility Holding Company Act and the Federal Power Act. The FERC also has jurisdiction over the issuances and acquisitions of securities of the public utility subsidiaries, the acquisition or sale of certain utility assets and mergers with another electric utility or holding company. For non-power goods and services, the FERC requires a nonregulated affiliate to bill an affiliated public utility company at no more than market while a public utility must bill the higher of cost or market to a nonregulated affiliate. The PUCT also regulates certain intercompany transactions under its affiliate statutes. Both the FERC and state regulatory commissions are permitted to review and audit the relevant books and records of companies within a public utility holding company system.

The PUCT also regulates AEP Texas’ wholesale transmission operations and rates. The FERC claims jurisdiction over retail transmission rates when retail rates are unbundled in connection with restructuring. AEP Texas’ retail transmission rates in Texas are unbundled. Although AEP Texas’ retail transmission rates in Texas are unbundled, retail transmission rates are regulated, on a cost basis, by the PUCT.

Principles of Consolidation

AEP Texas’ financial statements include AEP Texas and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany items are eliminated in consolidation. AEP Texas also has a generating unit that is jointly-owned with an affiliated company and nonaffiliated companies. AEP Texas’ proportionate share of the operating costs associated with that facility is included in the financial statements and the assets and liabilities are reflected on the balance sheets. See “Oklaunion PPA between AEP Texas and AEP Energy Partners” section within Note 14 for detail of AEP Texas’ agreement to sell its portion of the Oklaunion generation to AEPEP. See Note 15 - Variable Interest Entities.

Accounting for the Effects of Cost-Based Regulation

As a rate-regulated electric public utility company, AEP Texas’ financial statements reflect the actions of regulators that result in the recognition of certain revenues and expenses in different time periods than enterprises that are not rate-regulated. In accordance with accounting guidance for “Regulated Operations,” AEP Texas records regulatory assets (deferred expenses) and regulatory liabilities (deferred revenue reductions or refunds) to reflect the economic effects of regulation in the same accounting period by matching expenses with their recovery through regulated revenues and by matching income with its passage to customers in cost-based regulated rates.


F-11


Use of Estimates

The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates include, but are not limited to, inventory valuation, allowance for doubtful accounts, long-lived asset impairment, unbilled electricity revenue, valuation of long-term energy contracts, the effects of regulation, long-lived asset recovery, storm costs, the effects of contingencies and certain assumptions made in accounting for pension and postretirement benefits. The estimates and assumptions used are based upon management’s evaluation of the relevant facts and circumstances as of the date of the financial statements. Actual results could ultimately differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents include temporary cash investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding includes funds held by trustees primarily for the payment of securitization bonds and to secure the payments of the REPs.

Inventory

Fossil fuel inventories are carried at the lower of average cost or market. Materials and supplies inventories are carried at average cost.

Accounts Receivable

Customer accounts receivable primarily includes receivables from REPs and receivables related to other revenue-generating activities.

Revenue is recognized when power is delivered. To the extent that deliveries have occurred but a bill has not been issued, AEP Texas accrues and recognizes, as Accrued Unbilled Revenues on the balance sheets, an estimate of the revenues for deliveries since the last billing.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

AEP Texas records bad debt reserves using the specific identification of receivable balances greater than 120 days delinquent, and for those balances less than 120 days where the collection is doubtful. For miscellaneous accounts receivable, bad debt expense is recorded for all amounts outstanding 180 days or greater at 100%, unless specifically identified. Miscellaneous accounts receivable items open less than 180 days may be reserved using specific identification for bad debt reserves.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

AEP Texas has significant customers which on a combined basis account for the following percentages of total operating revenues for the years ended December 31 and Accounts Receivable – Customers as of December 31:
Significant Customers of AEP Texas:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Centrica, Just Energy and Reliant Energy
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Percentage of Operating Revenues
 
46
%
 
53
%
 
55
%
Percentage of Accounts Receivable  Customers
 
42
%
 
43
%
 
44
%

Management monitors credit levels and the financial condition of AEP Texas’ customers on a continuing basis to minimize credit risk. The PUCT allows recovery in rates for a reasonable level of bad debt costs. Management believes adequate provision for credit loss has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

F-12


Property, Plant and Equipment

Regulated

Electric utility property, plant and equipment for AEP Texas’ rate-regulated transmission and distribution operations are stated at original cost. Additions, major replacements and betterments are added to the plant accounts. Under the group composite method of depreciation, continuous interim routine replacements of items such as poles, transformers, etc. result in original cost retirements, less salvage, being charged to accumulated depreciation. The group composite method of depreciation assumes that on average, asset components are retired at the end of their useful lives and thus there is no gain or loss. The equipment in each primary electric plant account is identified as a separate group. The depreciation rates that are established take into account the past history of interim capital replacements and the amount of removal cost incurred and salvage received. These rates and the related lives are subject to periodic review. Removal costs accrued are typically recorded as regulatory liabilities when removal costs accrued exceed actual removal costs incurred. The asset removal costs liability is relieved as removal costs are incurred. A regulatory asset balance will occur if actual removal costs incurred exceed accumulated removal costs accrued.

The costs of labor, materials and overhead incurred to operate and maintain plant and equipment are included in operating expenses.

Long-lived assets are required to be tested for impairment when it is determined that the carrying value of the assets may no longer be recoverable or when the assets meet the held-for-sale criteria under the accounting guidance for “Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” When it becomes probable that an asset in service or an asset under construction will be abandoned and regulatory cost recovery has been disallowed, the cost of that asset shall be removed
from plant-in-service or CWIP and charged to expense.

The fair value of an asset is the amount at which that asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties, as opposed to a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. In the absence of quoted prices for identical or similar assets in active markets, fair value is estimated using various internal and external valuation methods including cash flow analysis and appraisals.

Nonregulated

The generation operations of AEP Texas generally follow the policies of its rate-regulated operations listed above but with the following exceptions. Property, plant and equipment are stated at fair value at acquisition (or as adjusted for any applicable impairments) plus the original cost of property acquired or constructed since the acquisition, less disposals. Normal and routine retirements from the plant accounts, net of salvage, are charged to accumulated depreciation under the group composite method of depreciation. A gain or loss would be recorded if the retirement is not considered an interim routine replacement. Removal costs are charged to expense.

Allowance for Funds Used During Construction

For AEP Texas’ regulated operations, AFUDC represents the estimated cost of borrowed and equity funds used to finance construction projects that is capitalized and recovered through depreciation over the service life of regulated electric utility plant.  AEP Texas records the equity component of AFUDC in Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction and the debt component of AFUDC as a reduction to Interest Expense.  For AEP Texas’ nonregulated operations, interest is capitalized during construction in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Capitalization of Interest.”

Valuation of Nonderivative Financial Instruments

The book values of Cash and Cash Equivalents, Advances to/from Affiliates, Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.

F-13


Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities

The accounting guidance for “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. When quoted market prices are not available, pricing may be completed using comparable securities, dealer values, operating data and general market conditions to determine fair value. Valuation models utilize various inputs such as commodity, interest rate and, to a lesser degree, volatility and credit that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, market corroborated inputs (i.e. inputs derived principally from, or correlated to, observable market data) and other observable inputs for the asset or liability. The amount of risk taken is determined by the Commercial Operations and Finance groups in accordance with established risk management policies as approved by the Finance Committee of AEP’s Board of Directors. AEPSC’s market risk oversight staff independently monitors risk policies, procedures and risk levels and provides members of the Commercial Operations Risk Committee (Regulated Risk Committee) various reports regarding compliance with policies, limits and procedures. The Regulated Risk Committee consists of AEPSC’s Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of Generation, Senior Vice President of Commercial Operations and Chief Risk Officer.

For commercial activities, exchange traded derivatives, namely futures contracts, are generally fair valued based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and are classified as Level 1. Level 2 inputs primarily consist of OTC broker quotes in moderately active or less active markets, as well as exchange traded contracts where there is insufficient market liquidity to warrant inclusion in Level 1. Management verifies price curves using these broker quotes and classifies these fair values within Level 2 when substantially all of the fair value can be corroborated. Management typically obtains multiple broker quotes, which are nonbinding in nature but are based on recent trades in the marketplace. When multiple broker quotes are obtained, the quoted bid and ask prices are averaged. In certain circumstances, a broker quote may be discarded if it is a clear outlier. Management uses a historical correlation analysis between the broker quoted location and the illiquid locations. If the points are highly correlated, these locations are included within Level 2 as well. Certain OTC and bilaterally executed derivative instruments are executed in less active markets with a lower availability of pricing information. Illiquid transactions, complex structured transactions, FTRs and counterparty credit risk may require nonmarket based inputs. Some of these inputs may be internally developed or extrapolated and utilized to estimate fair value. When such inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized as Level 3. The main driver of contracts being classified as Level 3 is the inability to substantiate energy price curves in the market. A portion of the Level 3 instruments have been economically hedged which limits potential earnings volatility.

AEP utilizes its trustee’s external pricing service to estimate the fair value of the underlying investments held in the benefit plan trusts. AEP’s investment managers review and validate the prices utilized by the trustee to determine fair value. AEP’s management performs its own valuation testing to verify the fair values of the securities. AEP receives audit reports of the trustee’s operating controls and valuation processes. The trustee uses multiple pricing vendors for the assets held in the trusts.

Assets in the benefits trusts and Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding are classified using the following methods. Equities are classified as Level 1 holdings if they are actively traded on exchanges. Items classified as Level 1 are investments in money market funds, fixed income and equity mutual funds and domestic equity securities. They are valued based on observable inputs primarily unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Items classified as Level 2 are primarily investments in individual fixed income securities and cash equivalent funds. Fixed income securities generally do not trade on exchanges and do not have an official closing price but their valuation inputs are based on observable market data. Pricing vendors calculate bond valuations using financial models and matrices. The models use observable inputs including yields on benchmark securities, quotes by securities brokers, rating agency actions, discounts or premiums on securities compared to par prices, changes in yields for U.S. Treasury securities, corporate actions by bond issuers, prepayment schedules and histories, economic events and, for certain securities, adjustments to yields to reflect changes in the rate of inflation. Other securities with model-derived valuation inputs that are observable are also classified as Level 2 investments. Investments with unobservable valuation inputs are classified as Level 3 investments. Benefit plan assets included in Level 3 are primarily real estate, infrastructure

F-14


and private equity investments that are valued using methods requiring judgment including appraisals. The fair value of real estate and infrastructure investments is measured using market capitalization rates, recent sales of comparable investments and independent third-party appraisals. The fair value of private equity investments is measured using cost and purchase multiples, operating results, discounted future cash flows and market based comparable data. Depending on the specific situation, one or multiple approaches are used to determine the valuation of a real estate, infrastructure or private equity investment.

Revenue Recognition

Regulatory Accounting

AEP Texas’ financial statements reflect the actions of regulators that can result in the recognition of revenues and expenses in different time periods than enterprises that are not rate-regulated. Regulatory assets (deferred expenses) and regulatory liabilities (deferred revenue reductions or refunds) are recorded to reflect the economic effects of regulation in the same accounting period by matching expenses with their recovery through regulated revenues and by matching income with its passage to customers in cost-based regulated rates.

When regulatory assets are probable of recovery through regulated rates, AEP Texas records them as assets on its balance sheets. AEP Texas tests for probability of recovery at each balance sheet date or whenever new events occur. Examples of new events include the issuance of a regulatory commission order or passage of new legislation. If it is determined that recovery of a regulatory asset is no longer probable, AEP Texas writes off that regulatory asset as a charge against income.

Electricity Supply and Delivery Activities

AEP Texas recognizes revenues from electricity transmission and distribution delivery services. AEP Texas recognizes the revenues on the statements of income upon delivery of the energy to the customer and includes unbilled as well as billed amounts.

Power Purchase and Sale Agreement

AEP Texas recognizes revenue from an affiliate, AEPEP, for a 20-year PPA. AEP Texas recognizes revenues for the fuel, operations and maintenance and all other taxes on a billed basis. Revenue is recognized for the capacity and depreciation billed to AEPEP on a straight-line basis over the term of the PPA as these amounts represent the minimum amount due.

Maintenance

Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. If it becomes probable that AEP Texas will recover specifically-incurred costs through future rates, a regulatory asset is established to match the expensing of those maintenance costs with their recovery in cost-based regulated revenues.

Income Taxes and Investment Tax Credits

AEP Texas uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred income taxes are provided for all temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities which will result in a future tax consequence.

When the flow-through method of accounting for temporary differences is reflected in regulated revenues (that is, when deferred taxes are not included in the cost of service for determining regulated rates for electricity), deferred income taxes are recorded and related regulatory assets and liabilities are established to match the regulated revenues and tax expense.


F-15


Investment tax credits (ITC) were historically accounted for under the flow-through method, except where regulatory commissions reflected ITC in the rate-making process. In the third quarter of 2016, AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries changed accounting for the recognition of ITC and elected to apply the preferred deferral methodology. This change had no financial impact to AEP Texas.

Deferred ITC is amortized to income tax expense over the life of the asset. Amortization of deferred ITC begins when the asset is placed into service, except where regulatory commissions reflect ITC in the rate-making process, then amortization begins when the cash tax benefit is recognized.

AEP Texas accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Income Taxes.” AEP Texas classifies interest expense or income related to uncertain tax positions as interest expense or income as appropriate and classifies penalties as Other Operation expense.

Excise Taxes

As an agent for some state and local governments, AEP Texas collects from customers certain excise taxes levied by those state or local governments on customers. AEP Texas does not recognize these taxes as revenue or expense.

Debt

Gains and losses from the reacquisition of debt used to finance regulated electric utility plants are deferred and amortized over the remaining term of the reacquired debt in accordance with their rate-making treatment unless the debt is refinanced. If the reacquired debt is refinanced, the reacquisition costs are generally deferred and amortized over the term of the replacement debt consistent with its recovery in rates.

Debt discount or premium and debt issuance expenses are deferred and amortized generally utilizing the straight-line method over the term of the related debt. The straight-line method approximates the effective interest method and is consistent with the treatment in rates for regulated operations. The net amortization expense is included in Interest Expense on the statements of income.

Pension and OPEB Plans

AEP Texas participates in an AEP sponsored qualified pension plan and two unfunded nonqualified pension plans. Substantially all of AEP Texas’ employees are covered by the qualified plan or both the qualified and a nonqualified pension plan. AEP Texas also participates in OPEB plans sponsored by AEP to provide health and life insurance benefits for retired employees. AEP Texas is allocated a proportionate share of benefit costs and accounts for its participation in these plans as multiple-employer plans.  See Note 8 - Benefit Plans for additional information including significant accounting policies associated with the plans.

Investments Held in Trust for Future Liabilities

AEP has several trust funds with significant investments intended to provide for future payments of pension and OPEB benefits. All of the trust funds’ investments are diversified and managed in compliance with all laws and regulations. The investment strategy for the trust funds is to use a diversified portfolio of investments to achieve an acceptable rate of return while managing the investment risk of the assets relative to the associated liabilities. To minimize investment risk, the trust funds are broadly diversified among classes of assets, investment strategies and investment managers. Management regularly reviews the actual asset allocations and periodically rebalances the investments to targeted allocations when appropriate. Investment policies and guidelines allow investment managers in approved strategies to use financial derivatives to obtain or manage market exposures and to hedge assets and liabilities. The investments are reported at fair value under the “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” accounting guidance.


F-16


Benefit Plans

All benefit plan assets are invested in accordance with each plan’s investment policy. The investment policy outlines the investment objectives, strategies and target asset allocations by plan.

The investment philosophies for AEP’s benefit plans support the allocation of assets to minimize risks and optimize net returns. Strategies used include:

Maintaining a long-term investment horizon.
Diversifying assets to help control volatility of returns at acceptable levels.
Managing fees, transaction costs and tax liabilities to maximize investment earnings.
Using active management of investments where appropriate risk/return opportunities exist.
Keeping portfolio structure style-neutral to limit volatility compared to applicable benchmarks.
Using alternative asset classes such as real estate and private equity to maximize return and provide additional portfolio diversification.

The objective of the investment policy for the pension fund is to maintain the funded status of the plan while providing for growth in the plan assets to offset the growth in the plan liabilities.  The current target asset allocations are as follows:
Pension Plan Assets
 
Target
Equity
 
25
%
Fixed Income
 
59
%
Other Investments
 
15
%
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
1
%
 
 
 
OPEB Plans Assets
 
Target
Equity
 
65
%
Fixed Income
 
33
%
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
2
%

The investment policy for each benefit plan contains various investment limitations. The investment policies establish concentration limits for securities and prohibit the purchase of securities issued by AEP (with the exception of proportionate and immaterial holdings of AEP securities in passive index strategies). However, the investment policies do not preclude the benefit trust funds from receiving contributions in the form of AEP securities, provided that the AEP securities acquired by each plan may not exceed the limitations imposed by law.

For equity investments, the concentration limits are as follows:

No security in excess of 5% of all equities.
Cash equivalents must be less than 10% of an investment manager’s equity portfolio.
No individual stock may be more than 10% and 7% for pension and OPEB investments, respectively, of each manager’s equity portfolio.
No investment in excess of 5% of an outstanding class of any company.
No securities may be bought or sold on margin or other use of leverage.

For fixed income investments, each investment manager’s portfolio is compared to investment grade, diversified long and intermediate benchmark indices.


F-17


A portion of the pension assets is invested in real estate funds to provide diversification, add return and hedge against inflation. Real estate properties are illiquid, difficult to value and not actively traded. The pension plan uses external real estate investment managers to invest in commingled funds that hold real estate properties. To mitigate investment risk in the real estate portfolio, commingled real estate funds are used to ensure that holdings are diversified by region, property type and risk classification. Real estate holdings include core, value-added and development risk classifications and some investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts, which are publicly traded real estate securities.

A portion of the pension assets is invested in private equity. Private equity investments add return and provide diversification and typically require a long-term time horizon to evaluate investment performance. Private equity is classified as an alternative investment because it is illiquid, difficult to value and not actively traded. The pension plan uses limited partnerships and commingled funds to invest across the private equity investment spectrum. The private equity holdings are with multiple general partners who help monitor the investments and provide investment selection expertise. The holdings are currently comprised of venture capital, buyout and hybrid debt and equity investment instruments. Commingled private equity funds are used to enhance the holdings’ diversity.

AEP participates in a securities lending program with BNY Mellon to provide incremental income on idle assets and to provide income to offset custody fees and other administrative expenses. AEP lends securities to borrowers approved by BNY Mellon in exchange for collateral. All loans are collateralized by at least 102% of the loaned asset’s market value and the collateral is invested. The difference between the rebate owed to the borrower and the collateral rate of return determines the earnings on the loaned security. The securities lending program’s objective is providing modest incremental income with a limited increase in risk.

Trust owned life insurance (TOLI) underwritten by The Prudential Insurance Company is held in the OPEB plan trusts. The strategy for holding life insurance contracts in the taxable Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association trust is to minimize taxes paid on the asset growth in the trust. Earnings on plan assets are tax-deferred within the TOLI contract and can be tax-free if held until claims are paid. Life insurance proceeds remain in the trust and are used to fund future retiree medical benefit liabilities. With consideration to other investments held in the trust, the cash value of the TOLI contracts is invested in two diversified funds. A portion is invested in a commingled fund with underlying investments in stocks that are actively traded on major international equity exchanges. The other portion of the TOLI cash value is invested in a diversified, commingled fixed income fund with underlying investments in government bonds, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities.

Cash and cash equivalents are held in each trust to provide liquidity and meet short-term cash needs. Cash equivalent funds are used to provide diversification and preserve principal. The underlying holdings in the cash funds are investment grade money market instruments including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, treasury bills and other types of investment grade short-term debt securities. The cash funds are valued each business day and provide daily liquidity.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Comprehensive income (loss) has two components: net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss).

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

AEP Texas is owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEP. Therefore, AEP Texas is not required to report EPS.


F-18


Supplementary Income Statement Information

The following table provides the components of Depreciation and Amortization:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Depreciation and Amortization
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Depreciation and Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment
 
$
204.0

 
$
193.3

 
$
177.4

Amortization of Securitized Transition Assets
 
210.3

 
275.5

 
266.9

Amortization of Regulatory Assets and Liabilities
 
(0.4
)
 
0.1

 
(0.2
)
Total Depreciation and Amortization
 
$
413.9

 
$
468.9

 
$
444.1


Subsequent Events

Management reviewed subsequent events through April 26, 2017, the date that AEP Texas’ 2016 annual report was issued.


F-19


2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Upon issuance of final pronouncements, management reviews the new accounting literature to determine its relevance, if any, to AEP Texas’ business. The following final pronouncements will impact the financial statements.

ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2014-09)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 clarifying the method used to determine the timing and requirements for revenue recognition on the statements of income. Under the new standard, an entity must identify the performance obligations in a contract, determine the transaction price and allocate the price to specific performance obligations to recognize the revenue when the obligation is completed. The amendments in this update also require disclosure of sufficient information to allow users to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flow arising from contracts.

The FASB deferred implementation of ASU 2014-09 under the terms in ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic: 606): Deferral of the Effective Date.” The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted.

Management continues to analyze the impact of the new revenue standard and related ASUs. During 2016, initial revenue contract assessments were completed. Material revenue streams were identified within the AEP System and representative contract/transaction types were sampled. Performance obligations identified within each material revenue stream were evaluated to determine whether the obligations were satisfied at a point in time or over time. Contracts determined to be satisfied over time generally qualified for the invoicing practical expedient since the invoiced amounts reasonably represented the value to customers of performance obligations fulfilled to date. Based upon the completed assessments, management does not expect a material impact to the timing of revenue recognized or net income and plans to elect the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption. Management also continues to monitor unresolved industry implementation issues, including items related to collectability and alternative revenue programs, and will analyze the related impacts to revenue recognition. Management plans to adopt ASU 2014-09 effective January 1, 2018.

ASU 2015-11 “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (ASU 2015-11)

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11 simplifying the guidance on the subsequent measurement of inventory, excluding inventory measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. Under the new standard, inventory should be at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. Management adopted ASU 2015-11 prospectively, effective January 1, 2017. There was no impact on results of operations, financial position or cash flows at adoption.

ASU 2016-01 “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (ASU 2016-01)

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 enhancing the reporting model for financial instruments. Under the new standard, equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The new standard also amends disclosure requirements and requires separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements. The amendments also clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.


F-20


The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted. The amendments will be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-01 effective January 1, 2018.

ASU 2016-02 “Accounting for Leases” (ASU 2016-02)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 increasing the transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Under the new standard, an entity must recognize an asset and liability for operating leases on the balance sheets. Additionally, a capital lease will be known as a finance lease going forward. Leases with lease terms of 12 months or longer will be subject to the new requirements. Fundamentally, the criteria used to determine lease classification will remain the same, but will be more subjective under the new standard.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The guidance will be applied by means of a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach will require lessees and lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

Management continues to analyze the impact of the new lease standard. During 2016, initial lease contract assessments were completed. The AEP System lease population was identified and representative lease contracts were sampled. Based upon the completed assessments, management prepared a system gap analysis to outline new disclosure compliance requirements compared to current system capabilities. Lease system options are currently being evaluated. Management plans to elect certain of the following practical expedients upon adoption:
Practical Expedient
 
Description
Overall Expedients (for leases commenced prior to adoption date and must be adopted as a package)
 
Do not need to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are/or contain leases, do not need to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and do not need to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.
Lease and Non-lease Components (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not separate non-lease components from lease components and instead account for each lease and associated non-lease component as a single lease component.
Short-term Lease (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases.
Lease term
 
Elect to use hindsight to determine the lease term.

Management expects the new standard to impact financial position, but not results of operations or cash flows. Management also continues to monitor unresolved industry implementation issues, including items related to renewables and Purchase Power and Sale Agreements, pole attachments, easements and right-of-ways, and will analyze the related impacts to lease accounting. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-02 effective January 1, 2019.

ASU 2016-09 “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (ASU 2016-09)

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 simplifying the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies (including tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards) should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit on the statements of income. Under current GAAP, excess tax benefits are recognized in additional paid-in capital while tax deficiencies are recognized either as an offset to accumulated excess tax benefits, if any, or on the statements of income.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. Certain provisions require retrospective/modified retrospective transition while others are to be applied prospectively. Management adopted ASU 2016-09 effective January 1, 2017. There was no impact on results of operations, financial position or cash flows at adoption.

F-21


ASU 2016-13 “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13)

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 requiring an allowance to be recorded for all expected credit losses for financial assets. The allowance for credit losses is based on historical information, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The new standard also makes revisions to the other than temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. Disclosures of credit quality indicators in relation to the amortized cost of financing receivables are further disaggregated by year of origination.

The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The amendments will be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2020.

ASU 2016-18 “Restricted Cash” (ASU 2016-18)

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18 clarifying the treatment of restricted cash on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, amounts considered restricted cash will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts on the statements of cash flows.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The guidance will be applied by means of a retrospective approach. Management is analyzing the impact of the new standard. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-18 effective for the 2017 Annual Report.

ASU 2017-07 “Compensation - Retirement Benefits” (ASU 2017-07)

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07 requiring that an employer report the service cost component of pension and postretirement benefits in the same line item or items as other compensation costs. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. In addition, only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization as applicable following labor.

The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. Management is analyzing the impact of the new standard. Management plans to adopt ASU 2017-07 effective January 1, 2018.


F-22


3. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

The following tables provide the components of changes in AOCI and details of reclassifications from AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The amortization of pension and OPEB AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and OPEB costs. See Note 8 for additional details.

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Pension and OPEB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization
 
Changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of Deferred
 
in Funded
 
 
 
Commodity
 
Interest Rate
 
Costs
 
Status
 
Total
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2015
$

 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
3.9

 
$
(14.6
)
 
$
(17.2
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI

 
(0.1
)
 

 
0.9

 
0.8

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense

 
1.8

 

 

 
1.8

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

 

 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses

 

 
0.5

 

 
0.5

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
1.8

 
0.4

 

 
2.2

Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
0.6

 
0.1

 

 
0.7

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
1.2

 
0.3

 

 
1.5

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income

 
1.1

 
0.3

 
0.9

 
2.3

Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2016
$

 
$
(5.4
)
 
$
4.2

 
$
(13.7
)
 
$
(14.9
)

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Pension and OPEB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization
 
Changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of Deferred
 
in Funded
 
 
 
Commodity
 
Interest Rate
 
Costs
 
Status
 
Total
 
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2014
$

 
$
(7.7
)
 
$
3.6

 
$
(14.8
)
 
$
(18.9
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI

 
(0.1
)
 

 
0.2

 
0.1

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense

 
1.9

 

 

 
1.9

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

 

 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses

 

 
0.6

 

 
0.6

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
1.9

 
0.5

 

 
2.4

Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
0.6

 
0.2

 

 
0.8

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
1.3

 
0.3

 

 
1.6

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income

 
1.2

 
0.3

 
0.2

 
1.7

Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2015
$

 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
3.9

 
$
(14.6
)
 
$
(17.2
)




F-23


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
Pension and OPEB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization
 
Changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of Deferred
 
in Funded
 
 
 
Commodity
 
Interest Rate
 
Costs
 
Status
 
Total
 
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2013
$
0.1

 
$
(9.0
)
 
$
3.0

 
$
(16.6
)
 
$
(22.5
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI

 
(0.1
)
 

 
1.8

 
1.7

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets/(Liabilities), Net (a)
(0.1
)
 

 

 

 
(0.1
)
Interest Expense

 
2.1

 

 

 
2.1

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

 

 
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses

 

 
1.0

 

 
1.0

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit
(0.1
)
 
2.1

 
0.9

 

 
2.9

Income Tax (Expense) Credit

 
0.7

 
0.3

 

 
1.0

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit
(0.1
)
 
1.4

 
0.6

 

 
1.9

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(0.1
)
 
1.3

 
0.6

 
1.8

 
3.6

Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2014
$

 
$
(7.7
)
 
$
3.6

 
$
(14.8
)
 
$
(18.9
)

(a)
Represents realized gains and losses subject to regulatory accounting treatment recorded as either current or noncurrent on the balance sheets.


F-24


4.   RATE MATTERS

AEP Texas is involved in rate and regulatory proceedings at the PUCT and the FERC.  Rate matters can have a material impact on net income, cash flows and possibly financial condition.  AEP Texas’ recent significant rate orders and pending rate filings are addressed in this note.

TCC and TNC Merger

Effective December 31, 2016, TCC and TNC merged into AEP Utilities, Inc., as approved by the FERC and the PUCT in September 2016 and December 2016, respectively. Upon merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas Inc., but maintained TCC’s and TNC’s respective customer rates. The PUCT ordered certain post-merger conditions which included a) the sharing of certain interest rate savings with customers and b) an annual credit to customers of approximately $630 thousand for savings resulting from an expected reduction in post-merger debt issuance costs, effective until the next base rate case.

AEP Texas Distribution Cost Recovery Factor (DCRF)

In July 2016, the PUCT approved settlement agreements between TCC, TNC and intervenors related to requests for DCRF riders to allow recovery of eligible net distribution investments. The settlement agreement included an annual revenue requirement of $56 million ($45 million for the TCC division and $11 million for the TNC division), effective September 2016. Amounts approved are subject to refund based upon a prudence review of the investments in AEP Texas’ next base rate case.

AEP Texas Base Rates

As of December 31, 2016, AEP’s share of AEP Texas’ cumulative revenues from interim base rate increases from 2009 through 2016, subject to review, is estimated to be $528 million. A base rate review could produce a refund if AEP Texas incurs a disallowance of the transmission or distribution investment on which an interim increase was based. Management is unable to determine a range of potential losses, if any, that are reasonably possible of occurring. A revenue decrease, including a refund of interim transmission and distribution rates, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.




F-25


5. EFFECTS OF REGULATION

Regulatory assets and liabilities are comprised of the following items:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
Remaining
Regulatory Assets:
2016
 
2015
 
Recovery Period
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Noncurrent Regulatory Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory assets pending final regulatory approval:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets Currently Earning a Return
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Storm Related Costs
$
25.1

 
$
24.2

 
 
 
Regulatory Assets Currently Not Earning a Return
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate Case Expense
0.1

 
0.1

 
 
Total Regulatory Assets Pending Final Regulatory Approval
25.2

 
24.3

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Regulatory assets approved for recovery:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Regulatory Assets Currently Earning a Return
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Meter Replacement Costs
49.8

 
54.6

 
11 years
 
 
Advanced Metering System
21.3

 
3.6

 
4 years
 
Regulatory Assets Currently Not Earning a Return
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and OPEB Funded Status
188.2

 
177.1

 
12 years
 
 
Income Taxes, Net
40.3

 
11.8

 
28 years
 
 
Unamortized Loss on Reacquired Debt
7.3

 
9.6

 
21 years
 
 
Medicare Subsidy
5.6

 
6.3

 
8 years
 
 
Transmission Cost Recovery Factor
5.3

 
9.9

 
1 year
 
 
Peak Demand Reduction/Energy Efficiency
4.2

 
1.9

 
2 years
 
 
Other Regulatory Assets Approved for Recovery

 
0.7

 
 
Total Regulatory Assets Approved for Recovery
322.0

 
275.5

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Total Noncurrent Regulatory Assets
$
347.2

 
$
299.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
Remaining
Regulatory Liabilities:
2016
 
2015
 
Refund Period
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Noncurrent Regulatory Liabilities and
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Investment Tax Credits
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory liabilities approved for payment:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Regulatory Liabilities Currently Paying a Return
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Asset Removal Costs
$
581.7

 
$
544.4

 
(a)
 
 
Advanced Metering Infrastructure Surcharge
17.0

 
21.3

 
4 years
 
 
Excess Earnings
7.3

 
7.8

 
15 years
 
Regulatory Liabilities Currently Not Paying a Return
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transition Charges
40.5

 
46.5

 
11 years
 
 
Deferred Investment Tax Credits
13.9

 
15.5

 
46 years
 
 
Other Regulatory Liabilities Approved for Payment
0.4

 

 
various
Total Regulatory Liabilities Approved for Payment
660.8

 
635.5

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Total Noncurrent Regulatory Liabilities and Deferred
 

 
 

 
 
 
Investment Tax Credits
$
660.8

 
$
635.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Relieved as removal costs are incurred


F-26


6. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENCIES

AEP Texas is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in its ordinary course of business. In addition, AEP Texas’ business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against AEP Texas cannot be predicted. Management accrues contingent liabilities only when management concludes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When management determines that it is not probable, but rather reasonably possible that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements, management discloses such contingencies and the possible loss or range of loss if such estimate can be made. Any estimated range is based on currently available information and involves elements of judgment and significant uncertainties. Any estimated range of possible loss may not represent the maximum possible loss exposure. Circumstances change over time and actual results may vary significantly from estimates.

For current proceedings not specifically discussed below, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such proceedings would have a material effect on the financial statements.

COMMITMENTS

Construction and Commitments

AEP Texas has substantial construction commitments to support its operations and environmental investments. In managing the overall construction program and in the normal course of business, AEP Texas contractually commits to third-party construction vendors for certain material purchases and other construction services. AEP Texas also purchases fuel, materials, supplies, services and property, plant and equipment under contract as part of its normal course of business. Certain supply contracts contain penalty provisions for early termination.

In accordance with the accounting guidance for “Commitments”, AEP Texas had no actual contractual commitments as of December 31, 2016.

GUARANTEES

Liabilities for guarantees are recorded in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Guarantees.” There is no collateral held in relation to any guarantees. In the event any guarantee is drawn, there is no recourse to third parties unless specified below.

Letters of Credit

An uncommitted facility gives the issuer of the facility the right to accept or decline each request made under the facility. AEP issues letters of credit on behalf of subsidiaries under four uncommitted facilities totaling $300 million. As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas’s maximum future payment for letters of credit issued under the uncommitted credit facilities was $3 million with a maturity of January 2018.

Indemnifications and Other Guarantees

Contracts

AEP Texas enters into certain types of contracts which require indemnifications. Typically these contracts include, but are not limited to, sale agreements, lease agreements, purchase agreements and financing agreements. Generally, these agreements may include, but are not limited to, indemnifications around certain tax, contractual and environmental matters. With respect to sale agreements, exposure generally does not exceed the sale price. As of December 31, 2016, there were no material liabilities recorded for any indemnifications.


F-27


Lease Obligations

AEP Texas leases certain equipment under master lease agreements. See “Master Lease Agreements” section of Note 12 for disclosure of lease residual value guarantees.

CONTINGENCIES

Insurance and Potential Losses

AEP Texas maintains insurance coverage normal and customary for an electric utility, subject to various deductibles. AEP Texas also maintains property and casualty insurance that may cover certain physical damage or third-party injuries caused by cyber security incidents. Insurance coverage includes all risks of physical loss or damage to assets, subject to insurance policy conditions and exclusions. Covered property generally includes power plants, substations, facilities and inventories. Excluded property generally includes transmission and distribution lines, poles and towers. The insurance programs also generally provide coverage against loss arising from certain claims made by third parties and are in excess of AEP Texas’ retentions. Coverage is generally provided by a combination of the protected cell of EIS and/or various industry mutual and/or commercial insurance carriers.

Some potential losses or liabilities may not be insurable or the amount of insurance carried may not be sufficient to meet potential losses and liabilities, including, but not limited to, liabilities relating to a cyber security incident. Future losses or liabilities, if they occur, which are not completely insured, unless recovered from customers, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (Superfund) and State Remediation

By-products from the generation of electricity include materials such as ash, slag and sludge. Coal combustion by-products, which constitute the overwhelming percentage of these materials, are typically treated and deposited in captive disposal facilities or are beneficially utilized. In addition, the generation plants and transmission and distribution facilities have used asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and other hazardous and nonhazardous materials. AEP Texas currently incurs costs to dispose of these substances safely.

Superfund addresses clean-up of hazardous substances that are released to the environment. The Federal EPA administers the clean-up programs. Several states enacted similar laws. Superfund does not recognize compliance as a defense, but imposes strict liability on parties who fall within its broad statutory categories. Present estimates do not anticipate material cleanup costs.


F-28


7. IMPAIRMENT AND DISPOSITION

IMPAIRMENT

2016

Wind Farms

In September 2016, due to AEP’s ongoing evaluation of strategic alternatives for its merchant generation assets and declining forecasts of future energy and capacity prices, AEP performed an impairment analysis at the unit level on its merchant generation assets in accordance with accounting guidance for impairments of long-lived assets. The Wind Farms were included in this analysis. For the Wind Farms, AEP performed step one of the impairment analysis using undiscounted cash flows for the estimated useful lives of the assets based upon energy and capacity price curves, as applicable, which were developed internally with both observable Level 2 third party quotations and unobservable Level 3 inputs, as well as management’s forecasts of operating expenses and capital expenditures. The step one analysis concluded the book value of the Wind Farms would not be recovered.

AEP performed step two of the impairment analysis on the Wind Farms using a ten-year discounted cash flow model utilizing forecasted energy price curves, which were developed internally using both observable Level 2 third party quotations and unobservable Level 3 inputs, as well as management’s forecasts of operating expenses and capital expenditures. The results concluded the Wind Farms were impaired.

Based on the impairment analysis performed, in the third quarter of 2016, AEP Texas recorded a pretax impairment of $73 million, which was subsequently classified into Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax on AEP Texas’ statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2016. See “DISPOSITION” section of this note. See the table below for additional information.
Impaired Assets
 
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Impairment
 
 
(in millions)
Trent and Desert Sky Wind Farms
 
$
118.7

 
$
46.0

 
$
72.7



F-29


DISPOSITION

2016

Wind Farms

In December 2016, TCC and TNC merged into AEP Utilities, Inc. Upon merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas. Subsequent to the merger, AEP Texas exited the merchant generation business by transferring all of the common stock of the Wind Farms to a competitive AEP affiliate. No gain or loss was recognized and no cash was exchanged related to the disposition of the Wind Farms.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Wind Farms were determined to be discontinued operations. The assets and liabilities were classified as Assets from Discontinued Operations and Liabilities from Discontinued Operations, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and as shown in the following table:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2015
Assets:
 
(in millions)
Advances to Affiliates
 
$
59.1

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
 
128.2

Other Classes of Assets That Are Not Major
 
24.7

Total Assets from Discontinued Operations on the Balance Sheet
 
$
212.0

 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
Advances from Affiliates
 
$
64.5

Long-term Debt
 
10.3

Other Classes of Liabilities That Are Not Major
 
16.6

Total Liabilities from Discontinued Operations on the Balance Sheet
 
$
91.4


Results of operations of the Wind Farms have been classified as discontinued operations on AEP Texas’ statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 as shown in the following table:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Revenue
 
$
18.2

 
$
22.4

 
$
25.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Operation Expense
 
6.5

 
6.5

 
5.5

Maintenance Expense
 
3.4

 
4.9

 
4.5

Asset Impairment and Other Related Charges
 
72.7

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense
 
9.8

 
11.5

 
11.1

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
1.3

 
1.3

 
1.4

Total Expenses
 
93.7

 
24.2

 
22.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
(0.8
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pretax Income of Discontinued Operations
 
(76.3
)
 
(3.1
)
 
1.5

Income Tax Expense
 
(27.5
)
 
(1.7
)
 
0.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Income on Discontinued Operations as Presented on the Statements of Income
 
$
(48.8
)
 
$
(1.4
)
 
$
0.8




F-30


8. BENEFIT PLANS

For a discussion of investment strategy, investment limitations, target asset allocations and the classification of investments within the fair value hierarchy, see “Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities” and “Investments Held in Trust for Future Liabilities” sections of Note 1 .

AEP Texas participates in an AEP sponsored qualified pension plan and two unfunded nonqualified pension plans. Substantially all of AEP Texas’ employees are covered by the qualified plan or both the qualified and a nonqualified pension plan. AEP Texas also participates in OPEB plans sponsored by AEP to provide health and life insurance benefits for retired employees.

AEP Texas recognizes its funded status associated with defined benefit pension and OPEB plans in its balance sheets. Disclosures about the plans are required by the “Compensation - Retirement Benefits” accounting guidance. AEP Texas recognizes an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status and recognizes, as a component of other comprehensive income, the changes in the funded status of the plan that arise during the year that are not recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. AEP Texas records a regulatory asset instead of other comprehensive income for qualifying benefit costs of regulated operations that for ratemaking purposes are deferred for future recovery. The cumulative funded status adjustment is equal to the remaining unrecognized deferrals for unamortized actuarial losses or gains, prior service costs and transition obligations, such that remaining deferred costs result in an AOCI equity reduction or regulatory asset and deferred gains result in an AOCI equity addition or regulatory liability.

Actuarial Assumptions for Benefit Obligations

The weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of benefit obligations are shown in the following table:
 
 
Pension Plans
 
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
December 31,
Assumptions
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
2016
 
2015
Discount Rate
 
4.05
%
 
4.30
%
 
 
4.10
%
 
4.30
%
Rate of Compensation Increase
 
4.85
%
(a)
4.70
%
(a)
 
NA

 
NA


(a)
Rates are for base pay only.  In addition, an amount is added to reflect target incentive compensation for exempt employees and overtime and incentive pay for nonexempt employees.
NA
Not applicable.

A duration-based method is used to determine the discount rate for the plans. A hypothetical portfolio of high quality corporate bonds is constructed with cash flows matching the benefit plan liability. The composite yield on the hypothetical bond portfolio is used as the discount rate for the plan.

For 2016, the rate of compensation increase assumed varies with the age of the employee, ranging from 3.5% per year to 12% per year, with an average increase of 4.85%.


F-31


Actuarial Assumptions for Net Periodic Benefit Costs

The weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of benefit costs are shown in the following table:
 
 
Pension Plans
 
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
January 1,
Assumptions
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Discount Rate
 
4.30
%
 
4.00
%
 
4.70
%
 
 
4.30
%
 
4.00
%
 
4.70
%
Expected Return on Plan Assets
 
6.00
%
 
6.00
%
 
6.00
%
 
 
7.00
%
 
6.75
%
 
6.75
%
Rate of Compensation Increase
 
4.85
%
(a)
4.50
%
(a)
4.65
%
(a)
 
NA

 
NA

 
NA


(a)
Rates are for base pay only.  In addition, an amount is added to reflect target incentive compensation for exempt employees and overtime and incentive pay for nonexempt employees.
NA
Not applicable.

The expected return on plan assets was determined by evaluating historical returns, the current investment climate (yield on fixed income securities and other recent investment market indicators), rate of inflation and current prospects for economic growth.

The health care trend rate assumptions used for OPEB plans measurement purposes are shown below:
 
 
January 1,
Health Care Trend Rates
 
2016
 
2015
Initial
 
7.00
%
 
6.25
%
Ultimate
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Year Ultimate Reached
 
2024

 
2020


Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the OPEB health care plans. A 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
 
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
 
 
(in millions)
Effect on Total Service and Interest Cost Components of Net Periodic Postretirement Health Care Benefit Cost
 
$
0.2

 
$
(0.1
)
Effect on the Health Care Component of the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation
 
4.0

 
(3.5
)

Significant Concentrations of Risk within Plan Assets

In addition to establishing the target asset allocation of plan assets, the investment policy also places restrictions on securities to limit significant concentrations within plan assets. The investment policy establishes guidelines that govern maximum market exposure, security restrictions, prohibited asset classes, prohibited types of transactions, minimum credit quality, average portfolio credit quality, portfolio duration and concentration limits. The guidelines were established to mitigate the risk of loss due to significant concentrations in any investment. The plans are monitored to control security diversification and ensure compliance with the investment policy. As of December 31, 2016, the assets were invested in compliance with all investment limits. See “Investments Held in Trust for Future Liabilities” section of Note 1 for limit details.


F-32


Benefit Plan Obligations, Plan Assets and Funded Status

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status. The benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension and OPEB plans are the projected benefit obligation and the accumulated benefit obligation, respectively.

Upon completion of the merger, CSW Energy, Inc. was transferred to an affiliate. The transfer occurred on December 31, 2016. CSW Energy, Inc.’s benefit obligation and portion of plan assets were transferred to the affiliate and the impact of the transfer can be seen in the table below.
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Change in Benefit Obligation
 
(in millions)
Benefit Obligation as of January 1,
 
$
420.3

 
$
455.1

 
$
122.0

 
$
122.0

Transfer of CSW Energy, Inc. Benefit Obligation
 
(2.8
)
 

 
(0.4
)
 

Service Cost
 
7.5

 
7.6

 
0.7

 
0.8

Interest Cost
 
17.8

 
17.2

 
5.1

 
4.8

Actuarial (Gain) Loss
 
11.1

 
(27.8
)
 
0.8

 
2.6

Benefit Payments
 
(32.2
)
 
(31.8
)
 
(11.4
)
 
(11.4
)
Participant Contributions
 

 

 
3.5

 
3.1

Medicare Subsidy
 

 

 
0.1

 
0.1

Benefit Obligation as of December 31,
 
$
421.7

 
$
420.3

 
$
120.4

 
$
122.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value of Plan Assets as of January 1,
 
$
415.4

 
$
438.9

 
$
138.6

 
$
152.8

Transfer of CSW Energy, Inc. Plan Assets
 
(2.5
)
 

 
(0.4
)
 

Actual Gain (Loss) on Plan Assets
 
27.4

 
(0.6
)
 
3.8

 
(5.9
)
Company Contributions
 
8.5

 
8.9

 

 

Participant Contributions
 

 

 
3.5

 
3.1

Benefit Payments
 
(32.2
)
 
(31.8
)
 
(11.4
)
 
(11.4
)
Fair Value of Plan Assets as of December 31,
 
$
416.6

 
$
415.4

 
$
134.1

 
$
138.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded (Underfunded) Status as of December 31,
 
$
(5.1
)
 
$
(4.9
)
 
$
13.7

 
$
16.6


Amounts Recognized on the Balance Sheets
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(in millions)
Deferred Charges and Other Noncurrent Assets – Prepaid Benefit Costs
 
$

 
$

 
$
13.7

 
$
16.6

Other Current Liabilities – Accrued Short-term Benefit Liability
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.4
)
 

 

Deferred Credits and Other Noncurrent Liabilities – Accrued Long-term Benefit Liability
 
(4.7
)
 
(4.5
)
 

 

Funded (Underfunded) Status
 
$
(5.1
)
 
$
(4.9
)
 
$
13.7

 
$
16.6



F-33


Amounts Included in AOCI and Regulatory Assets
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Components
 
(in millions)
Net Actuarial Loss
 
$
193.3

 
$
193.3

 
$
50.7

 
$
47.1

Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 

 
0.4

 
(41.2
)
 
(47.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recorded as
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets
 
$
178.5

 
$
176.6

 
$
9.7

 
$
0.5

Deferred Income Taxes
 
5.2

 
6.0

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
Net of Tax AOCI
 
9.6

 
11.1

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.4
)

Components of the change in amounts included in AOCI and Regulatory Assets are as follows:
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Components
 
(in millions)
Actuarial (Gain) Loss During the Year
 
$
7.1

 
$
(3.1
)
 
$
6.4

 
$
17.9

Amortization of Actuarial Loss
 
(7.1
)
 
(9.0
)
 
(2.8
)
 
(1.5
)
Amortization of Prior Service Credit (Cost)
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.3
)
 
6.0

 
5.9

Change for the Year Ended December 31,
 
$
(0.4
)
 
$
(12.4
)
 
$
9.6

 
$
22.3


Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans’ Assets

The fair value tables within Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans’ Assets present the classification of assets for AEP within the fair value hierarchy. All Level 1, 2, 3 and Other amounts can be allocated to AEP Texas using the percentages in the table below:
Pension Plan
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
December 31,
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
8.6
%
 
8.7
%
 
8.7
%
 
8.8
%


F-34


The following table presents the classification of pension plan assets for AEP within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016:
Asset Class
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
 
Year End
Allocation
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Equities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
 
$
354.7

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
354.7

 
7.3
 %
International
 
439.2

 

 

 

 
439.2

 
9.1
 %
Options
 

 
20.0

 

 

 
20.0

 
0.4
 %
Real Estate Investment Trusts
 
3.1

 

 

 

 
3.1

 
0.1
 %
Common Collective Trusts (c)
 

 
14.0

 

 
400.5

 
414.5

 
8.6
 %
Subtotal – Equities
 
797.0

 
34.0

 

 
400.5

 
1,231.5

 
25.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Collective Trust – Debt (c)
 

 

 

 
32.3

 
32.3

 
0.7
 %
United States Government and Agency Securities (c)
 

 
423.3

 

 
17.7

 
441.0

 
9.1
 %
Corporate Debt (c)
 

 
1,932.2

 

 
10.0

 
1,942.2

 
40.2
 %
Foreign Debt (c)
 

 
373.7

 

 
12.1

 
385.8

 
8.0
 %
State and Local Government
 

 
11.5

 

 

 
11.5

 
0.2
 %
Other – Asset Backed (c)
 

 
5.4

 

 
7.4

 
12.8

 
0.3
 %
Subtotal – Fixed Income
 

 
2,746.1

 

 
79.5

 
2,825.6

 
58.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Infrastructure
 

 

 
57.6

 

 
57.6

 
1.2
 %
Real Estate
 

 

 
254.9

 

 
254.9

 
5.3
 %
Alternative Investments
 

 

 
411.1

 

 
411.1

 
8.5
 %
Securities Lending
 

 
161.6

 

 

 
161.6

 
3.4
 %
Securities Lending Collateral (a)
 

 

 

 
(163.3
)
 
(163.3
)
 
(3.4
)%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (c)
 

 

 

 
29.7

 
29.7

 
0.6
 %
Other – Pending Transactions and Accrued Income (b)
 

 

 

 
18.6

 
18.6

 
0.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
797.0

 
$
2,941.7

 
$
723.6

 
$
365.0

 
$
4,827.3

 
100.0
 %

(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent an obligation to repay collateral received as part of the Securities Lending Program.
(b)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent accrued interest, dividend receivables and transactions pending settlement.
(c)
Amounts in “Other” column represent investments for which fair value is measured using net asset value per share in accordance with ASU 2015-07, Disclosure for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent), which was retrospectively applied to prior periods.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of AEP’s assets classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the pension assets:
 
 
Foreign
Debt
 
Infrastructure
 
Real
Estate
 
Alternative
Investments
 
Total
Level 3
 
 
(in millions)
Balance as of January 1, 2016
 
$
0.1

 
$
42.0

 
$
253.7

 
$
378.7

 
$
674.5

Actual Return on Plan Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relating to Assets Still Held as of the Reporting Date
 

 
5.9

 
5.3

 
13.7

 
24.9

Relating to Assets Sold During the Period
 

 
0.9

 
23.2

 
21.1

 
45.2

Purchases and Sales
 
(0.1
)
 
8.8

 
(27.3
)
 
(2.4
)
 
(21.0
)
Transfers into Level 3
 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3
 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016
 
$

 
$
57.6

 
$
254.9

 
$
411.1

 
$
723.6



F-35


The following table presents the classification of OPEB plan assets for AEP within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016:
Asset Class
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
 
Year End
Allocation
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Equities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
 
$
517.1

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
517.1

 
33.5
 %
International
 
435.5

 

 

 

 
435.5

 
28.2
 %
Options
 

 
15.2

 

 

 
15.2

 
1.0
 %
Common Collective Trusts (b)
 

 
10.9

 

 
20.5

 
31.4

 
2.0
 %
Subtotal – Equities
 
952.6

 
26.1

 

 
20.5

 
999.2

 
64.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Collective Trust – Debt (b)
 

 

 

 
93.7

 
93.7

 
6.0
 %
United States Government and Agency Securities
 

 
64.7

 

 

 
64.7

 
4.2
 %
Corporate Debt
 

 
121.6

 

 

 
121.6

 
7.9
 %
Foreign Debt
 

 
18.6

 

 

 
18.6

 
1.2
 %
State and Local Government
 

 
3.0

 

 

 
3.0

 
0.2
 %
Other – Asset Backed
 

 
5.9

 

 

 
5.9

 
0.4
 %
Subtotal – Fixed Income
 

 
213.8

 

 
93.7

 
307.5

 
19.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trust Owned Life Insurance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International Equities (b)
 

 

 

 
110.1

 
110.1

 
7.1
 %
United States Bonds (b)
 

 

 

 
97.4

 
97.4

 
6.3
 %
Subtotal – Trust Owned Life Insurance
 

 

 

 
207.5

 
207.5

 
13.4
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
24.0

 
10.5

 

 

 
34.5

 
2.2
 %
Other – Pending Transactions and Accrued Income (a)
 

 

 

 
(2.8
)
 
(2.8
)
 
(0.2
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
976.6

 
$
250.4

 
$

 
$
318.9

 
$
1,545.9

 
100.0
 %

(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent accrued interest, dividend receivables and transactions pending settlement.
(b)
Amounts in “Other” column represent investments for which fair value is measured using net asset value per share in accordance with ASU 2015-07, Disclosure for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent), which was retrospectively applied to prior periods.


F-36


The following table presents the classification of pension plan assets for AEP within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2015:
Asset Class
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
 
Year End
Allocation
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Equities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
 
$
315.7

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
315.7

 
6.6
 %
International
 
402.3

 

 

 

 
402.3

 
8.4
 %
Options
 

 
15.6

 

 

 
15.6

 
0.3
 %
Real Estate Investment Trusts
 
4.0

 

 

 

 
4.0

 
0.1
 %
Common Collective Trusts (c)
 

 
16.1

 

 
369.7

 
385.8

 
8.1
 %
Subtotal – Equities
 
722.0

 
31.7

 

 
369.7

 
1,123.4

 
23.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Collective Trust – Debt (c)
 

 

 

 
34.2

 
34.2

 
0.7
 %
United States Government and Agency Securities (c)
 

 
397.8

 

 
24.1

 
421.9

 
8.9
 %
Corporate Debt (c)
 

 
1,964.2

 

 
19.0

 
1,983.2

 
41.6
 %
Foreign Debt (c)
 

 
405.4

 
0.1

 
16.0

 
421.5

 
8.8
 %
State and Local Government
 

 
12.8

 

 

 
12.8

 
0.3
 %
Other – Asset Backed (c)
 

 
15.8

 

 
7.6

 
23.4

 
0.5
 %
Subtotal – Fixed Income
 

 
2,796.0

 
0.1

 
100.9

 
2,897.0

 
60.8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Infrastructure
 

 

 
42.0

 

 
42.0

 
0.9
 %
Real Estate
 

 

 
253.7

 

 
253.7

 
5.3
 %
Alternative Investments
 

 

 
378.7

 

 
378.7

 
8.0
 %
Securities Lending
 

 
263.0

 

 

 
263.0

 
5.5
 %
Securities Lending Collateral (a)
 

 

 

 
(264.7
)
 
(264.7
)
 
(5.5
)%
Cash and Cash Equivalents (c)
 

 
1.2

 

 
47.4

 
48.6

 
1.0
 %
Other – Pending Transactions and Accrued Income (b)
 

 

 

 
25.9

 
25.9

 
0.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
722.0

 
$
3,091.9

 
$
674.5

 
$
279.2

 
$
4,767.6

 
100.0
 %

(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent an obligation to repay collateral received as part of the Securities Lending Program.
(b)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent accrued interest, dividend receivables and transactions pending settlement.
(c)
Amounts in “Other” column represent investments for which fair value is measured using net asset value per share in accordance with ASU 2015-07, Disclosure for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent), which was retrospectively applied to prior periods.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of changes in the fair value of AEP’s assets classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the pension assets:
 
 
Foreign Debt
 
Infrastructure
 
Real
Estate
 
Alternative
Investments
 
Total
Level 3
 
 
(in millions)
Balance as of January 1, 2015
 
$
0.1

 
$
12.5

 
$
235.8

 
$
378.9

 
$
627.3

Actual Return on Plan Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Relating to Assets Still Held as of the Reporting Date
 

 
(3.6
)
 
12.5

 
(25.9
)
 
(17.0
)
Relating to Assets Sold During the Period
 

 
0.3

 
23.8

 
37.6

 
61.7

Purchases and Sales
 

 
32.8

 
(18.4
)
 
(11.9
)
 
2.5

Transfers into Level 3
 

 

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3
 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015
 
$
0.1

 
$
42.0

 
$
253.7

 
$
378.7

 
$
674.5




F-37


The following table presents the classification of OPEB plan assets for AEP within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2015:
Asset Class
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
 
Year End
Allocation
 
 
(in millions)
 
 
Equities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
 
$
465.1

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
465.1

 
29.5
%
International
 
484.3

 

 

 

 
484.3

 
30.7
%
Options
 

 
15.6

 

 

 
15.6

 
1.0
%
Common Collective Trusts (b)
 

 
12.6

 

 
19.0

 
31.6

 
2.0
%
Subtotal – Equities
 
949.4

 
28.2

 

 
19.0

 
996.6

 
63.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Collective Trust – Debt (b)
 

 

 

 
100.9

 
100.9

 
6.4
%
United States Government and Agency Securities
 

 
58.4

 

 

 
58.4

 
3.7
%
Corporate Debt
 

 
117.7

 

 

 
117.7

 
7.4
%
Foreign Debt
 

 
20.7

 

 

 
20.7

 
1.3
%
State and Local Government
 

 
4.2

 

 

 
4.2

 
0.3
%
Other – Asset Backed
 

 
8.4

 

 

 
8.4

 
0.5
%
Subtotal – Fixed Income
 

 
209.4

 

 
100.9

 
310.3

 
19.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trust Owned Life Insurance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
International Equities (b)
 

 

 

 
28.3

 
28.3

 
1.8
%
United States Bonds (b)
 

 

 

 
184.3

 
184.3

 
11.7
%
Subtotal – Trust Owned Life Insurance
 

 

 

 
212.6

 
212.6

 
13.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
44.9

 
7.2

 

 

 
52.1

 
3.3
%
Other – Pending Transactions and Accrued Income (a)
 

 

 

 
5.8

 
5.8

 
0.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
994.3

 
$
244.8

 
$

 
$
338.3

 
$
1,577.4

 
100.0
%

(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent accrued interest, dividend receivables and transactions pending settlement.
(b)
Amounts in “Other” column represent investments for which fair value is measured using net asset value per share in accordance with ASU 2015-07, Disclosure for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent), which was retrospectively applied to prior periods.

Determination of Pension Expense

The determination of pension expense or income is based on a market-related valuation of assets which reduces year-to-year volatility. This market-related valuation recognizes investment gains or losses over a five-year period from the year in which they occur. Investment gains or losses for this purpose are the difference between the expected return calculated using the market-related value of assets and the actual return.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plans is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(in millions)
Qualified Pension Plan
 
$
404.7

 
$
404.5

Nonqualified Pension Plan
 
3.8

 
4.0

Total Accumulated Benefit Obligation
 
$
408.5

 
$
408.5



F-38


For the underfunded pension plans that had an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were as follows:
 
 
Underfunded Pension Plans
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(in millions)
Projected Benefit Obligation
 
$
3.8

 
$
4.0

 
 
 

 
 

Accumulated Benefit Obligation
 
$
3.8

 
$
4.0

Fair Value of Plan Assets
 

 

Underfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation
 
$
(3.8
)
 
$
(4.0
)

Estimated Future Benefit Payments and Contributions

AEP Texas expects contributions and payments for the pension plans of $9 million during 2017. The estimated contributions to the pension trust are at least the minimum amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and additional discretionary contributions may also be made to maintain the funded status of the plan.

The table below reflects the total benefits expected to be paid from the plan or from AEP Texas’ assets. The payments include the participants’ contributions to the plan for their share of the cost. Future benefit payments are dependent on the number of employees retiring, whether the retiring employees elect to receive pension benefits as annuities or as lump sum distributions, future integration of the benefit plans with changes to Medicare and other legislation, future levels of interest rates and variances in actuarial results. The estimated payments for pension benefits and OPEB are as follows:
 
 
Estimated Payments
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
(in millions)
2017
 
$
32.1

 
$
12.1

2018
 
31.4

 
12.1

2019
 
31.7

 
12.1

2020
 
33.9

 
12.3

2021
 
34.8

 
12.4

Years 2022 to 2026, in Total
 
166.6

 
63.2



F-39


Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost (credit):
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Service Cost
 
$
7.5

 
$
7.6

 
$
6.5

 
$
0.7

 
$
0.8

 
$
1.0

Interest Cost
 
17.8

 
17.2

 
19.6

 
5.1

 
4.8

 
5.6

Expected Return on Plan Assets
 
(24.5
)
 
(24.1
)
 
(23.6
)
 
(9.3
)
 
(9.9
)
 
(10.0
)
Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 
0.4

 
0.3

 
0.4

 
(6.0
)
 
(5.9
)
 
(5.9
)
Amortization of Net Actuarial Loss
 
7.1

 
9.0

 
11.1

 
2.8

 
1.5

 
1.8

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)
 
8.3

 
10.0

 
14.0

 
(6.7
)
 
(8.7
)
 
(7.5
)
Capitalized Portion
 
(3.6
)
 
(4.7
)
 
(6.0
)
 
3.4

 
4.1

 
3.2

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit) Recognized in Expense
 
$
4.7

 
$
5.3

 
$
8.0

 
$
(3.3
)
 
$
(4.6
)
 
$
(4.3
)

Estimated amounts expected to be amortized to net periodic benefit costs (credits) and the impact on the balance sheet during 2017 are shown in the following table:
 
 
Pension Plans
 
Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Components
 
(in millions)
Net Actuarial Loss
 
$
7.0

 
$
3.0

Prior Service Credit
 

 
(5.9
)
Total Estimated 2017 Amortization
 
$
7.0

 
$
(2.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
Expected to be Recorded as
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Asset
 
$
6.7

 
$
(3.0
)
Deferred Income Taxes
 
0.1

 

Net of Tax AOCI
 
0.2

 
0.1

Total
 
$
7.0

 
$
(2.9
)

American Electric Power System Retirement Savings Plan

AEP Texas participates in an AEP sponsored defined contribution retirement savings plan, the American Electric Power System Retirement Savings Plan, for substantially all employees. This qualified plan offers participants an opportunity to contribute a portion of their pay, includes features under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and provides for matching contributions. The matching contributions to the plan are 100% of the first 1% of eligible employee contributions and 70% of the next 5% of contributions. The cost for matching contributions totaled $5 million in 2016, $5 million in 2015 and $5 million in 2014.


F-40


9. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING

AEPSC is agent for and transacts on behalf of AEP Texas.

Risk Management Strategies

AEP Texas’ vehicle fleet is exposed to gasoline and diesel fuel price volatility. AEP Texas utilizes financial heating oil and gasoline derivative contracts in order to mitigate price risk of future fuel purchases. AEP Texas does not hedge all fuel price risk. The gross notional volumes of AEP Texas’ outstanding derivative contracts for heating oil and gasoline were 2 million gallons as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Cash Flow Hedging Strategies

AEP Texas utilizes a variety of interest rate derivative transactions in order to manage interest rate risk exposure. AEP Texas also utilizes interest rate derivative contracts to manage interest rate exposure related to future borrowings of fixed-rate debt. AEP Texas does not hedge all interest rate exposure.

ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND THE IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

According to the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging,” AEP Texas reflects the fair values of derivative instruments subject to netting agreements with the same counterparty net of related cash collateral. For certain risk management contracts, AEP Texas is required to post or receive cash collateral based on third party contractual agreements and risk profiles. For the December 31, 2016 and 2015 balance sheets, AEP Texas netted $185 thousand and $0, respectively, of cash collateral received from third parties against short-term and long-term risk management assets and $0 and $412 thousand, respectively, of cash collateral paid to third parties against short-term and long-term risk management liabilities.

The following tables represent the gross fair value impact of AEP Texas’ derivative activity on the balance sheets:
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
Net Amounts of
 
 
 
 
Amounts
 
Assets/Liabilities
 
 
Risk
 
Offset in the
 
Presented in the
 
 
Management
 
Statement of
 
Statement of
 
 
Contracts
 
Financial
 
Financial
Balance Sheet Location
 
Commodity (a)
 
Position (b)
 
Position (c)
 
 
(in millions)
Current Risk Management Assets
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
0.2

Long-term Risk Management Assets
 

 

 

Total Assets
 
0.4

 
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Current Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Long-term Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Total Liabilities
 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Total MTM Derivative Contract Net Assets (Liabilities)
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
0.2



F-41


Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross
 
Net Amounts of
 
 
 
 
Amounts
 
Assets/Liabilities
 
 
Risk
 
Offset in the
 
Presented in the
 
 
Management
 
Statement of
 
Statement of
 
 
Contracts
 
Financial
 
Financial
Balance Sheet Location
 
Commodity (a)
 
Position (b)
 
Position (c)
 
 
(in millions)
Current Risk Management Assets
 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term Risk Management Assets
 

 

 

Total Assets
 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Current Risk Management Liabilities
 
0.7

 
(0.4
)
 
0.3

Long-term Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Total Liabilities
 
0.7

 
(0.4
)
 
0.3

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Total MTM Derivative Contract Net Assets (Liabilities)
 
$
(0.7
)
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.3
)

(a)
Derivative instruments within this category are reported gross. These instruments are subject to master netting agreements and are presented on the balance sheets on a net basis in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”
(b)
Amounts include counterparty netting of risk management and hedging contracts and associated cash collateral in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”
(c)
There are no derivative contracts subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement which are not offset in the statement of financial position.

The table below presents AEP Texas’ activity of derivative risk management contracts:

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized on
Risk Management Contracts
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Location of Gain (Loss)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Electric Generation, Transmission and Distribution Revenues
 
$

 
$

 
$
0.1

Other Operation Expense
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.8
)
 

Maintenance Expense
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.7
)
 

Regulatory Assets (a)
 
0.8

 
0.4

 
(1.2
)
Regulatory Liabilities (a)
 
0.4

 

 

Total Gain (Loss) on Risk Management Contracts
 
$
0.4

 
$
(1.1
)
 
$
(1.1
)

(a)
Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses subject to regulatory accounting treatment recorded as either current or noncurrent on the balance sheets.

Certain qualifying derivative instruments have been designated as normal purchase or normal sale contracts, as provided in the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.” Derivative contracts that have been designated as normal purchases or normal sales under that accounting guidance are not subject to MTM accounting treatment and are recognized on the statements of income on an accrual basis.

The accounting for the changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it qualifies for and has been designated as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. Depending on the exposure, management designates a hedging instrument as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

For contracts that have not been designated as part of a hedging relationship, the accounting for changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative instrument is held for trading purposes. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on derivative instruments held for trading purposes are included in revenues on a net basis on AEP Texas’s statements of income. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on derivative instruments not held for trading purposes are included in revenues or expenses on AEP Texas’s statements of income depending on the relevant facts and circumstances. Certain derivatives that economically hedge future commodity risk are recorded in the same expense line item on the statements of income as that of the associated risk. However, unrealized and some realized gains and losses for both trading and non-trading derivative instruments are recorded as regulatory assets (for losses) or regulatory liabilities (for gains), in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Regulated Operations.”

F-42


Accounting for Cash Flow Hedging Strategies

For cash flow hedges (i.e. hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), AEP Texas initially reports the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on its balance sheets until the period the hedged item affects Net Income. AEP Texas would record hedge ineffectiveness as a regulatory asset (for losses) or a regulatory liability (for gains) if applicable.

AEP Texas reclassifies gains and losses on interest rate derivative hedges related to debt financings from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on its balance sheets into Interest Expense on its statements of income in those periods in which hedged interest payments occur. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, AEP Texas did not apply cash flow hedging to outstanding interest rate derivatives.

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, hedge ineffectiveness was immaterial or nonexistent for all cash flow hedge strategies discussed above.

For details on effective cash flow hedges included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on AEP Texas’ balance sheets and the reasons for changes in cash flow hedges, see Note 3.

Cash flow hedges included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on AEP Texas’ balance sheets were:
Impact of Cash Flow Hedges on the Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
Hedging Liabilities (a)
 
$

 
$
0.4

 
AOCI Loss Net of Tax
 
(5.4
)
 
(6.5
)
(b)
Portion Expected to be Reclassified to Net Income During the Next Twelve Months
 
(0.9
)
 
(0.9
)
(c)

(a)
Hedging Assets and Liabilities are included in Risk Management Assets and Liabilities AEP Texas’s balance sheets.
(b)
AOCI Loss Net of Tax includes $(0.3) million related to the Wind Farms. See Note 7 for additional information.
(c)
Portion Expected to be reclassified to Net Income During the Next Twelve Months excludes $(0.2) related to the Wind Farms. See Note 7 for additional information.

The actual amounts that AEP Texas reclassifies from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to Net Income can differ from the estimate above due to market price changes. As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas is not hedging (with contracts subject to the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging”) its exposure to variability in future cash flows related to forecasted transactions.


F-43


10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Measurements of Long-term Debt

The fair values of Long-term Debt are based on quoted market prices, without credit enhancements, for the same or similar issues and the current interest rates offered for instruments with similar maturities classified as Level 2 measurement inputs. These instruments are not marked-to-market. The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange.

The book values and fair values of AEP Texas’ Long-term Debt are summarized in the following table:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Book Value (a)
 
Fair Value (a)
 
 
(in millions)
Long-term Debt
 
$
3,217.7

 
$
3,463.2

 
$
3,454.0

 
$
3,679.8


(a)
Amount includes debt related to Desert Sky Wind Farm that has been classified as Liabilities From Discontinued Operations on the balance sheet and has a fair value of $12 million. See Note 7 for additional information.

Fair Value Measurements of Financial Assets and Liabilities

For a discussion of fair value accounting and the classification of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy, see the “Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities” section of Note 1 .

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, AEP Texas’ financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis. As required by the accounting guidance for “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. There have not been any significant changes in management’s valuation techniques.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
Assets:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
$
146.3

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
146.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Commodity Contracts (a)
 

 
0.4

 

 
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
146.3

 
$
0.4

 
$

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
146.5


F-44


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
Assets:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
$
203.4

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
203.4

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Commodity Contracts (a)
 
$

 
$
0.7

 
$

 
$
(0.4
)
 
$
0.3


(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent counterparty netting of risk management and hedging contracts and associated cash collateral under the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”

As of December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.


F-45


11. INCOME TAXES

The details of AEP Texas’ income tax expense before discontinued operations as reported are as follows:
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(in millions)
Federal:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
40.9

 
$
61.4

 
$
67.1

 
Deferred
 
29.9

 
(7.1
)
 
2.7

 
Deferred Investment Tax Credits
 
(1.7
)
 
(1.7
)
 
(1.7
)
Total Federal
 
69.1

 
52.6

 
68.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and Local:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
(8.8
)
 
5.6

 
10.4

 
Deferred
 
(0.4
)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
Deferred Investment Tax Credits
 

 

 

Total State and Local:
 
(9.2
)
 
5.6

 
10.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense Before Discontinued Operations
 
$
59.9

 
$
58.2

 
$
78.4


The following is a reconciliation of the difference between the amount of federal income taxes computed by multiplying book income before income taxes by the federal statutory tax rate and the amount of income taxes reported:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in millions)
Net Income
$
146.6
 
 
$
120.3
 
 
$
127.9
 
Discontinued Operations (Net of Income Tax of $27.6, $1.8 and ($0.6) in 2016, 2015 and 2014, Respectively)
48.8
 
 
1.4
 
 
(0.8
)
Income Tax Expense Before Discontinued Operations
59.9
 
 
58.2
 
 
78.4
 
Pretax Income
$
255.3
 
 
$
179.9
 
 
$
205.5
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Income Taxes on Pretax Income at Statutory Rate (35%)
$
89.4
 
 
$
63.0
 
 
$
71.9
 
Increase (Decrease) in Income Taxes Resulting from the Following Items:
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
Depreciation
0.5
 
 
0.5
 
 
0.3
 
 
 
Investment Tax Credits, Net
(1.7
)
 
(1.7
)
 
(1.7
)
 
 
State and Local Income Taxes, Net
(6.0
)
 
3.6
 
 
6.7
 
 
 
Parent Company Loss Benefit
(2.5
)
 
(3.1
)
 
(2.1
)
 
 
Tax Adjustments
(4.9
)
 
(1.6
)
 
1.5
 
 
 
U.K. Windfall Tax
(12.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other
(2.0
)
 
(2.5
)
 
1.8
 
Income Tax Expense Before Discontinued Operations
$
59.9
 
 
$
58.2
 
 
$
78.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Effective Income Tax Rate
23.5

%

 
32.4

%

 
38.2

%



F-46


The following table shows elements of AEP Texas’ net deferred tax liability and significant temporary differences:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(in millions)
Deferred Tax Assets
 
$
135.8

 
$
142.6

Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
(1,667.5
)
 
(1,620.0
)
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$
(1,531.7
)
 
$
(1,477.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
Property Related Temporary Differences
 
$
(1,056.1
)
 
$
(960.8
)
Amounts Due from Customers for Future Federal Income Taxes
 
(5.7
)
 
(4.1
)
Deferred State Income Taxes
 
(24.2
)
 
(0.8
)
Deferred Income Taxes on Other Comprehensive Loss
 
8.0

 
8.8

Regulatory Assets
 
(61.3
)
 
(45.8
)
Deferred Revenues
 
18.0

 
17.6

Securitized Transition Assets
 
(407.0
)
 
(488.4
)
All Other, Net
 
(3.4
)
 
(3.9
)
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
$
(1,531.7
)
 
$
(1,477.4
)

AEP System Tax Allocation Agreement

AEP Texas joins in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return with its affiliates in the AEP System. The allocation of the AEP System’s current consolidated federal income tax to the AEP System companies allocates the benefit of current tax losses to the AEP System companies giving rise to such losses in determining their current tax expense. The consolidated net operating loss of the AEP System is allocated to each company in the consolidated group with taxable losses. The tax benefit of the Parent is allocated to its subsidiaries with taxable income. With the exception of the allocation of the consolidated AEP System net operating loss and the loss of the Parent, the method of allocation reflects a separate return result for each company in the consolidated group.

Federal and State Income Tax Audit Status

AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries are no longer subject to U.S. federal examination for years before 2011. The IRS examination of years 2011, 2012 and 2013 started in April 2014. AEP and subsidiaries received a Revenue Agents Report in April 2016, completing the 2011 through 2013 audit cycle indicating an agreed upon audit. The 2011 through 2013 audit was submitted to the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation for approval. The Joint Committee referred the audit back to the IRS exam team for further consideration. Although the outcome of tax audits is uncertain, in management’s opinion, adequate provisions for federal income taxes have been made for potential liabilities resulting from such matters. In addition, AEP Texas accrues interest on these uncertain tax positions. Management is not aware of any issues for open tax years that upon final resolution are expected to materially impact net income.

AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries file income tax returns in various state and local jurisdictions. These taxing authorities routinely examine the tax returns. AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries are currently under examination in several state and local jurisdictions. However, it is possible that previously filed tax returns have positions that may be challenged by these tax authorities. Management believes that adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for potential liabilities resulting from such challenges and that the ultimate resolution of these audits will not materially impact net income. AEP Texas is no longer subject to state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009.


F-47


Tax Credit Carryforward

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, AEP Texas had unused federal income tax credits of $249 thousand and $450 thousand, respectively, not all of which have an expiration date. Included in the credit carryforward are federal general business tax credits of $0 and $131 thousand as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The federal general business tax credits were fully utilized in 2016.

AEP Texas anticipates future federal taxable income will be sufficient to realize the tax benefits of the federal tax credits before they expire unused.

Uncertain Tax Positions

AEP Texas recognizes interest accruals related to uncertain tax positions in interest income or expense as applicable, and penalties in Other Operation expense in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Income Taxes.”

The following table shows the amounts reported for interest expense, interest income and reversal of prior period interest expense:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in millions)
Interest Expense
$

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.1

Interest Income
0.2

 
0.2

 
1.2

Reversal of Prior Period Interest Expense
0.8

 

 
0.2


The following table shows balances for amounts accrued for the receipt of interest and the payment of interest and penalties:
 
December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
(in millions)
Accrual for Receipt of Interest
$
2.1

 
$
1.7

Accrual for Payment of Interest and Penalties
0.3

 
1.0


The reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Balance as of January 1,
 
$
27.8

 
$
22.6

 
$
21.1

Increase – Tax Positions Taken During a Prior Period
 
6.5

 
5.2

 
3.0

Decrease – Tax Positions Taken During a Prior Period
 
(15.0
)
 

 
(0.3
)
Increase – Tax Positions Taken During the Current Year
 

 

 

Decrease – Tax Positions Taken During the Current Year
 

 

 

Decrease – Settlements with Taxing Authorities
 
(12.8
)
 

 

Decrease – Lapse of the Applicable Statute of Limitations
 

 

 
(1.2
)
Balance as of December 31,
 
$
6.5

 
$
27.8

 
$
22.6


The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $4 million, $26 million and $22 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Management believes there will be no significant net increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date.


F-48


Federal Tax Legislation

The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 (the 2014 Act) was enacted in December 2014. Included in the 2014 Act was a one-year extension of the 50% bonus depreciation. The 2014 Act also retroactively extended the life of research and development, employment and several energy tax credits, which expired at the end of 2013. The enacted provisions did not materially impact AEP Texas’ net income or financial condition but did have a favorable impact on cash flows in 2015.

The Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (PATH) included an extension of the 50% bonus depreciation for three years through 2017, phasing down to 40% in 2018 and 30% in 2019. PATH also provided for the extension of research and development, employment and several energy tax credits for 2015. PATH also includes provisions to extend the wind energy production tax credit through 2016 with a three-year phase-out (2017-2019), and to extend the 30% temporary solar investment tax credit for three years through 2019 and with a two-year phase-out (2020-2021). PATH also provided for a permanent extension of the Research and Development tax credit. The enacted provisions did not materially impact AEP Texas’ net income or financial condition but will have a favorable impact on future cash flows.

Federal Tax Regulations

In 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department issued final and re-proposed regulations regarding the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property, effective for the tax years beginning in 2014. In addition, the IRS issued Revenue Procedures under the Industry Issue Resolutions program that provides specific guidance for the implementation of the regulations for the electric utility industry. These final regulations did not materially impact AEP Texas’ net income, cash flows or financial condition.

State Tax Regulations

House Bill 32 was passed by the state of Texas in June 2015, permanently reducing the Texas income/franchise tax rate from 0.95% to 0.75% effective January 1, 2016, applicable to reports originally due on or after the effective date. The Texas income/franchise tax rate had been scheduled to return to 1% in 2016. The enacted provision did not materially impact AEP Texas’ net income, cash flows or financial condition.

In March 2016, the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts issued clarifying guidance regarding the treatment of transmission and distribution expenses included in the computation of taxable income for purposes of calculating the Texas income/franchise tax. The guidance clarified which specific transmission and distribution expenses are included in the computation of the cost of goods sold deduction. This guidance resulted in a net favorable adjustment to net income of $7 million in 2016 for AEP Texas.


F-49


12. LEASES

Leases of property, plant and equipment are for remaining periods up to 10 years and require payments of related property taxes, maintenance and operating costs. The majority of the leases have purchase or renewal options and will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

Lease rentals for both operating and capital leases are generally charged to Other Operation and Maintenance expense in accordance with rate-making treatment for regulated operations. For capital leases, a capital lease asset and offsetting liability are recorded at the present value of the remaining lease payments for each reporting period. The components of rental costs are as follows:
 
 
 Years Ended December 31,
Lease Rental Costs
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Net Lease Expense on Operating Leases (a)
 
$
9.8

 
$
8.1

 
$
6.6

Amortization of Capital Leases
 
3.4

 
2.9

 
2.9

Interest on Capital Leases
 
0.6

 
0.4

 
0.4

Total Lease Rental Costs
 
$
13.8

 
$
11.4

 
$
9.9


(a)
Amounts include lease expenses related to Wind Farms that have been classified as Other Operation Expense from Discontinued Operations on the statements of income in the amount of $1 million for each of the years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See Note 7 for additional information.

The following table shows the property, plant and equipment under capital leases and related obligations recorded on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. Capital lease obligations are included in Other Current Liabilities and Deferred Credits and Other Noncurrent Liabilities on AEP Texas’ balance sheets.
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(in millions)
Property, Plant and Equipment Under Capital Leases
 
 
 
 
Total Property, Plant and Equipment Under Capital Leases – Other
 
$
26.1

 
$
21.0

Accumulated Amortization
 
7.7

 
6.2

Net Property, Plant and Equipment Under Capital Leases
 
$
18.4

 
$
14.8

 
 
 

 
 

Obligations Under Capital Leases
 
 

 
 

Noncurrent Liability
 
$
14.8

 
$
11.7

Liability Due Within One Year
 
3.6

 
3.1

Total Obligations Under Capital Leases
 
$
18.4

 
$
14.8


Future minimum lease payments consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
Noncancelable
Future Minimum Lease Payments
 
Capital Leases
 
Operating Leases
 
 
 
(in millions)
2017
 
$
4.2

 
$
9.6

2018
 
3.7

 
8.8

2019
 
2.6

 
8.0

2020
 
2.3

 
7.3

2021
 
2.0

 
6.4

Later Years
 
6.3

 
17.9

Total Future Minimum Lease Payments
 
21.1

 
$
58.0

Less Estimated Interest Element
 
2.7

 
 
Estimated Present Value of Future Minimum Lease Payments
 
$
18.4

 
 


F-50


Master Lease Agreements

AEP Texas leases certain equipment under master lease agreements. Under the lease agreements, the lessor is guaranteed a residual value up to a stated percentage of either the unamortized balance or the equipment cost at the end of the lease term. If the actual fair value of the leased equipment is below the guaranteed residual value at the end of the lease term, AEP Texas is committed to pay the difference between the actual fair value and the residual value guarantee. Historically, at the end of the lease term the fair value has been in excess of the unamortized balance. As of December 31, 2016, the maximum potential loss for these lease agreements was $9 million assuming the fair value of the equipment is zero at the end of the lease term.


F-51


13. FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Long-term Debt

The following details long-term debt outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as of
 
Interest Rate Ranges as of
 
Outstanding as of
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
Type of Debt
 
Maturity
 
2016
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
Senior Unsecured Notes
 
2018-2044
 
4.75%
 
2.61%-6.76%
 
2.61%-6.76%
 
$
1,241.3

 
$
1,240.6

Pollution Control Bonds (a)
 
2017-2030
 
4.87%
 
4.00%-6.30%
 
4.00%-6.30%
 
530.3

 
530.2

Notes Payable - Nonaffiliated (b) (d)
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
6.60%
 

 
10.3

Securitization Bonds
 
2016-2024 (c)
 
4.07%
 
0.88%-5.31%
 
0.88%-6.25%
 
1,245.8

 
1,497.2

Other Long-term Debt
 
2016-2059
 
2.45%
 
2.438%-4.5%
 
1.823%-4.50%
 
200.3

 
175.7

Total Long-term Debt Outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,217.7

 
$
3,454.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)
Insurance policies support certain series.
(b)
Notes Payable represents an outstanding financing agreement issued with a number of banks and other financial institutions.  As of December 31, 2015 the maturity date for this Note Payable was 2017. During 2016, this Note Payable was retired.
(c)
Dates represent the scheduled final payment dates for AEP Texas’ securitization bonds. The legal maturity date is one to two years later. These bonds have been classified for maturity and repayment purposes based on the scheduled final payment date.
(d)
Amount includes debt related to Desert Sky Wind Farm that has been classified as Liabilities From Discontinued Operations on the balance sheet. See Note 7 for additional information.

Long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2016 is payable as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After
 
 
 
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2021
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Principal Amount
$
263.1

 
$
266.1

 
$
501.1

 
$
317.7

 
$
66.2

 
$
1,823.5

 
$
3,237.7

Unamortized Discount, Net and Debt Issuance Costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(20.0
)
Total Long-term Debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
$
3,217.7


In January 2017, AEP Texas retired $90 million of Securitization Bonds.

In February 2017, AEP Texas received an equity contribution of $200 million from Parent.

Dividend Restrictions

Parent depends on AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries to pay dividends to shareholders. AEP Texas pays dividends to Parent provided funds are legally available. Various financing arrangements and regulatory requirements may impose certain restrictions on the ability of AEP Texas to transfer funds to Parent in the form of dividends.

All of the dividends declared by AEP Texas are subject to a Federal Power Act restriction that prohibits the payment of dividends out of capital accounts without regulatory approval; payment of dividends is allowed out of retained earnings only.

AEP Texas also has credit agreements that contain covenants that limit their debt to capitalization ratio to 67.5%. The payment of cash dividends indirectly results in an increase in the percentage of debt to total capitalization of AEP Texas. The method for calculating outstanding debt and capitalization is contractually defined in the credit agreements.

As of December 31, 2016, the maximum amount of restricted net assets of AEP Texas that may not be distributed to the Parent in the form of a loan, advance or dividend was $1 billion.

F-52


As of December 31, 2016, the Federal Power Act restriction does not limit the ability of AEP Texas to pay dividends out of retained earnings. However, the credit agreement covenant restrictions can limit the ability of AEP Texas to pay dividends out of retained earnings. As of December 31, 2016, the amount of any such restrictions was $508 million.

Corporate Borrowing Program AEP System

The AEP System uses a corporate borrowing program to meet the short-term borrowing needs of AEP’s subsidiaries. The corporate borrowing program includes a Utility Money Pool, which funds AEP’s utility subsidiaries, a Nonutility Money Pool, which funds a majority of AEP’s nonutility subsidiaries, and direct borrowing from AEP. The AEP System Utility Money Pool operates in accordance with the terms and conditions of the AEP System Utility Money Pool agreement filed with the FERC. The amounts of outstanding loans to (borrowings from) the Utility Money Pool are included in Advances to Affiliates and Advances from Affiliates, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. AEP Texas’ Utility Money Pool activity and corresponding authorized borrowing limits are described in the following table:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loans to
 
 
 
 
Maximum
 
Maximum
 
Average
 
Average
 
(Borrowings from)
 
Authorized
 
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
the Utility Money
 
Short-Term
 
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
Pool as of
 
Borrowing
Year
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
December 31,
 
Limit
 
 
(in millions)
2016
 
$
176.9

 
$
138.9

 
$
87.5

 
$
79.8

 
$
(174.5
)
 
$
400.0

2015
 
269.8

 
159.6

 
184.5

 
121.1

 
138.9

 
500.0


The activity in the above table does not include short-term lending activity of AEP Texas’ wholly-owned subsidiary, AEP Texas North Generation Company LLC (TNGC), which is a participant in the Nonutility Money Pool. The amount of outstanding loans to (borrowings from) the Nonutility Money Pool are included in Advances to Affiliates and Advances from Affiliates, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. TNGC had the following activity in the Nonutility Money Pool:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loans to
 
 
 
Maximum
 
Maximum
 
Average
 
Average
 
(Borrowings from)
 
 
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
the Nonutility
 
 
 
from the Nonutility
 
to the Nonutility
 
from the Nonutility
 
to the Nonutility
 
Money Pool as of
Year
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
December 31,
 
 
 
(in millions)
2016
(a)
 
$
12.5

 
$
27.0

 
$
12.0

 
$
12.3

 
$
8.6

2015
(b)
 
31.3

 

 
16.0

 

 
(10.6
)
 
 
(a)
Amounts include short-term loans and (borrowings) related to Wind Farms that have been classified as Assets and Liabilities From Discontinued Operation, which were transferred to a competitive AEP Affiliate in December 2016. See Note 7 for additional information.
(b)
Amounts include short-term loans and (borrowings) related to Wind Farms that have been classified as Assets and Liabilities From Discontinued Operations, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheet. See Note 7 for additional information.


F-53


The amounts of outstanding loans to (borrowings from) AEP are included in Advances to Affiliates and Advances from Affiliates, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. AEP Texas’ direct borrowing activity with AEP is described in the following table:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loans to
 
 
 
Maximum
 
Maximum
 
Average
 
Average
 
(Borrowings from)
 
 
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
AEP as of
Year
 
from AEP
 
to AEP
 
from AEP
 
to AEP
 
December 31,
 
 
 
(in millions)
2016
(a)
 
$
55.0

 
$
5.0

 
$
42.5

 
$
5.0

 
$
5.0

2015
(b)
 
44.5

 

 
36.5

 

 
(38.6
)
 
 
(a)
Amounts include short-term loans and (borrowings) related to Wind Farms that have been classified as Assets and Liabilities From Discontinued Operation, which were transferred to a competitive AEP Affiliate in December 2016. See Note 7 for additional information.
(b)
Amounts include short-term loans and (borrowings) related to Wind Farms that have been classified as Assets and Liabilities From Discontinued Operations, respectively, on AEP Texas’ balance sheet. See Note 7 for additional information.

Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to the Utility Money Pool are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
 
Borrowed
 
Borrowed
 
Loaned
 
Loaned
 
Borrowed
 
Loaned
Years Ended
 
from the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
December 31,
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
2016
 
1.02
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.69
%
 
0.88
%
 
0.72
%
2015
 
0.59
%
 
0.39
%
 
0.87
%
 
0.37
%
 
0.46
%
 
0.52
%
2014
 
0.59
%
 
0.24
%
 
%
 
%
 
0.29
%
 
%

Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to the Nonutility Money Pool are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
 
Borrowed from
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
 
Loaned to
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
Years Ended
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
December 31,
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
2016
 
1.11
%
 
0.97
%
 
1.02
%
 
0.75
%
 
1.00
%
 
0.86
%
2015
 
1.14
%
 
0.64
%
 
%
 
%
 
0.76
%
 
%
2014
 
0.85
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.50
%
 
%
 
0.61
%
 
0.29
%

Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to AEP are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
Years Ended
 
Borrowed from
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
 
Loaned to
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
December 31,
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
2016
 
0.98
%
 
0.69
%
 
1.02
%
 
0.99
%
 
0.83
%
 
1.00
%
2015
 
0.87
%
 
0.37
%
 
%
 
%
 
0.48
%
 
%
2014
 
0.59
%
 
0.24
%
 
%
 
%
 
0.29
%
 
%


F-54


Interest expense and interest income related to the Utility Money Pool are included in Interest Expense and Interest Income, respectively, on AEP Texas’ statements of income. For amounts borrowed from and advanced to the Utility Money Pool, AEP Texas incurred the following amounts of interest expense and earned the following amounts of interest income:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Interest Expense
 
$
0.6

 
$
0.7

 
$
0.4

Interest Income
 
0.2

 
0.2

 


Interest expense and interest income related to the Nonutility Money Pool are included in Interest Expense and Interest Income, respectively, on AEP Texas’ statements of income. For amounts borrowed from and advanced to the Nonutility Money Pool, AEP Texas incurred the following amounts of interest expense and earned the following amounts of interest income:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Interest Expense
 
$
0.6

 
$
0.7

 
$
0.5

Interest Income
 
0.5

 
0.3

 
0.2


Interest expense and interest income related to the direct borrowing from AEP are included in Interest Expense and Interest Income, respectively, on AEP Texas’ statements of income. For amounts borrowed from and advanced to AEP, AEP Texas incurred the following amounts of interest expense and earned the following amounts of interest income:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Interest Expense
 
$
0.4

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.2

Interest Income
 

 

 


Credit Facilities

For a discussion of credit facilities, see “Letters of Credit” section of Note 6.


F-55


14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

For other related party transactions, also see “AEP System Tax Allocation Agreement” section of Note 11 and “Corporate Borrowing Program AEP System” section of Note 13.

Affiliated Revenues

The following table shows the revenues derived from direct sales to affiliates and other revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
Related Party Revenues
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Direct Sales to AEPEP Affiliate
 
$
73.9

 
$
76.9

 
$
91.2

Other Revenues
 
1.8

 
1.6

 
1.6

Total Affiliated Revenues
 
$
75.7

 
$
78.5

 
$
92.8


The above summarized related party revenues are reported in Sales to AEP Affiliates on AEP Texas’ statements of income.

ERCOT Transmission Service Charges

Pursuant to an order from the PUCT, ETT bills AEP Texas for its ERCOT wholesale transmission services. ETT billed AEP Texas $29 million, $27 million and $25 million for transmission services in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The billings are recorded in Other Operation expenses on AEP Texas’ statements of income.

Oklaunion PPA between AEP Texas and AEPEP

On January 1, 2007, AEP Texas began a PPA with an affiliate, AEPEP, whereby AEP Texas agrees to sell AEPEP 100% of AEP Texas’ capacity and associated energy from its undivided interest (54.69%) in the Oklaunion Plant. This PPA is effective through December 2027. AEPEP is to pay AEP Texas for the capacity and associated energy delivered to the delivery point, the sum of fuel, operation and maintenance, depreciation, capacity and all taxes other than federal income taxes applicable. A portion of the payment is fixed and is payable regardless of the level of output. There are no penalties if AEP Texas fails to maintain a minimum availability level or exceeds a maximum heat rate level. The PPA was approved by the FERC. AEP Texas recognizes revenues for the fuel, operations and maintenance and all other taxes as-billed. Revenue is recognized for the capacity and depreciation billed to AEPEP, on a straight-line basis over the term of the PPA as these represent the minimum payments due.

AEP Texas recorded revenue of $74 million, $77 million and $91 million from AEPEP for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts are included in Sales to AEP Affiliates on AEP Texas’ statements of income.


F-56


Sales and Purchases of Property

AEP Texas had affiliated sales and purchases of electric property individually amounting to $100 thousand or more and sales and purchases of meters and transformers. There were no gains or losses recorded on the transactions. The following table shows the sales and purchases, recorded at net book value, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
(in millions)
Sales
 
$
0.3

 
$
0.6

 
$
5.6

Purchases
 
0.7

 
0.9

 
1.1


The amounts above are recorded in Property, Plant and Equipment on the balance sheets.

Intercompany Billings

AEP Texas performs certain utility services for other AEP subsidiaries when necessary or practical. The costs of these services are billed on a direct-charge basis, whenever possible, or on reasonable basis of proration for services that benefit multiple companies. The billings for services are made at cost and include no compensation for the use of equity capital.


F-57


15. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

The accounting guidance for “Variable Interest Entities” is a consolidation model that considers if a company has a variable interest in a VIE.  A VIE is a legal entity that possesses any of the following conditions: the entity’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, equity owners are unable to direct the activities that most significantly impact the legal entity’s economic performance (or they possess disproportionate voting rights in relation to the economic interest in the legal entity), or the equity owners lack the obligation to absorb the legal entity’s expected losses or the right to receive the legal entity’s expected residual returns. Entities are required to consolidate a VIE when it is determined that they have a controlling financial interest in a VIE and therefore, are the primary beneficiary of that VIE, as defined by the accounting guidance for “Variable Interest Entities”. In determining whether AEP Texas is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, management considers whether AEP Texas has the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and is obligated to absorb losses or receive the expected residual returns that are significant to the VIE. Management believes that significant assumptions and judgments were applied consistently.

Transition Funding was formed for the sole purpose of issuing and servicing securitization bonds related to Texas Restructuring Legislation. Management has concluded that AEP Texas is the primary beneficiary of Transition Funding because AEP Texas has the power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and AEP Texas’ equity interest could potentially be significant. Therefore, AEP Texas is required to consolidate Transition Funding. The securitized bonds totaled $1.2 billion and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in Long-term Debt Due Within One Year - Nonaffiliated and Long-term Debt - Nonaffiliated on the balance sheets. Transition Funding has securitized transition assets of $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are presented separately on the face of the balance sheets. The securitized transition assets represent the right to impose and collect Texas true-up costs from customers receiving electric transmission or distribution service from AEP Texas under recovery mechanisms approved by the PUCT. The securitization bonds are payable only from and secured by the securitized transition assets. The bondholders have no recourse to AEP Texas or any other AEP entity. AEP Texas acts as the servicer for Transition Funding’s securitized transition asset and remits all related amounts collected from customers to Transition Funding for interest and principal payments on the securitization bonds and related costs.

The balances below represent the assets and liabilities of Transition Funding that are consolidated. These balances include intercompany transactions that are eliminated upon consolidation.

AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in millions)
 
 
 
Transition Funding
ASSETS
 
2016
 
2015
Current Assets
 
$
184.8

 
$
234.1

Other Noncurrent Assets (a)
 
1,149.4

 
1,365.7

Total Assets
 
$
1,334.2

 
$
1,599.8

 
 
 
 

 
 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Current Liabilities
 
$
251.9

 
$
291.7

Noncurrent Liabilities
 
1,064.2

 
1,290.0

Equity
 
18.1

 
18.1

Total Liabilities and Equity
 
$
1,334.2

 
$
1,599.8


(a)
Includes an intercompany item eliminated in consolidation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $61.1 million and $68.2 million, respectively.

F-58


AEPSC provides certain managerial and professional services to AEP’s subsidiaries. Parent is the sole equity owner of AEPSC. AEP management controls the activities of AEPSC. The costs of the services are based on a direct charge or on a prorated basis and billed to the AEP subsidiary companies at AEPSC’s cost. AEP subsidiaries have not provided financial or other support outside the reimbursement of costs for services rendered. AEPSC finances its operations through cost reimbursement from other AEP subsidiaries. There are no other terms or arrangements between AEPSC and any of the AEP subsidiaries that could require additional financial support from an AEP subsidiary or expose them to losses outside of the normal course of business. AEPSC and its billings are subject to regulation by the FERC. AEP subsidiaries are exposed to losses to the extent they cannot recover the costs of AEPSC through their normal business operations. AEP subsidiaries are considered to have a significant interest in AEPSC due to their activity in AEPSC’s cost reimbursement structure. However, AEP subsidiaries do not have control over AEPSC. AEPSC is consolidated by AEP. In the event AEPSC would require financing or other support outside the cost reimbursement billings, this financing would be provided by AEP. AEP Texas’ total billings from AEPSC for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $142 million, $133 million and $122 million, respectively. The carrying amount of liabilities associated with AEPSC as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $23 million and $17 million, respectively. Management estimates the maximum exposure of loss to be equal to the amount of such liability.


F-59


16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, Plant and Equipment is shown functionally on the face of AEP Texas’ balance sheets. The following table includes AEP Texas’ total plant balances as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
(in millions)
 
Regulated Property, Plant and Equipment
 
 
 
 
 
   Transmission
 
$
2,623.6

 
$
2,352.9

 
   Distribution
 
3,527.2

 
3,343.6

 
   Other
 
432.1

 
403.5

 
   CWIP
 
385.0

 
288.1

 
Less: Accumulated Depreciation
 
1,354.4

 
1,301.3

 
Total Regulated Property, Plant and Equipment - Net
 
5,613.5

 
5,086.8

 
Nonregulated Property, Plant and Equipment - Net
 
167.2

 
173.0

(a)
Total Property, Plant and Equipment - Net
 
$
5,780.7

 
$
5,259.8

(a)

(a)
Amount excludes $128 million of Property, Plant and Equipment - Net classified as Assets from Discontinued Operations on the balance sheet. See Note 7 for additional information.

Depreciation

AEP Texas provides for depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of property, generally using composite rates by functional class.  The following table provides total annual composite depreciation rates and depreciable lives for AEP Texas.
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Functional Class of Property
 
Annual Composite
Depreciation Rate
 
Depreciable
Life Ranges
 
Annual Composite
Depreciation Rate
 
Depreciable
Life Ranges
 
Annual Composite
Depreciation Rate
 
Depreciable
Life Ranges
 
 
 
 
(in years)
 
 
 
(in years)
 
 
 
(in years)
Regulated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Transmission
 
1.8%
 
45
-
81
 
1.8%
 
45
-
81
 
1.8%
 
45
-
81
  Distribution
 
3.3%
 
7
-
70
 
3.3%
 
7
-
70
 
3.3%
 
22
-
70
  Other
 
8.3%
 
5
-
50
 
9.7%
 
5
-
50
 
8.3%
 
10
-
50
Nonregulated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Generation
 
2.8%
 
60
 
2.5%
 
60
 
2.6%
 
60

For regulated operations, the composite depreciation rate generally includes a component for non-asset retirement obligation (non-ARO) removal costs, which is credited to Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization on the balance sheets. Actual removal costs incurred are charged to Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization. Any excess of accrued non-ARO removal costs over actual removal costs incurred is reclassified from Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization and reflected as a regulatory liability. For nonregulated operations, non-ARO removal cost is expensed as incurred.

Asset Retirement Obligations (ARO)

AEP Texas records ARO in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations” for the retirement of ash disposal facilities and asbestos removal. AEP Texas has identified, but not recognized, ARO liabilities related to electric transmission and distribution assets, as a result of certain easements on property on which assets are owned. Generally, such easements are perpetual and require only the retirement and removal of assets upon the cessation of the property’s use. The retirement obligation is not estimable for such easements since AEP Texas plans to use its facilities indefinitely. The retirement obligation would only be recognized if and when AEP Texas abandons or ceases the use of specific easements, which is not expected.


F-60


AEP Texas recorded an increase in Asset Retirement Obligations in the second quarter of 2015, primarily related to the final Coal Combustion Residual Rule which, was published in the Federal Register in April 2015. The Federal EPA now regulates the disposal and beneficial re-use of coal combustion residuals (CCR), including fly ash and bottom ash generated at coal-fired electric generating units and also FGD gypsum generated at some coal-fired plants.  The Federal EPA regulates CCR as a non-hazardous solid waste and established minimum federal solid waste management standards. Noncash increases related to the CCR Rule are recorded as Property, Plant and Equipment.

The following is a reconciliation of the 2016 and 2015 aggregate carrying amounts of ARO for AEP Texas:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revisions in
 
 
 
 
ARO as of
 
Accretion
 
Liabilities
 
Liabilities
 
Cash Flow
 
ARO as of
Year
 
January 1,
 
Expense
 
Incurred
 
Settled
 
Estimates
 
December 31,
 
 
(in millions)
2016
 
$
24.0

 
$
1.1

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.5

 
$
25.5

2015
 
3.5

 
0.6

 
19.9

 

 

 
24.0


AFUDC and Interest Capitalization

AEP Texas’ amounts of allowance for equity and borrowed funds used during construction are summarized in the following table:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
(in millions)
Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
$
9.2

 
$
6.7

 
$
4.8

Allowance for Borrowed Funds Used During Construction
5.9

 
4.5

 
3.6


Jointly-owned Electric Facilities

AEP Texas has a 54.7% ownership share of Unit No. 1 at the Oklaunion Generating Station. In addition to AEP Texas, the Oklaunion Generating Station is jointly-owned by PSO and various non-affiliated companies. Using its own financing, each participating company is obligated to pay its share of the costs in the same proportion as its ownership interest. AEP Texas’ proportionate share of the operating costs associated with this facility is included in its statements of income and the investment and accumulated depreciation are reflected in its balance sheets under Property, Plant and Equipment as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
 
 
Fuel
 
Percent of
 
Utility Plant
 
Work in
Accumulated
 
 
Type
 
Ownership
 
in Service
 
Progress
Depreciation
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
AEP Texas’ Share as of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oklaunion Generating Station, Unit 1 (a)
Coal
 
54.7
%
 
$
349.6

 
$
0.9

 
$
186.5

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

AEP Texas’ Share as of December 31, 2015
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Oklaunion Generating Station, Unit 1 (a)
Coal
 
54.7
%
 
$
342.5

 
$
5.4

 
$
178.0

 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

(a)
Operated by PSO.
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 



F-61


17. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

AEP Texas has one reportable segment, an electricity transmission and distribution business. AEP Texas’ other activities are insignificant.


F-62




AEP Texas and Subsidiaries




2017 Third Quarter Report










Consolidated Financial Statements










AEPTEXAS.JPG




GLOSSARY OF TERMS

When the following terms and abbreviations appear in the text of this report, they have the meanings indicated below.
Term
 
Meaning
 
 
 
AEP
 
American Electric Power Company, Inc., an investor-owned electric public utility holding company which includes American Electric Power Company, Inc. (Parent) and majority owned consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated affiliates.
AEP System
 
American Electric Power System, an electric system, owned and operated by AEP subsidiaries.
AEP Texas
 
AEP Texas, an AEP electric utility subsidiary.
AEPSC
 
American Electric Power Service Corporation, an AEP service subsidiary providing management and professional services to AEP and its subsidiaries.
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update.
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board.
FERC
 
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
FTR
 
Financial Transmission Right, a financial instrument that entitles the holder to receive compensation for certain congestion-related transmission charges that arise when the power grid is congested resulting in differences in locational prices.
GAAP
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America.
IRS
 
Internal Revenue Service.
MTM
 
Mark-to-Market.
Nonutility Money Pool
 
Centralized funding mechanism AEP uses to meet the short-term cash requirements of certain nonutility subsidiaries.
OPEB
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans.
OTC
 
Over the counter.
Parent
 
American Electric Power Company, Inc., the equity owner of AEP subsidiaries within the AEP consolidation.
PUCT
 
Public Utility Commission of Texas.
Risk Management Contracts
 
Trading and nontrading derivatives, including those derivatives designated as cash flow and fair value hedges.
TCC
 
Formerly AEP Texas Central Company, now a division of AEP Texas.
Texas Restructuring Legislation
 
Legislation enacted in 1999 to restructure the electric utility industry in Texas.
TNC
 
Formerly AEP Texas North Company, now a division of AEP Texas.
Transition Funding
 
AEP Texas Central Transition Funding I LLC, AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC and AEP Texas Central Transition Funding III LLC, wholly-owned subsidiaries of TCC and consolidated variable interest entities formed for the purpose of issuing and servicing securitization bonds related to Texas Restructuring Legislation.
Utility Money Pool
 
Centralized funding mechanism AEP uses to meet the short-term cash requirements of certain utility subsidiaries.
Wind Farms
 
Desert Sky and Trent Wind Farms, previously owned by a subsidiary of AEP Utilities, Inc., were transferred to an affiliated company on December 31, 2016.


F-64



AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
REVENUES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Electric Transmission and Distribution
 
$
411.5

 
$
379.1

 
$
1,111.4

 
$
1,040.2

Sales to AEP Affiliates
 
18.9

 
24.4

 
50.8

 
57.0

Other Revenues
 
0.8

 
0.4

 
2.1

 
2.2

TOTAL REVENUES
 
431.2

 
403.9

 
1,164.3

 
1,099.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPENSES
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fuel and Other Consumables Used for Electric Generation
 
8.3

 
14.2

 
17.2

 
24.7

Other Operation
 
116.6

 
119.5

 
330.1

 
327.9

Maintenance
 
19.3

 
15.8

 
58.1

 
51.3

Depreciation and Amortization
 
124.0

 
112.0

 
343.0

 
316.0

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
33.3

 
30.0

 
93.3

 
81.3

TOTAL EXPENSES
 
301.5

 
291.5

 
841.7

 
801.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING INCOME
 
129.7

 
112.4

 
322.6

 
298.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense):
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest Income
 
0.5

 
0.8

 
1.6

 
2.6

Allowance for Equity Used During Construction
 

 
2.0

 
2.2

 
7.0

Interest Expense
 
(35.3
)
 
(36.2
)
 
(105.6
)
 
(108.5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
94.9

 
79.0

 
220.8

 
199.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
30.6

 
23.5

 
74.2

 
59.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
 
64.3

 
55.5

 
146.6

 
140.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAX
 

 
47.4

 

 
49.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
 
$
64.3

 
$
8.1

 
$
146.6

 
$
90.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The common stock of AEP Texas is wholly-owned by Parent.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .


F-65


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Net Income
 
$
64.3

 
$
8.1

 
$
146.6

 
$
90.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAXES
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Cash Flow Hedges, Net of Tax of $0.2 and $0.1 for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, Respectively, and $0.4 and $0.4 for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, Respectively
 
0.2

 
0.3

 
0.7

 
0.8

Amortization of Pension and OPEB Deferred Costs, Net of Tax of $0 and $0 for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, Respectively, and $0.1 and $0.1 for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, Respectively
 
0.1

 

 
0.2

 
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
0.3

 
0.3

 
0.9

 
1.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
$
64.6

 
$
8.4

 
$
147.5

 
$
91.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .


F-66


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY – DECEMBER 31, 2015
 
$
804.9

 
$
887.0

 
$
(17.2
)
 
$
1,674.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock Dividends
 
 

 
(25.5
)
 
 

 
(25.5
)
Net Income
 
 
 
90.8

 
 

 
90.8

Other Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 

 
1.0

 
1.0

TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY – SEPTEMBER 30, 2016
 
$
804.9

 
$
952.3

 
$
(16.2
)
 
$
1,741.0

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY – DECEMBER 31, 2016
 
$
857.9

 
$
814.1

 
$
(14.9
)
 
$
1,657.1

 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Capital Contribution from Parent
 
200.0

 
 
 
 
 
200.0

Net Income
 
 
 
146.6

 
 

 
146.6

Other Comprehensive Income
 
 
 
 
 
0.9

 
0.9

TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY – SEPTEMBER 30, 2017
 
$
1,057.9

 
$
960.7

 
$
(14.0
)
 
$
2,004.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .


F-67


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
CURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
$
0.1

 
$
0.6

Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
123.0

 
146.3

Advances to Affiliates
 
445.6

 
8.6

Accounts Receivable:
 
 
 
 
Customers
 
124.5

 
94.4

Affiliated Companies
 
12.1

 
11.8

Accrued Unbilled Revenues
 
81.9

 
64.8

Miscellaneous
 
0.2

 
0.1

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.6
)
Total Accounts Receivable
 
218.1

 
170.5

Fuel
 
4.1

 
9.8

Materials and Supplies
 
54.8

 
49.0

Risk Management Assets
 
0.1

 
0.2

Accrued Tax Benefits
 
13.1

 
0.7

Prepayments and Other Current Assets
 
6.5

 
3.5

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
 
865.4

 
389.2

 
 
 
 
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
 
 
 
Electric:
 
 
 
 
Generation
 
350.6

 
349.6

Transmission
 
2,882.9

 
2,623.6

Distribution
 
3,679.3

 
3,527.2

Other Property, Plant and Equipment
 
465.1

 
436.4

Construction Work in Progress
 
554.1

 
385.9

Total Property, Plant and Equipment
 
7,932.0

 
7,322.7

Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
 
1,592.3

 
1,542.0

TOTAL PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT –   NET
 
6,339.7

 
5,780.7

 
 
 
 
 
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets
 
427.1

 
347.2

Securitized Transition Assets
 
 
 
 
(September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 Amounts Include $932 and $1,088.3, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
956.2

 
1,118.7

Deferred Charges and Other Noncurrent Assets
 
91.5

 
73.3

TOTAL OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS
 
1,474.8

 
1,539.2

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
 
$
8,679.9

 
$
7,709.1

 
 
 
 
 
See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .

F-68


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
LIABILITIES AND COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Advances from Affiliates
 
$

 
$
169.5

Accounts Payable:
 
 
 
 
General
 
280.5

 
129.5

Affiliated Companies
 
23.2

 
30.5

Long-term Debt Due Within One Year – Nonaffiliated
 
 
 
 
(September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 Amounts Include $235.5 and $222.2, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
306.4

 
263.1

Accrued Taxes
 
82.3

 
68.2

Accrued Interest
 
 
 
 
(September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 Amounts Include $11.6 and $20.2, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
41.0

 
41.5

Other Current Liabilities
 
54.7

 
94.8

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
788.1

 
797.1

 
 
 
 
 
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
 
 
 
(September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 Amounts Include $823.7 and $1,023.6, Respectively, Related to Transition Funding)
 
3,416.1

 
2,954.6

Deferred Income Taxes
 
1,657.9

 
1,531.7

Regulatory Liabilities and Deferred Investment Tax Credits
 
696.1

 
660.8

Oklaunion Purchase Power Agreement
 
51.9

 
51.5

Deferred Credits and Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
65.2

 
56.3

TOTAL NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 
5,887.2

 
5,254.9

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
 
6,675.3

 
6,052.0

 
 
 
 
 
Rate Matters (Note 4)
 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Paid-in Capital
 
1,057.9

 
857.9

Retained Earnings
 
960.7

 
814.1

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
(14.0
)
 
(14.9
)
TOTAL COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
2,004.6

 
1,657.1

 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND COMMON SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
 
$
8,679.9

 
$
7,709.1

 
 
 
 
 
See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .


F-69


AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
2017
 
2016
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

Net Income
 
$
146.6

 
$
90.8

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
 

 
(49.4
)
Income from Continuing Operations
 
146.6

 
140.2

Adjustments to Reconcile Income from Continuing Operations to Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities:
 
 

 
 

Depreciation and Amortization
 
343.0

 
316.0

Deferred Income Taxes
 
124.1

 
31.8

Allowance for Equity Funds Used During Construction
 
(2.2
)
 
(7.0
)
Mark-to-Market of Risk Management Contracts
 
0.1

 
(0.4
)
Pension Contributions to Qualified Plant Trust
 
(8.8
)
 
(8.2
)
Property Taxes
 
(15.9
)
 
(13.4
)
Change in Regulatory Assets
 
(74.1
)
 
2.1

Change in Other Noncurrent Assets
 
(27.3
)
 
(18.0
)
Change in Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
7.4

 
(4.9
)
Changes in Certain Components of Continuing Working Capital:
 
 

 
 

Accounts Receivable, Net
 
(47.6
)
 
(55.2
)
Fuel, Materials and Supplies
 
(0.1
)
 
7.9

Accounts Payable
 
77.3

 
(11.7
)
Accrued Taxes, Net
 
1.7

 
(34.6
)
Other Current Assets
 
(2.5
)
 
(2.3
)
Other Current Liabilities
 
(31.2
)
 
(24.9
)
Net Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities
 
490.5

 
317.4

 
 
 

 
 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

Construction Expenditures
 
(617.5
)
 
(438.9
)
Change in Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
23.3

 
92.6

Change in Advances to Affiliates, Net
 
(437.0
)
 
152.9

Other Investing Activities
 
11.5

 
10.4

Net Cash Flows Used for Continuing Investing Activities
 
(1,019.7
)
 
(183.0
)
 
 
 

 
 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

Capital Contribution from Parent
 
200.0

 

Issuance of Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
749.9

 
199.2

Change in Advances from Affiliates, Net
 
(169.5
)
 
88.6

Retirement of Long-term Debt – Nonaffiliated
 
(248.4
)
 
(395.2
)
Principal Payments for Capital Lease Obligations
 
(3.0
)
 
(2.4
)
Dividends Paid on Common Stock
 

 
(25.5
)
Other Financing Activities
 
(0.3
)
 
0.7

Net Cash Flows from (Used for) Continuing Financing Activities
 
528.7

 
(134.6
)
 
 
 

 
 

Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Operating Activities
 

 
26.2

Net Cash Flows from Discontinued Investing Activities
 

 
0.4

Net Cash Flows Used for Discontinued Financing Activities
 

 
(25.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
(0.5
)
 
0.7

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
 
0.6

 
5.0

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
 
$
0.1

 
$
5.7

 
 
 

 
 

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
 
 

 
 

Cash Paid for Interest, Net of Capitalized Amounts
 
$
101.1

 
$
109.8

Net Cash Paid (Received) for Income Taxes
 
(23.3
)
 
62.2

Noncash Acquisitions Under Capital Leases
 
5.3

 
5.8

Construction Expenditures Included in Current Liabilities as of September 30,
 
166.1

 
60.0

 
 
 

 
 

See Condensed Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-71 .

F-70



INDEX OF CONDENSED NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page
Number
 
 
Significant Accounting Matters
New Accounting Pronouncements
Comprehensive Income
Rate Matters
Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies
Disposition
Benefit Plans
Derivatives and Hedging
Fair Value Measurements
Income Taxes
Financing Activities
Business Segments


F-71


1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING MATTERS

General

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and footnotes were prepared in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete annual financial statements.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements reflect all normal and recurring accruals and adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the net income, financial position and cash flows for the interim periods. Net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 is not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2017. The condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the audited 2016 financial statements and notes thereto, which are included in AEP Texas’ 2016 Annual Report.

Subsequent Events

Management reviewed subsequent events through October 26, 2017, the date that the third quarter 2017 report was available to be issued.


F-72


2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Upon issuance of final pronouncements, management reviews the new accounting literature to determine its relevance, if any, to AEP Texas’ business. The following final pronouncements will impact the financial statements.

ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2014-09)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 clarifying the method used to determine the timing and requirements for revenue recognition on the statements of income. Under the new standard, an entity must identify the performance obligations in a contract, determine the transaction price and allocate the price to specific performance obligations to recognize the revenue when the obligation is completed. The amendments in this update also require disclosure of sufficient information to allow users to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flow arising from contracts.

The FASB deferred implementation of ASU 2014-09 under the terms in ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic: 606): Deferral of the Effective Date.” The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted.

Management continues to analyze the impact of the new revenue standard and related ASUs. During 2016 and 2017, revenue contract assessments were completed. Material revenue streams were identified within the AEP System and representative contract/transaction types were sampled. Performance obligations identified within each material revenue stream were evaluated to determine whether the obligations were satisfied at a point in time or over time. Contracts determined to be satisfied over time generally qualified for the invoicing practical expedient since the invoiced amounts reasonably represented the value to customers of performance obligations fulfilled to date. Based upon the completed assessments, management does not expect a material impact to the timing of revenue recognized or net income and plans to elect the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption. The evaluation of revenue streams, new contracts and the new revenue standard’s disclosure requirements continues during the fourth quarter of 2017, in particular with respect to various on going industry implementation issues. Management will continue to analyze the related impacts to revenue recognition and monitor any new industry implementation issues that arise. Further, given industry conclusions related to implementation issues, including contributions in aid of construction and collectability, management does not anticipate changes to current accounting systems. Management plans to adopt ASU 2014-09 effective January 1, 2018.

ASU 2016-01 “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (ASU 2016-01)

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 enhancing the reporting model for financial instruments. Under the new standard, equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are required to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The new standard also amends disclosure requirements and requires separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheets or the accompanying notes to the financial statements. The amendments also clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.

The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted. The amendments will be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-01 effective January 1, 2018.


F-73


ASU 2016-02 “Accounting for Leases” (ASU 2016-02)

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 increasing the transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheets and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Under the new standard, an entity must recognize an asset and liability for operating leases on the balance sheets. Additionally, a capital lease will be known as a finance lease going forward. Leases with lease terms of 12 months or longer will be subject to the new requirements. Fundamentally, the criteria used to determine lease classification will remain the same, but will be more subjective under the new standard.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. The guidance will be applied by means of a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach will require lessees and lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

Management continues to analyze the impact of the new lease standard. During 2016 and 2017, lease contract assessments were completed. The AEP System lease population was identified and representative lease contracts were sampled. Based upon the completed assessments, management prepared a system gap analysis to outline new disclosure compliance requirements compared to current system capabilities. Multiple lease system options were also evaluated. Management plans to elect certain of the following practical expedients upon adoption:
Practical Expedient
 
Description
Overall Expedients (for leases commenced prior to adoption date and must be adopted as a package)
 
Do not need to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are/or contain leases, do not need to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and do not need to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.
Lease and Non-lease Components (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not separate non-lease components from lease components and instead account for each lease and associated non-lease component as a single lease component.
Short-term Lease (elect by class of underlying asset)
 
Elect as an accounting policy to not apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases.
Lease term
 
Elect to use hindsight to determine the lease term.

Evaluation of new lease contracts continues and the process of implementing a compliant lease system solution began in the third quarter of 2017. Management expects the new standard to impact financial position, but not results of operations or cash flows. Management also continues to monitor unresolved industry implementation issues, including items related to pole attachments, easements and right-of-ways, and will analyze the related impacts to lease accounting. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-02 effective January 1, 2019.

ASU 2016-09 “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (ASU 2016-09)

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 simplifying the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies (including tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards) should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit on the statements of income. Under current GAAP, excess tax benefits are recognized in additional paid-in capital while tax deficiencies are recognized either as an offset to accumulated excess tax benefits, if any, or on the statements of income.

Management adopted ASU 2016-09 effective January 1, 2017. As a result of the adoption of this guidance, management made an accounting policy election to recognize the effect of forfeitures in compensation cost when they occur. There was an immaterial impact on results of operations and financial position and no impact on cash flows at adoption.


F-74


ASU 2016-13 “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13)

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 requiring an allowance to be recorded for all expected credit losses for financial assets. The allowance for credit losses is based on historical information, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The new standard also makes revisions to the other than temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. Disclosures of credit quality indicators in relation to the amortized cost of financing receivables are further disaggregated by year of origination.

The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The amendments will be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-13 effective January 1, 2020.

ASU 2016-18 “Restricted Cash” (ASU 2016-18)

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18 clarifying the treatment of restricted cash on the statements of cash flows. Under the new standard, amounts considered restricted cash will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts on the statements of cash flows.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The guidance will be applied by means of a retrospective approach. Management is analyzing the impact of the new standard. Management plans to adopt ASU 2016-18 effective for the 2017 Annual Report.

ASU 2017-07 “Compensation - Retirement Benefits” (ASU 2017-07)

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07 requiring that an employer report the service cost component of pension and postretirement benefits in the same line item or items as other compensation costs. The other components of net benefit cost are required to be presented in the statements of income separately from the service cost component and outside of a subtotal of income from operations. In addition, only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization as applicable following labor. For 2016, AEP Texas’ actual non-service cost components were a credit of $7 million, of which approximately 50% was capitalized.

The new accounting guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance. Management plans to adopt ASU 2017-07 effective January 1, 2018.

ASU 2017-12 “Derivatives and Hedging” (ASU 2017-12)

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12 amending the recognition and presentation requirements for hedge accounting activities. The objectives are to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements and reduce the complexity of applying hedge accounting. Under the new standard, the concept of recognizing hedge ineffectiveness within the statements of income for cash flow hedges, which has historically been immaterial to AEP, will be eliminated. In addition, certain required tabular disclosures relating to fair value and cash flow hedges will be modified.

The new accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for any interim or annual period after August 2017. Management is analyzing the impact of this new standard, including the possibility of early adoption, and at this time, cannot estimate the impact of adoption on net income.


F-75


3. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

The following tables provide the components of changes in AOCI and details of reclassifications from AOCI for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. The amortization of pension and OPEB AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and OPEB costs. See Note 7 for additional details.

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
and OPEB
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of June 30, 2017
 
$
(4.9
)
 
$
(9.4
)
 
$
(14.3
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI
 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses
 

 
0.2

 
0.2

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.3

 
0.1

 
0.4

Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.1

 

 
0.1

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.2

 
0.1

 
0.3

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income
 
0.2

 
0.1

 
0.3

Balance in AOCI as of September 30, 2017
 
$
(4.7
)
 
$
(9.3
)
 
$
(14.0
)

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
and OPEB
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of June 30, 2016
 
$
(6.0
)
 
$
(10.5
)
 
$
(16.5
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI
 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
0.4

 

 
0.4

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses
 

 
0.1

 
0.1

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.4

 

 
0.4

Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.1

 

 
0.1

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income
 
0.3

 

 
0.3

Balance in AOCI as of September 30, 2016
 
$
(5.7
)
 
$
(10.5
)
 
$
(16.2
)

F-76


Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
and OPEB
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2016
 
$
(5.4
)
 
$
(9.5
)
 
$
(14.9
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI
 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
1.0

 

 
1.0

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses
 

 
0.4

 
0.4

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
1.0

 
0.3

 
1.3

Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.3

 
0.1

 
0.4

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.7

 
0.2

 
0.9

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income
 
0.7

 
0.2

 
0.9

Balance in AOCI as of September 30, 2017
 
$
(4.7
)
 
$
(9.3
)
 
$
(14.0
)

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate
 
and OPEB
 
Total
 
 
(in millions)
Balance in AOCI as of December 31, 2015
 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
(10.7
)
 
$
(17.2
)
Change in Fair Value Recognized in AOCI
 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) Loss Reclassified from AOCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
1.2

 

 
1.2

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains)/Losses
 

 
0.4

 
0.4

Reclassifications from AOCI, before Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
1.2

 
0.3

 
1.5

Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.4

 
0.1

 
0.5

Reclassifications from AOCI, Net of Income Tax (Expense) Credit
 
0.8

 
0.2

 
1.0

Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income
 
0.8

 
0.2

 
1.0

Balance in AOCI as of September 30, 2016
 
$
(5.7
)
 
$
(10.5
)
 
$
(16.2
)


F-77


4. RATE MATTERS

As discussed in AEP Texas’ 2016 Annual Report, AEP Texas is involved in rate and regulatory proceedings at the FERC and the PUCT. The Effects of Regulation note within AEP Texas’ 2016 Annual Report should be read in conjunction with this report to gain a complete understanding of material rate matters still pending that could impact net income, cash flows and possibly financial condition. The following discusses ratemaking developments in 2017 and updates AEP Texas’ 2016 Annual Report.

Regulatory Assets Pending Final Regulatory Approval
 
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
Noncurrent Regulatory Assets
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Assets Currently Earning a Return
 
 
 
 
Storm-Related Costs
 
$
97.4

 
$
25.1

Regulatory Assets Currently Not Earning a Return
 
 

 
 

Rate Case Expenses
 
0.1

 
0.1

Total Regulatory Assets Pending Final Regulatory Approval
 
$
97.5

 
$
25.2


If these costs are ultimately determined not to be recoverable, it could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

AEP Texas Interim Transmission and Distribution Rates

As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas’ cumulative revenues from interim base rate increases from 2008 through 2017, subject to review, are estimated to be $697 million. A base rate review could produce a refund if AEP Texas incurs a disallowance of the transmission or distribution investment on which an interim increase was based. Management is unable to determine a range of potential losses, if any, that are reasonably possible of occurring. A revenue decrease, including a refund of interim transmission and distribution rates, could reduce future net income and cash flows and impact financial condition.

Hurricane Harvey

In August 2017, Hurricane Harvey hit the coast of Texas, causing power outages in the AEP Texas service territory. AEP Texas has a PUCT approved catastrophe reserve in base rates and can defer incremental storm expenses. AEP Texas currently recovers approximately $1 million of storm costs annually through base rates. As of September 30, 2017, the total balance of AEP Texas’ deferred storm costs is approximately $97 million including approximately $73 million of incremental storm expenses as a regulatory asset related to Hurricane Harvey. Management is currently in the early stages of analyzing the impact of potential insurance claims and recoveries and, at this time, cannot estimate the impact of this amount. Any future insurance recoveries received will be applied to and will offset the regulatory asset and property, plant and equipment, as applicable. AEP Texas is currently evaluating recovery options for the regulatory asset; however, management believes the asset is probable of recovery. The other named hurricanes did not have a material impact on AEP’s operations in the third quarter of 2017. If the ultimate costs of the incident are not recovered by insurance or through the regulatory process, it would have an adverse effect on future net income, cash flows and financial condition.


F-78


5. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENCIES

AEP Texas is subject to certain claims and legal actions arising in its ordinary course of business. In addition, AEP Texas’ business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation related to public health and the environment. The ultimate outcome of such pending or potential litigation against AEP Texas cannot be predicted. Management accrues contingent liabilities only when management concludes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When management determines that it is not probable, but rather reasonably possible that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements, management discloses such contingencies and the possible loss or range of loss if such estimate can be made. Any estimated range is based on currently available information and involves elements of judgment and significant uncertainties. Any estimated range of possible loss may not represent the maximum possible loss exposure. Circumstances change over time and actual results may vary significantly from estimates.

For current proceedings not specifically discussed below, management does not anticipate that the liabilities, if any, arising from such proceedings would have a material effect on the financial statements. The Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies note within AEP Texas’ 2016 Annual Report should be read in conjunction with this report.

GUARANTEES

Liabilities for guarantees are recorded in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Guarantees.” There is no collateral held in relation to any guarantees. In the event any guarantee is drawn, there is no recourse to third parties unless specified below.

Letters of Credit

An uncommitted facility gives the issuer of the facility the right to accept or decline each request made under the facility. AEP issues letters of credit on behalf of subsidiaries under five uncommitted facilities totaling $445 million. As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas’ maximum future payment for letters of credit issued under the uncommitted credit facilities was $3 million with a maturity of January 2018.

Indemnifications and Other Guarantees

Contracts

AEP Texas enters into certain types of contracts which require indemnifications. Typically these contracts include, but are not limited to, sale agreements, lease agreements, purchase agreements and financing agreements. Generally, these agreements may include, but are not limited to, indemnifications around certain tax, contractual and environmental matters. With respect to sale agreements, exposure generally does not exceed the sale price. As of September 30, 2017, there were no material liabilities recorded for any indemnifications.

Master Lease Agreements

AEP Texas leases certain equipment under master lease agreements. Under the lease agreements, the lessor is guaranteed a residual value up to a stated percentage of either the unamortized balance or the equipment cost at the end of the lease term. If the actual fair value of the leased equipment is below the guaranteed residual value at the end of the lease term, AEP Texas is committed to pay the difference between the actual fair value and the residual value guarantee. Historically, at the end of the lease term the fair value has been in excess of the unamortized balance. As of September 30, 2017, the maximum potential loss for these lease agreements was $10 million assuming the fair value of the equipment is zero at the end of the lease term.


F-79


6. DISPOSITION

2016

Wind Farms

In December 2016, TCC and TNC merged into AEP Utilities, Inc. Upon merger, AEP Utilities, Inc. changed its name to AEP Texas. Subsequent to the merger, AEP Texas exited the merchant generation business by transferring all of the common stock of the Wind Farms to a competitive AEP affiliate. No gain or loss was recognized and no cash was exchanged related to the disposition of the Wind Farms.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Wind Farms were determined to be discontinued operations. Accordingly, results of operations of the Wind Farms have been classified as discontinued operations on AEP Texas’ statements of income as shown in the following table:
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30, 2016
 
September 30, 2016
 
 
(in millions)
Revenue
 
$
4.8

 
$
13.2

 
 
 
 
 
Other Operation Expense
 
74.3

 
77.5

Maintenance Expense
 
0.7

 
2.8

Depreciation and Amortization Expense
 
2.8

 
8.4

Taxes Other Than Income Taxes
 
0.3

 
1.0

Total Expenses
 
78.1

 
89.7

 
 
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
Pretax Loss of Discontinued Operations
 
(73.5
)
 
(77.1
)
Income Tax Credit
 
(26.1
)
 
(27.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
Total Loss on Discontinued Operations as Presented on the Statements of Income
 
$
(47.4
)
 
$
(49.4
)


F-80


7. BENEFIT PLANS

AEP Texas participates in an AEP sponsored qualified pension plan and two unfunded nonqualified pension plans. Substantially all of AEP Texas’ employees are covered by the qualified plan or both the qualified and a nonqualified pension plan. AEP Texas also participates in OPEB plans sponsored by AEP to provide health and life insurance benefits for retired employees.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following tables provide the components of AEP Texas’ net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the plans:
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
(in millions)
Service Cost
$
2.1

 
$
1.9

 
$
0.3

 
$
0.2

Interest Cost
4.3

 
4.5

 
1.2

 
1.4

Expected Return on Plan Assets
(6.2
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(2.2
)
 
(2.4
)
Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

 
0.1

 
(1.5
)
 
(1.5
)
Amortization of Net Actuarial Loss
1.7

 
1.7

 
0.8

 
0.7

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)
$
1.9

 
$
2.1

 
$
(1.4
)
 
$
(1.6
)
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
(in millions)
Service Cost
$
6.4

 
$
5.6

 
$
0.7

 
$
0.5

Interest Cost
12.9

 
13.3

 
3.7

 
3.9

Expected Return on Plan Assets
(18.8
)
 
(18.2
)
 
(6.6
)
 
(7.1
)
Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

 
0.3

 
(4.4
)
 
(4.4
)
Amortization of Net Actuarial Loss
5.2

 
5.2

 
2.4

 
2.1

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)
$
5.7

 
$
6.2

 
$
(4.2
)
 
$
(5.0
)


F-81


8. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING

AEPSC is agent for and transacts on behalf of AEP Texas.

Risk Management Strategies

AEP Texas’ vehicle fleet is exposed to gasoline and diesel fuel price volatility. AEP Texas utilizes financial heating oil and gasoline derivative contracts in order to mitigate price risk of future fuel purchases. AEP Texas does not hedge all fuel price risk. The gross notional volumes of AEP Texas’ outstanding derivative contracts for heating oil and gasoline as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were 2 million gallons and 2 million gallons, respectively.

Cash Flow Hedging Strategies

AEP Texas utilizes a variety of interest rate derivative transactions in order to manage interest rate risk exposure. AEP Texas also utilizes interest rate derivative contracts to manage interest rate exposure related to future borrowings of fixed-rate debt. AEP Texas does not hedge all interest rate exposure.

ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND THE IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

According to the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging,” AEP Texas reflects the fair values of derivative instruments subject to netting agreements with the same counterparty net of related cash collateral. For certain risk management contracts, AEP Texas is required to post or receive cash collateral based on third party contractual agreements and risk profiles. For the September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 balance sheets, AEP Texas netted $80 thousand and $185 thousand, respectively, of cash collateral received from third parties against short-term and long-term risk management assets.

The following tables represent the gross fair value impact of AEP Texas’ derivative activity on the balance sheets:
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
September 30, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management
 
Gross Amounts Offset
 
Net Amounts of Assets/Liabilities
 
 
Contracts -
 
in the Statement of
 
Presented in the Statement
Balance Sheet Location
 
Commodity (a)
 
Financial Position (b)
 
of Financial Position (c)
 
 
(in millions)
Current Risk Management Assets
 
$
0.2

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.1

Long-term Risk Management Assets
 

 

 

Total Assets
 
0.2

 
(0.1
)
 
0.1

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Current Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Long-term Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Total Liabilities
 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Total MTM Derivative Contract Net Assets (Liabilities)
 
$
0.2

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.1

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management
 
Gross Amounts Offset
 
Net Amounts of Assets/Liabilities
 
 
Contracts -
 
in the Statement of
 
Presented in the Statement
Balance Sheet Location
 
Commodity (a)
 
Financial Position (b)
 
of Financial Position (c)
 
 
(in millions)
Current Risk Management Assets
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
0.2

Long-term Risk Management Assets
 

 

 

Total Assets
 
0.4

 
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Current Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Long-term Risk Management Liabilities
 

 

 

Total Liabilities
 

 

 

 
 
 

 
 

 
 

Total MTM Derivative Contract Net Assets (Liabilities)
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
0.2


(a)
Derivative instruments within this category are reported gross. These instruments are subject to master netting agreements and are presented on the balance sheets on a net basis in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”
(b)
Amounts include counterparty netting of risk management and hedging contracts and associated cash collateral in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”
(c)
There are no derivative contracts subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement which are not offset in the statement of financial position.

F-82


The table below presents AEP Texas’ activity of derivative risk management contracts:

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized on
Risk Management Contracts
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
Nine Months Ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
Location of Gain (Loss)
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
Other Operation
 
$
0.1

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
0.1

 
$
(0.3
)
Maintenance
 
0.1

 
(0.2
)
 
0.1

 
(0.3
)
Regulatory Assets (a)
 
0.1

 
0.1

 

 
0.7

Regulatory Liabilities (a)
 
0.1

 

 
(0.2
)
 

Total Gain (Loss) on Risk Management Contracts
 
$
0.4

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$

 
$
0.1


(a)
Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses subject to regulatory accounting treatment recorded as either current or noncurrent on the balance sheets.

Certain qualifying derivative instruments have been designated as normal purchase or normal sale contracts, as provided in the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.” Derivative contracts that have been designated as normal purchases or normal sales under that accounting guidance are not subject to MTM accounting treatment and are recognized on the statements of income on an accrual basis.

The accounting for the changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it qualifies for and has been designated as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship. Depending on the exposure, management designates a hedging instrument as a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.

For contracts that have not been designated as part of a hedging relationship, the accounting for changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative instrument is held for trading purposes. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on derivative instruments held for trading purposes are included in revenues on a net basis on AEP Texas’ statements of income. Unrealized and realized gains and losses on derivative instruments not held for trading purposes are included in revenues or expenses on AEP Texas’ statements of income depending on the relevant facts and circumstances. Certain derivatives that economically hedge future commodity risk are recorded in the same expense line item on the statements of income as that of the associated risk. However, unrealized and some realized gains and losses for both trading and non-trading derivative instruments are recorded as regulatory assets (for losses) or regulatory liabilities (for gains), in accordance with the accounting guidance for “Regulated Operations.”

Accounting for Cash Flow Hedging Strategies

For cash flow hedges (i.e. hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), AEP Texas initially reports the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on its balance sheets until the period the hedged item affects Net Income. AEP Texas would record hedge ineffectiveness as a regulatory asset (for losses) or a regulatory liability (for gains) if applicable.

AEP Texas reclassifies gains and losses on interest rate derivative hedges related to debt financings from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on its balance sheets into Interest Expense on its statements of income in those periods in which hedged interest payments occur. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, AEP Texas did not apply cash flow hedging to outstanding interest rate derivatives.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, hedge ineffectiveness was immaterial or nonexistent for all cash flow hedge strategies discussed above.

For details on effective cash flow hedges included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on AEP Texas’ balance sheets and the reasons for changes in cash flow hedges, see Note 3.

F-83


Cash flow hedges included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on AEP Texas’ balance sheets were:
 
 
Interest Rate
 
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(in millions)
AOCI Loss Net of Tax
 
$
(4.7
)
 
$
(5.4
)
Portion Expected to be Reclassified to Net Income During the Next Twelve Months
 
(0.9
)
 
(0.9
)

The actual amounts that AEP Texas reclassifies from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to Net Income can differ from the estimate above due to market price changes. As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas is not hedging (with contracts subject to the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging”) its exposure to variability in future cash flows related to forecasted transactions.


F-84


9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy and Valuation Techniques

The accounting guidance for “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. When quoted market prices are not available, pricing may be completed using comparable securities, dealer values, operating data and general market conditions to determine fair value. Valuation models utilize various inputs such as commodity, interest rate and, to a lesser degree, volatility and credit that include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, market corroborated inputs (i.e. inputs derived principally from, or correlated to, observable market data) and other observable inputs for the asset or liability.

For commercial activities, exchange traded derivatives, namely futures contracts, are generally fair valued based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and are classified as Level 1. Level 2 inputs primarily consist of OTC broker quotes in moderately active or less active markets, as well as exchange traded contracts where there is insufficient market liquidity to warrant inclusion in Level 1. Management verifies price curves using these broker quotes and classifies these fair values within Level 2 when substantially all of the fair value can be corroborated. Management typically obtains multiple broker quotes, which are nonbinding in nature but are based on recent trades in the marketplace. When multiple broker quotes are obtained, the quoted bid and ask prices are averaged. In certain circumstances, a broker quote may be discarded if it is a clear outlier. Management uses a historical correlation analysis between the broker quoted location and the illiquid locations. If the points are highly correlated, these locations are included within Level 2 as well. Certain OTC and bilaterally executed derivative instruments are executed in less active markets with a lower availability of pricing information. Illiquid transactions, complex structured transactions, FTRs and counterparty credit risk may require nonmarket based inputs. Some of these inputs may be internally developed or extrapolated and utilized to estimate fair value. When such inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized as Level 3. The main driver of contracts being classified as Level 3 is the inability to substantiate energy price curves in the market. A portion of the Level 3 instruments have been economically hedged which limits potential earnings volatility.

For Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding, items classified as Level 1 are investments in money market funds. They are valued based on observable inputs primarily unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Fair Value Measurements of Long-term Debt

The fair values of Long-term Debt are based on quoted market prices, without credit enhancements, for the same or similar issues and the current interest rates offered for instruments with similar maturities classified as Level 2 measurement inputs. These instruments are not marked-to-market. The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange.

The book values and fair values of AEP Texas’ Long-term Debt are summarized in the following table:
 
 
September 30, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
 
(in millions)
Long-term Debt
 
$
3,722.5

 
$
4,022.0

 
$
3,217.7

 
$
3,463.2


F-85


Fair Value Measurements of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, AEP Texas’ financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis. As required by the accounting guidance for “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. There have not been any significant changes in management’s valuation techniques.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
September 30, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
Assets:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
$
123.0

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
123.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Commodity Contracts (a)
 

 
0.2

 

 
(0.1
)
 
0.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
123.0

 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
 
$
123.1

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Other
 
Total
Assets:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Cash for Securitized Transition Funding
 
$
146.3

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
146.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management Commodity Contracts (a)
 

 
0.4

 

 
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
 
$
146.3

 
$
0.4

 
$

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
146.5


(a)
Amounts in “Other” column primarily represent counterparty netting of risk management and hedging contracts and associated cash collateral under the accounting guidance for “Derivatives and Hedging.”

As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, AEP Texas had no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.


F-86


10. INCOME TAXES

Effective Tax Rates (ETR)

The interim ETR for AEP Texas reflects the estimated annual ETR for 2017 and 2016, adjusted for tax expense associated with certain discrete items. The interim ETR differs from the federal statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to tax adjustments, state income taxes and other book/tax differences which are accounted for on a flow-through basis.

The ETR for AEP Texas are included in the following table. Significant variances in the ETR are described below.
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
32.2
%
 
29.7
%
 
33.6
%
 
29.7
%

Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2016

The increase in the ETR is primarily due to the recording of favorable state income tax adjustments in 2016 and an increase in pretax book income.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016

The increase in the ETR is primarily due to the recording of favorable state income tax adjustments in 2016.

Federal and State Income Tax Audit Status

AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries are no longer subject to U.S. federal examination for years before 2011. The IRS examination of years 2011, 2012 and 2013 started in April 2014. AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries received a Revenue Agents Report in April 2016, completing the 2011 through 2013 audit cycle indicating an agreed upon audit. The 2011 through 2013 audit was submitted to the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation for approval. The Joint Committee referred the audit back to the IRS exam team for further consideration. Although the outcome of tax audits is uncertain, in management’s opinion, adequate provisions for federal income taxes have been made for potential liabilities resulting from such matters. In addition, AEP Texas accrues interest on these uncertain tax positions. Management is not aware of any issues for open tax years that upon final resolution are expected to materially impact net income.

AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries file income tax returns in various state and local jurisdictions. These taxing authorities routinely examine the tax returns. AEP Texas and other AEP subsidiaries are currently under examination in several state and local jurisdictions. However, it is possible that previously filed tax returns have positions that may be challenged by these tax authorities. Management believes that adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for potential liabilities resulting from such challenges and that the ultimate resolution of these audits will not materially impact net income. AEP Texas is no longer subject to state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009.


F-87


11. FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt issued, retired and principal payments made during the first nine months of 2017 are shown in the tables below:
 
 
Principal
 
Interest
 
Due
Type of Debt
 
Amount (a)
 
Rate
 
Date
Issuances:
 
(in millions)
 
(%)
 
 
Senior Unsecured Notes
 
$
400.0

 
2.40
 
2022
Pollution Control Bonds
 
60.0

 
1.75
 
2020
Senior Unsecured Notes
 
300.0

 
3.80
 
2047

 
 
Principal
 
Interest
 
Due
Type of Debt
 
Amount Paid
 
Rate
 
Date
Retirements and Principal Payments:
 
(in millions)
 
(%)
 
 
Securitization Bonds
 
$
27.2

 
0.88
 
2017
Securitization Bonds
 
161.2

 
5.17
 
2018
Pollution Control Bonds
 
60.0

 
5.20
 
2030

In October 2017, AEP Texas retired $41 million of 5.625% Pollution Control Bonds due in 2017.

Dividend Restrictions

AEP Texas pays dividends to Parent provided funds are legally available. Various financing arrangements and regulatory requirements may impose certain restrictions on the ability of AEP Texas to transfer funds to Parent in the form of dividends.

Federal Power Act

All of the dividends declared by AEP Texas are subject to a Federal Power Act restriction that prohibits the payment of dividends out of capital accounts without regulatory approval; payment of dividends is allowed out of retained earnings only.

Leverage Restrictions

AEP Texas has credit agreements that contain a covenant that limit its debt to capitalization ratio to 67.5%. As of September 30, 2017, AEP Texas did not exceed its debt to capitalization limit. The payment of cash dividends indirectly results in an increase in the percentage of AEP Texas’ debt to total capitalization. The method for calculating outstanding debt and capitalization is contractually defined in the credit agreements.

As of September 30, 2017, the Federal Power Act restriction does not limit the ability of AEP Texas to pay dividends out of retained earnings.


F-88


Corporate Borrowing Program AEP System

The AEP System uses a corporate borrowing program to meet the short-term borrowing needs of AEP’s subsidiaries. The corporate borrowing program includes a Utility Money Pool, which funds AEP’s utility subsidiaries, and a Nonutility Money Pool, which funds a majority of AEP’s nonutility subsidiaries. The AEP System Utility Money Pool operates in accordance with the terms and conditions of the AEP System Utility Money Pool agreement filed with the FERC. The amounts of outstanding loans to (borrowings from) the Utility Money Pool as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are included in Advances to Affiliates and Advances from Affiliates on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. AEP Texas’ Utility Money Pool activity and corresponding authorized borrowing limit for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are described in the following table:
Maximum
 
Maximum
 
Average
 
Average
 
Loans to
 
Authorized
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
the Utility
 
Short-Term
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
Money Pool as of
 
Borrowing
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
September 30, 2017
 
Limit
(in millions)
$
296.0

 
$
451.7

 
$
194.8

 
$
430.0

 
$
437.3

 
$
400.0


The activity in the above table does not include short-term lending activity of AEP Texas’ wholly-owned subsidiary, AEP Texas North Generation Company LLC (TNGC), which is a participant in the Nonutility Money Pool. The amounts of outstanding loans to the Nonutility Money Pool as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are included in Advances to Affiliates on AEP Texas’ balance sheets. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, TNGC had the following activity in the Nonutility Money Pool:
Maximum
 
Maximum
 
Average
 
Average
 
Loans
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
Borrowings
 
Loans
 
to the Nonutility
from the Nonutility
 
to the Nonutility
 
from the Nonutility
 
to the Nonutility
 
Money Pool as of
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
September 30, 2017
(in millions)
$

 
$
8.6

 
$

 
$
8.3

 
$
8.3


In January 2017, management removed AEP Texas from the direct financing relationship with AEP to better reflect current business operations. The amounts of outstanding loans to AEP as of December 31, 2016 are included in Advances to Affiliates on AEP Texas’ balance sheets.

Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to the Utility Money Pool are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
Nine Months
 
Borrowed
 
Borrowed
 
Loaned
 
Loaned
 
Borrowed
 
Loaned
Ended
 
from the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
to the Utility
 
from the Utility
 
to the Utility
September 30,
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
2017
 
1.49
%
 
0.92
%
 
1.43
%
 
1.12
%
 
1.29
%
 
1.35
%
2016
 
0.91
%
 
0.75
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.69
%
 
0.84
%
 
0.72
%

Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to the Nonutility Money Pool are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
Nine Months
 
Borrowed from
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
 
Loaned to
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
Ended
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
 
the Nonutility
September 30,
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
 
Money Pool
2017
 
%
 
%
 
1.49
%
 
%
 
%
 
1.27
%
2016
 
1.11
%
 
0.97
%
 
0.91
%
 
0.75
%
 
1.00
%
 
0.82
%

F-89


Maximum, minimum and average interest rates for funds either borrowed from or loaned to AEP are summarized in the following table:
 
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
 
Interest Rate
Nine Months
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
 
for Funds
Ended
 
Borrowed from
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
 
Loaned to
 
Borrowed from
 
Loaned to
September 30,
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
 
AEP
2017
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
2016
 
0.91
%
 
0.69
%
 
%
 
%
 
0.80
%
 
%


F-90



12. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

AEP Texas has one reportable segment, an electricity transmission and distribution business. AEP Texas’ other activities are insignificant.

F-91





 
AEP Texas Inc.
Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for any and all of its outstanding

2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively
                
_______________________________

PROSPECTUS
________________________
                
, 2017

 



II-1



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provides that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation or any other person or entity against all expense, liability, losses and claims.

The Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company shall indemnify each person who is, was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Company, or who has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company (or any other person or entity) at the request of the Board of Directors against all loss, liability and expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person shall be indemnified for amounts paid in settlement unless the terms and conditions of such settlement have been consented to by the Company, and no indemnification for employees or agents shall be made without the express authorization of the Board of Directors.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons, including officers and directors, who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation.  The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, for criminal actions or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.  A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.  Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

The above is a general summary of certain provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law and is subject in all respects to the specific and detailed provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance policies insuring its directors and officers against certain obligations that may be incurred by them.


II-2



Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

The following Exhibits indicated by an asterisk preceding the Exhibit number have heretofore been filed with the Commission and pursuant to Rule 12(b)-32 are incorporated herein by reference. The balance of the Exhibits are filed herewith. Exhibits indicated by a [ ] are management contracts or compensatory arrangements that are filed or listed pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
 
 
Composite of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bylaws.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017, between AEP Texas Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of September 22, 2017, to said Indenture, establishing the terms of the 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A, due 2022 and the 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2047.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Company Order and Officers’ Certificate for the Exchange Notes.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of 2022 Exchange Note.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of 2047 Exchange Note.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 22, 2017, between AEP Texas Inc. and the Initial Purchasers.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opinion of Thomas G. Berkemeyer.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Excess Benefit Plan, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(1)(1)(A) to the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
*[10(f)(1)]
 
Guaranty by AEP of AEPSC Excess Benefits Plan, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(h)(1)(B) of the 1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011 (Non-Qualified), incorporated by reference to Ex 10(1)(2) of the 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 25, 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amendment to AEP System Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011 (Non-Qualified), incorporated by reference to Ex 10(1)(1)(A) of the 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 20, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
*[10(h)]
 
AEPSC Umbrella Trust for Executives, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(g)(3) of the 1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to AEPSC Umbrella Trust for Executives, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(h)(3) of the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreement dated July 29, 1998 between AEPSC and Robert P. Powers, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(m)(4) of the 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on March 20, 2003.

II-3



 
 
 
 
 
 
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 9, 2008 between AEPSC and Robert P. Powers, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(m)(4)(A) to the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Separation and Release Agreement for Robert P. Powers, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2017 filed on April 28, 2017.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Senior Officer Annual Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of February 28, 2012, incorporated by reference to Ex 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012, filed on July 27, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Survivor Benefit Plan, effective January 27, 1998, incorporated by reference to Ex 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998 filed on November 16, 1998.
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to AEP System Survivor Benefit Plan, as amended and restated effective January 31, 2000, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(o)(2) to the 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on March 20, 2003.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second Amendment to AEP System Survivor Benefit Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(o)(1)(B) to the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(p) to the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to AEP System Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(p)(1)(A) to the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 28, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second Amendment to AEP System Incentive Compensation Deferral Plan as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(q)(2)(A) to the 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 20, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP Change In Control Agreement, as Revised Effective January 1, 2017, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016, filed on November 2, 2016.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amended and Restated AEP System Long-Term Incentive Plan as of September 21, 2016, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016, filed on November 2, 2016.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Share Award Agreement furnished to participants of the AEP System Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(t)(1)(A) to the 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 28, 2012.
 
 
 
 

II-4



 
 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement furnished to participants of the AEP System Long-Term Incentive Plan Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2013, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(t)(2)(A) to the 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 26, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP System Stock Ownership Requirement Plan Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Ex 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014, filed on July 25, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Amendment to AEP System Stock Ownership Requirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(t)(1)(A) to the 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 20, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Central and South West System Special Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(v) to the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 27, 2009.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP Executive Severance Plan Amended and Restated effective October 24, 2016, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(d) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Electric Power Company, Inc. for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016, filed on November 2, 2016.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter Agreement dated November 20, 2012 between AEPSC and Lana Hillebrand, incorporated by reference to Ex 10(x) to the 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Electric Power Company, Inc. filed on February 25, 2014.
 
 
 
 
 
 
AEP Texas Inc. Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
 
 
 
American Electric Power Company, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 29, 2016 (the “Current Report”), including the letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding change in certifying accountant.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding change in certifying accountant.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule of Subsidiaries of AEP Texas Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Thomas G. Berkemeyer, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5).
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power of Attorney.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-I with respect to the indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 between AEP Texas Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Letter to Clients.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

II-5



Item 22. Undertakings

(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)
to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.
to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

ii.
to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

iii.
to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)
that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3)
to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4)
that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and

(5)
that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.
any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.
any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II-6




iii.
the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv.
any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of any registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of any registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first-class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


II-7



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, AEP Texas Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus and State of Ohio, on the 17th day of November, 2017.
 
AEP TEXAS INC.
 
 
 
Nicholas K. Akins *
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature              Title                          Date

(i)     Principal Executive
Officer                 Chairman of the Board and              November 17, 2017
Nicholas K. Akins*        Chief Executive Officer    

(ii)     Principal Financial
Officer:     

/s/ Brian X. Tierney         Vice President and                  November 17, 2017
Brian X. Tierney            Chief Financial Officer     
                        

(iii)     Principal Accounting
Officer:     

/s/ Joseph M. Buonaiuto         Controller and Chief                  November 17, 2017
Joseph M. Buonaiuto        Accounting Officer

(iv)     A Majority of the
Directors:

Nicholas K. Akins*            Lana L. Hillebrand*        
Lisa M. Barton*                Mark C. McCullough*
Paul Chodak, III*                Charles R. Patton*                
David M. Feinberg*            Brian X. Tierney*
                                    
                        
*By /s/ Brian X. Tierney                                        November 17, 2017
 
(Brian X. Tierney, Attorney-in-Fact)
_____________________________


II-8


Exhibit 3(a)

Composite Of Amended
and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation

of

AEP Texas Inc.

Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware



As filed with the Secretary of State
of Delaware on July 31, 1925
and
amended as filed on
May 2, 1974, April 25, 1990, May 29, 1991,
June 22, 2000, January 21, 2003 and December 22, 2016







COMPOSITE OF AMENDED AND
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law
of
AEP TEXAS INC.

FIRST:
The name of the Corporation is AEP Texas Inc.

SECOND:
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

THIRD:
The name of the Corporation’s initial agent for service of process in the State of Delaware is:

The Corporation Trust Company
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, DE 19801
County of New Castle

FOURTH:
The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100, of which all shares shall be shares of Common Stock, with $.01 par value.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

FIFTH:
Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

SIXTH:
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any Bylaws made by the Board.

SEVENTH:
The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or





any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

EIGHTH:
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

NINTH:
Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person (the “Indemnitee”) is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as such a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), or by other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability, losses and claims (including attorneys’ fees, judgements, fines, excise taxes under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding.

TENTH:
The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.





Exhibit 3(b)

BYLAWS
of
AEP TEXAS INC.
Formerly known as AEP UTILITIES, INC.
As amended May 21, 2013


ARTICLE I
STOCK AND TRANSFERS

SECTION 1.      Each holder of fully paid stock shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock stating the number of shares owned by such holder. All certificates shall at the time of their issuance be signed by the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, if any, the President, or a Vice President and also by the Treasurer, the Secretary, an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary, shall be countersigned by a Transfer Agent, and shall be authenticated and registered by a Registrar, provided that in case(any officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if such officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar had not ceased to be such at , the date of its issue. The Board of Directors shall appoint one or more Transfer Agents, none of whom shall be the Corporation or any officer or employee thereof, and one or more Registrars, each of which Registrars shall be a bank or trust company. If a certificate is countersigned manually by either a Transfer Agent or a Registrar, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile.
SECTION 2.      Shares of stock shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation and, except as otherwise required by law, shall be transferred only upon proper endorsement and surrender of the certificates theretofore issued therefor. If an outstanding certificate of stock shall be lost, stolen or destroyed, there shall be issued to the holder thereof a new certificate upon production of evidence satisfactory to the Board of Directors of such loss, theft or destruction and upon furnishing to the Corporation, the Transfer Agents and the Registrars a bond of indemnity deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors against claims on account of such alleged fess, theft or destruction or on account of the issuance of such new certificate.






ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
 
SECTION 1.      A meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in April of each year or on such other day as may, in any year, be specified by the Board of Directors. Each such annual meeting shall be held at such place and hour as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.      Special meeting of the stockholders may be called by the Chairman, by the Board of Directors, by a majority of the Directors      individually      or by the holders of not less than one­ third of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation. Each special meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place, date and hour as may be fixed by the person or persons calling the meeting.
SECTION 3.      Written notice stating the place, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten or more than fifty days before the date of the meeting except as otherwise required by law, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.
SECTION 4.      At all meetings of the stockholders a majority of the outstanding shares of stock, excluding such shares as may be owned by the Corporation, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but the stockholders represented at a meeting, though less than. a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to some other day. If a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law or the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 5.      At every meeting of the stockholders, each share of stock shall entitle the holder of record on the date fixed by the Board of Directors to one vote upon each matter voted upon. In the election of directors of the Corporation, the principle of cumulative voting shall not apply. Votes may in all cases be cast by duly authorized proxy, but no stockholder shall be entitled to designate more than three persons as proxies to vote shares held by him.
SECTION 6.      At least ten days before each meeting of the stockholders the Secretary shall prepare a complete list, in alphabetical order, of all the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, showing the address of each and the number of shares registered in the name of





each. Such list shall· be open to the examination of any stockholders, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, at a place specified in the notice of the meeting, within the city where the meeting is to be held, or at the place where the meeting is to be held.
SECTION 7.      For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders or an adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of a dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall be not more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, except as otherwise required by law.

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
SECTION 1.      (a) At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders' meeting called and held in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders. For the purposes hereof, the initial Class I, Class II and Class III directors shall be those directors elected at the April 19, 1990 annual meeting and designated as members of such Class. At each annual meeting after the April 19, 1990 annual meeting, directors to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and shall qualify. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable.





(b) Any director may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.     
(c) The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than nine nor more than fifteen as may be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. A majority of the entire Board of Directors may adopt a resolution at any time to increase the number of directors to not more than fifteen and, by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, elect a new director or directors to fill any such newly created directorship. Any such new director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
(d) Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason may be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
SECTION 2.      Except with respect to those persons who were serving as directors of the Corporation on October 12, 1987, and who at that time were 60 years of age or over (all of whom shall be eligible for election as directors until they, respectively, attain the age of 73 years and may continue to serve until the annual meeting of shareholders following the director's 73rd birthday), the Board of Directors shall not elect nor propose for election by the stockholders of the Corporation
(a) any non-employee of the Corporation who has attained the age of 70 or who will have attained that age on or before the date of his election by the Board or proposed election by the stockholders, or
(b) any employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than a pastor present Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation) whose service as such employee has terminated or will in normal course terminate on or before the date of his election by the Board or proposed election by the stockholders. Any such non-employee director who attains the age of 70 years during such director's service shall serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders following such director's 70th birthday. Any person who, under the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, would be eligible for election as a director after age 70 shall, should the director elect to withdraw himself/herself from consideration for such election, be entitled to the retirement benefits the director would have been





entitled to receive had the director served as a director until age 73 and the commencement of such benefits shall, in that event, be accelerated to age 70 or such later date as such election may be made. The term "retirement benefits" a-s used herein shall include but not be limited to deferred compensation payable under any compensation plan of the Corporation for the benefit of its directors. The term of any director who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall expire concurrently with the termination of service of that director as such an employee.
SECTION 3.      A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately or as soon as practicable after the election of Directors in each year, provided a quorum for such meeting can be obtained. Thereafter regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates and at such hour and place as to each meeting as the Board by resolution determines. Notice of every regular meeting of the Board, except the first ·meeting after the election of Directors in each year, stating the date, hour and place at which such meeting will be held, shall be given to each Director personally, by telephone, by telegraph or by mail, at least seven days before the day of such meeting.
SECTION 4.      Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, by the President, the Vice Chairman, if any, or a Vice President, when acting in the Chairman's stead, or by any two Directors. Notice of every special meeting of the Board, stating the time and place at which it will be held, shall be given to each Director personally, by telephone, by telegraph or by mail, at least four days before the day of such meeting.
SECTION 5.      Notice to a Director of any meeting may be waived in writing by such Director, either before or after the meeting, and shall be deemed to have been waived by his attendance at the meeting.
SECTION 6.      The number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business shall be any number which may be less than a majority of the board, but no less than one-third of its number, duly assembled at a meeting of such Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, at every meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present a majority vote of the Directors present shall be decisive of all questions before the meeting. No Director may participate in meetings of the Board or committees thereof by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment except upon prior notice to such Director from the Chairman, or in the case of a meeting of a committee, from the chairman thereof, and, in the case of a meeting of the Board, unanimous approval of the Directors present.
SECTION 7.      Directors who are not officers of the Corporation or an affiliate shall receive annual retainers and fees for attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board in such





amounts as the Executive Compensation Committee of this Board shall from time to time set. No retainers or attendance fees shall be paid to Directors who are also officers of the Corporation or an affiliate. All Directors shall be reimbursed by the Corporation for their out of pocket traveling and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board. Nothing therein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor, including such compensation as may be specified by the Board of Directors for services as a member of any committee of the Board.

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

SECTION 1.      The Board of Directors may from time to time establish, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, standing or special committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each committee shall have those duties and powers, permitted by law, as the Board may determine. Except for the Chairman of the Corporation, no committee member shall also be an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The whole Board shall appoint the committee members and chairmen, and determine the duties and powers of each committee, annually, upon recommendation of the Chairman of the Corporation, after the conclusion of the Corporation's Annual Stockholders' Meeting.
SECTION 2.      Meetings of a committee may be called by the chairman of the committee, by any two members of the committee or by the Chairman. Notice of each committee meeting, stating the date, hour and place at which it will be held, shall be given to each member of the committee personally, by telephone, by telegraph or by mail, at least four days before the day of such meeting. A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, but a lesser number may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, or may adjourn sine die. A majority vote of those present at a meeting of a committee at which a quorum is present shall be decisive of all questions before the meeting.
SECTION 3.      In the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the remaining member or members present at a meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may appoint another Director to act at such meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member.





SECTION 4.      Notice to a Director of any committee meeting may be waived in writing by such Director, either before or after the meeting, and shall be deemed to have been waived by his attendance at the meeting.
SECTION 5. The Board of Directors may delegate to the Chairman authority to establish Committees, designate their powers, and appoint committee members and chairmen.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

SECTION 1.      There shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after the election of Directors in each year, a Chairman, a President, a Secretary, a Controller, a Treasurer, and a General Counsel. There may be elected by the Board one or more Vice Chairmen and Vice Presidents, including Executive Vice Presidents, as the Board may decide upon; a Chief Financial Officer; and one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Controllers or Assistant Treasurers. The Board may also provide for and elect or appoint, at any time such other officers and prescribe for each of them such duties as in its judgment may be desirable for the conduct of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Board shall approve the compensation of the chief executive, the operating, the administrative, and the financial and legal officers of the Corporation. The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer shall be, and any other officers may, but shall not be required to be, Directors of the Corporation. Any two or more offices, except those of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, may be held by the same person. All officers shall hold their respective offices until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the next succeeding annual election of Directors and until their respective successors shall have been elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby. Such removal, however, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the persons so removed. Election of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.
SECTION 2.      The Chairman shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general authority over all its affairs and over all its other officers, agents and employees. The Chairman shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and may attend any meeting of any committee of the Board whether or not a member, except that attendance at an audit committee meeting may be only upon invitation of that committee. The Chairman shall sign all papers and documents as may be necessary or appropriate and shall have





such other powers and duties as usually devolve upon the chief executive officer of a corporation, and such further powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall have authority to appoint, remove or discharge any agent or employee or any officer not elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and, when the Board is not in session, to suspend the authority of any officer elected or appointed by the Board, subject to the pleasure of the Board at its next meeting.
SECTION 3.      Any officer not required by these bylaws to be elected under Section 1 above, including but not limited to Vice Chairmen, Vice President and a Chief Financial Officer, shall have such specific powers and duties, and such authority over the affairs of the Corporation, as may be prescribed by the Board or the Chairman. Said officers shall report to the Chairman or such other officer as the Board or Chairman may designate.
SECTION 4.      The General Counsel shall be responsible for the supervision of the legal affairs of the Corporation and in connection therewith shall have such specific powers and duties as shall be delegated by the Chairman. The General Counsel shall report to the Chairman.
SECTION 5.      The Controller shall be responsible for the installation and supervision of all accounting records of the Corporation, preparation and interpretation of the financial statements and reports of the Corporation, maintenance of appropriate and adequate records of authorized appropriations, determination that all sums expended pursuant to such appropriations are properly accounted for, and shall ascertain that all financial transactions are properly executed and recorded, and shall have such specific powers and duties as shall be delegated by the Chairman or the Chief Financial Officer, if any. The Controller may be required to give· bond to the Corporation for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and in such amount and with such surety as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The Controller shall report to the Chairman or such other officer as the Board may designate.
SECTION 6.      The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, shall keep a true and faithful record thereof, and shall have the custody and care of the corporate seal, records, minute books and stock books of the Corporation. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Secretary shall sign and issue all notices required for meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors. Whenever requested by the requisite number of stockholders or Directors, the Secretary shall give notice, in the name of the stockholders or Directors making the request, of a meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, as the case may be. He or she shall sign all documents and papers to which his or her signature may be necessary or appropriate, shall affix and attest the seal of the Corporation to all instruments requiring





the seal, and shall have such other powers and duties as are commonly incidental to the office of the secretary of a corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the General Counsel. He or she shall report to the General Counsel.
SECTION 7.      The Treasurer shall have charge of and be responsible for the collection, receipt, custody and disbursement of the funds of the Corporation, and shall deposit its funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may direct. Such funds shall be subject to withdrawal only upon checks or drafts signed or authenticated in such manner as may be designated from time to time by resolution of      the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall have the custody of such books and papers as in the practical business operations of the Corporation shall be convenient or as shall be placed in his custody by order of the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and duties as are commonly incidental to the office of treasurer of a corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the Vice Chairmen or the Chief Financial Officer, if any. Securities owned by the Corporation shall be in the custody of the Treasurer or of such other officers, agents or depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer may be required to give bond to the Corporation for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and in such amount and with such surety as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall report to the Chairman or such other officer as the Board may designate.
SECTION 8.      In case of the absence or disability of any officer hereinabove provided, the next succeeding senior officer shall exercise the powers and duties of such absent or disabled officer.

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION

Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or each such person who is or was serving or had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified (including, without limitation, the advancement of expenses and payment of all loss, liability and expenses) by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws as presently in effect or as may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits





the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said laws permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment); provided however, that no person shall be indemnified for amounts paid in settlement unless the terms and conditions of such settlement have been consented to by the Corporation and provided further, that no indemnification for employees or agents of the Corporation (other than Directors and officers) will be made without the express authorization of the Corporation's Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1.      No debts shall be contracted by or on behalf of the Corporation, except for current expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, unless authorized or approved by the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, if any, the President or Vice President when acting pursuant to authority or approval granted by the Board.
SECTION 2.      Any and all shares of stock of any corporation owned by the Corporation and any and all voting trust certificates owned by the Corporation calling for or representing shares of stock of any corporation may be voted at any meeting of the stockholders of such corporation or at any meeting of the holders of such certificates, as the case may be, by the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, if any, the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, in person or by proxy, upon any question which may be presented at such meeting, and such officers may, on behalf of the Corporation, waive any notice required to be given of the calling of such meeting and consent to the holding of such meeting without notice or to the taking of action without a meeting; provided, however, that if any question to be voted upon relates to business of a special or extraordinary nature which has not previously been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, such officers shall vote or act only in accordance with authorization by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.      The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or by the stockholders, as provided by law.





Exhibit 4(b)

AEP Texas inc.
$400,000,000 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A Due 2022
$300,000,000 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B Due 2047

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
September 22, 2017
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179

RBC Capital Markets, LLC
3 World Financial Center
200 Vesey Street, 8 th Floor
New York, New York 10281

As Representatives of the several Purchasers
listed on Schedule A hereto

Ladies and Gentlemen:
AEP Texas Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (“RBC”) and the other several purchasers named in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom Credit Suisse, J.P. Morgan and RBC are acting as representatives, upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated September 19, 2017 (the “Purchase Agreement”), U.S. $400,000,000 principal amount of its Series A Senior Notes, 2.40% due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”) and U.S. $300,000,000 principal amount of its Series B Senior Notes, 3.80% due 2047 (the “2047 Notes”, and together with the 2022 Notes, the “Initial Securities”). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017, (collectively, the “Supplemental Indenture” and the indenture as so supplemented, the “Indenture”) between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the Initial Securities (including, without limitation, the Initial Purchasers), the Exchange Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined below) (collectively the “Holders”), as follows:
1. Registered Exchange Offer . The Company shall, at its own cost, prepare and, not later than 180 days after (or if the 180th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) the date of original issue of the Initial Securities (the “Issue Date”), file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the






“Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to a proposed offer (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities (the “Exchange Securities”) of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Initial Securities and the provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) that would be registered under the Securities Act. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act not later than 270 days (or if the 270th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities and shall keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Exchange Offer Registration Period”).

If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company will be entitled to close the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after the commencement thereof provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.
Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) electing to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States.
The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b) Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Initial Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment is required to deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.

2



The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided, however, that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Initial Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects (including the existence of restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act and the securities laws of the several states of the United States, but excluding provisions relating to the matters described in Section 6 hereof) to the Initial Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”). The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively called the “Securities”.
In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

(b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;

(c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

(d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

(e) otherwise comply with all applicable laws.

As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

3



(x)      accept for exchange all the Initial Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
(y)      deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial Securities so accepted for exchange; and
(z)      cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter (except as may be provided in the Indenture with respect to votes and matters involving only certain but not all tranches of the Securities).
Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Securities, from the Issue Date.
Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or

4



necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
2. Shelf Registration . If, (i) because of any change in law or in applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 315 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) notifies the Company in writing during the 20 business days following consummation of the Exchange Offer that it was not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange, the Company shall take the following actions:

(a) The Company shall, at its cost, as promptly as practicable, but not later than the later of (i) 180 days (or if the 180th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after such obligation arises and (ii) 270 days (or if the 270th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities, file with the Commission and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement” and, together with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a “Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act (hereinafter, the “Shelf Registration”); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

(b) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of one year (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate upon the earlier of the date (i) when all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto, (ii) when all the Securities covered by the Registration Statement are distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof, are saleable pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof, or are otherwise no longer restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof) and (iii) when all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement cease to be outstanding. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any

5



action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its respective effective date, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3. Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, who so requests, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the Commission with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the Commission or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement (or, if permitted by Commission Rule 430B(b), in a prospectus supplement that becomes a part thereof pursuant to Commission Rule 430B(f) that is delivered to any Holder pursuant to Section 3(d) and (f), the names of the Holders, who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as selling securityholders.

(b) The Company shall give written notice to the Holders of the Securities and any Participating Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer

6



(which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

(i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, and of the happening of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Commission Rule 405;

(iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

(v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

(c) The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). The Company shall not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Commission Rule 405.

(e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer to any Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if any Holder requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference).

7



(f) The Company shall, during the period that the Shelf Registration Statement is effective, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

(g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, who so requests, any Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities, pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or to comply with any other requirements reasonably deemed by the Company to be unduly burdensome.

(i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an

8



untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the Holders of the Securities and any such Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of the Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j). During the period during which the Company is required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will prior to the three-year expiration of that Shelf Registration Statement file, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) within a period that avoids any interruption in the ability of Holders of Securities covered by the expiring Shelf Registration Statement to make registered dispositions, a new registration statement relating to the Securities, which shall be deemed the “Shelf Registration Statement” for purposes of this Agreement.

(k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

(l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

(m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding

9



the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

(o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section II of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable Securities; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o) hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto or most recent prospectus supplement thereto that is deemed to establish a new effective date, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus and any prospectus supplement included therein, as then amended or supplemented and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein

10



not misleading; and as of an applicable time identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, the absence from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented at such applicable time and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, taken together with any other documents identified by such Holders or managing underwriters, of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by AS 6101.

(r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested by any Initial Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the forms set forth in the Purchase Agreement with such changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Registration Statement to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the requirements as to the substance thereof as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, with appropriate date changes.

(s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

(t) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the applicable rating agencies, if so requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.

(u) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate

11



or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Rules”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.

(v) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

4. Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1 through 3 hereof, whether or not the Registered Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective, and, in the event of a Shelf Registration, shall bear or reimburse the Holders of the Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of counsel designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Securities covered thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Initial Securities in connection therewith.

5. Indemnification . (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer, and the employees, agents, officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls such holder or Participating Broker Dealer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or control person, they or any of you or them may become subject under the Act or otherwise, and to reimburse the Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or control person, they or any of you or them, for any legal or other expenses incurred by you or them in connection with defending any action, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any alleged untrue statement or untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (“Issuer FWP”) relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon any alleged omission or omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any such alleged untrue statement or omission, or untrue statement or omission which was made in any such document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Holder expressly for use therein. Each Holder agrees promptly after its receipt of written notice of the commencement

12



of any action in respect to which indemnity from the Company on account of its agreement contained in this Section 5(a) may be sought by any such Holder or by any person controlling any such Holder, to notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the Company of any such action shall not release the Company from any liability which it may have to a Holder or to such controlling person otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5(a). In case any such action shall be brought against a Holder or any such controlling person and a Holder shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof, as above provided, the Company shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, including the selection of counsel (such counsel to be reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party), to direct the defense thereof at its own expense. In case the Company elects to direct such defense and select such counsel (hereinafter, Company's counsel), a Holder or any controlling person shall have the right to employ its own counsel, but, in any such case, the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such Holder's or controlling person's expense unless (i) the Company has agreed in writing to pay such fees and expenses or (ii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both a Holder or any controlling person and the Company and such Holder or any controlling person shall have been advised by its counsel that a conflict of interest between the Company and such Holder or any controlling person may arise (and the Company's counsel shall have concurred in good faith with such advice) and for this reason it is not desirable for the Company's counsel to represent both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party (it being understood, however, that the Company shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for a Holder or any controlling person (plus any local counsel retained by such Holder or any controlling person in their reasonable judgment), which firm (or firms) shall be designated in writing by such Holder or any controlling person).

(b) Each Holder, severally and not jointly, agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse the Company, its directors and such of its officers, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, to the same extent and upon the same terms as the indemnity agreement of the Company set forth in Section 5(a) hereof, but only with respect to untrue statements or alleged untrue statements or omissions or alleged omissions made in a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment thereto or in any preliminary prospectus or an Issuer FWP relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. The Company agrees promptly after the receipt by it of written notice of the commencement of any action in respect to which indemnity from a Holder on account of the agreement contained in this Section 5(b) may be sought by the Company, or by any person controlling the Company, to notify such Holder in writing of the commencement thereof, but the Company's omission so to notify such Holder of any such action shall not release such Holder from any liability which you may have to the Company or to such controlling person otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5(b).

(c) If recovery is not available or insufficient to hold the indemnified party harmless under Section 5(a) or 5(b) hereof for any reason other than as specified therein,

13



the indemnified party shall be entitled to contribution for any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses for which such indemnification is so unavailable or insufficient under this Section 5(c). In determining the amount of contribution to which such indemnified party is entitled, there shall be considered the relative benefits received by such Holder and the Company from the exchange of Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer that were the subject of the claim of indemnification (taking into account the portion of the proceeds of the offering of the Initial Securities realized by the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand), the relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and any equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. The Company and such Holder agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) without reference to the considerations called for in the previous sentence. No Holder or any person controlling such Holder shall be obligated to contribute any amount or amounts hereunder which in the aggregate exceeds the total amount of Initial Securities exchanged by such Holder under this Agreement, less the aggregate amount of any damages which such Holder and its controlling persons have otherwise been required to pay in respect of the same claim or any substantially similar claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. A Holder's obligation to contribute under this Section 5 is in proportion to its purchase obligation and not joint with any other Holder.

(d) No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 5 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

(e) In no event shall any indemnifying party have any liability or responsibility in respect of the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim effected without its prior written consent.


14



6. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances . (a) Additional Interest (the “Additional Interest”) with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iii) below a “Registration Default”):

(i) If (a) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor a Shelf Registration Statement (if required) has been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods specified in Section 1 or Section 2 hereof or (b) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor a Shelf Registration Statement (if required) has been declared effective by the Commission within the applicable time periods specified in Section 1 or Section 2 hereof;

(ii) If the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or before the date that is 315 days (or if the 315th day is not a business day, the first business day thereafter) after the Issue Date of the Initial Securities;

(iii) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective (A) such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective; or (B) such Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph (b)) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified herein because either (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus forming part of such Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder, or (3) such Registration Statement is a Shelf Registration Statement that has expired before a replacement Shelf Registration Statement has become effective.

Additional Interest shall be payable with respect to the principal amount of the Initial Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including the date on which any Registration Default occurs, and such Additional Interest rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum thereafter; provided, however, that the Additional Interest rate on the Initial Securities shall not exceed at any time 0.5% per annum; and provided further that Additional Interest shall cease to accrue on and after the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured (which shall not, however, affect the Company’s obligations hereunder to pay Additional Interest that have accrued to such date and that remain unpaid).
(b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii)(B) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material

15



events, with respect to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events; provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.

(c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 6(a) above will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities and shall be payable to the same persons and in the same manner as regular interest. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Initial Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360. The Company agrees to provide the Trustee prompt written notice of the occurrence or cure of any Registration Default.

(d) “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each Security until (i) the date on which such Transfer Restricted Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of a Initial Security for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Initial Securities is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

7. Rules 144 and 144A . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Initial Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Initial Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

16



8. Underwritten Registrations . If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering (“Managing Underwriters”) will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.

(b) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

(1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company.

(2) if to the Initial Purchasers;

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629
Fax No.: (212) 325-4295
Attention: IBCM-Legal

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
Fax No.: (212) 834-6081
Attention: Investment Grade Syndicate Desk

RBC Capital Markets, LLC
3 World Financial Center
200 Vesey Street, 8 th Floor
New York, New York 10281
Fax No.: (212) 658-6137

17



Attention: DCM Transaction Management

with a copy to:

Hunton & Williams LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Fax No.: (212) 309-1100
Attention: Peter K. O’Brien

(3) if to the Company, at its address as follows:
AEP Texas Inc.
1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Fax No.: (614) 716-1560
Attention: General Counsel

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient’s facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

(h) Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.


18



(i) Securities Held by the Company . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

[Signature Pages Follow]




19



If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among, the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,

AEP TEXAS INC.

By:      /s/ Renee V. Hawkins                 
Name:      Renee V. Hawkins
Title:      Assistant Treasurer







The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Acting on behalf of themselves and as
representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

By: CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC


By: /s/ Nevin Bhatia     
Name: Nevin Bhatia
Title: Director


By: J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC


By: /s/ Robert Bottamedi     
Name: Robert Bottamedi
Title: Vice President


By: RBC Capital Markets, LLC


By: /s/ Scott G. Primrose     
Name: Scott G. Primrose
Title: Authorized Signatory






ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 




ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 




ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 2017, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. 1  
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


___________________

1 In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.





ANNEX D
o      CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:     _______________________                    
Address: _________________
_________________________                 
                        
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.



Exhibit 4(a)-4

Exhibit 1

Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate to be issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depository or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of such successor Depository.

No. R1

AEP TEXAS INC.
2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022
CUSIP:
00108W AD2
 
Original Issue Date: __________, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
Stated Maturity:
October 1, 2022
 
Interest Rate:    2.40%
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount:
$[400,000,000]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable:
Yes      X
No
 
In Whole:
Yes      X
No
 
In Part:     
Yes      X
No
 

AEP TEXAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the Principal Amount specified above on the Stated Maturity specified above, and to pay interest on said Principal Amount from September 22, 2017 or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 in each year, commencing on April 1, 2018, at the Interest Rate per annum specified above, until the Principal Amount shall have been paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, as provided in the Indenture, as hereinafter defined, shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) shall have been registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date with respect to such Interest Payment Date, which shall be the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable on the Stated Maturity or any redemption date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such





interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and shall be paid as provided in said Indenture.
If any Interest Payment Date, any redemption date or Stated Maturity is not a Business Day, then payment of the amounts due on this Note on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such amounts for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company may from time to time designate for that purpose, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest (other than interest payable on Stated Maturity or any redemption date) may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Senior Notes of the Company (herein sometimes referred to as the “Notes”), specified in the Indenture, all issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (herein referred to as the “Trustee”) (such Indenture, as originally executed and delivered and as thereafter supplemented and amended being hereinafter referred to as the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holder of this Notes. This Note is one of the series of Notes designated on the face hereof as 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 initially issued in the aggregate principal amount of $[400,000,000].
At any time prior to September 1, 2022, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of this Note at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on this Note being redeemed that would be due if this Note matured on September 1, 2022 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 10 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.
At any time on or after September 1, 2022, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.





“Comparable Treasury Issue,” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of this Note (assuming, for this purpose, that this Note matured on September 1, 2022) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of this Note.
“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the giving of a notice of redemption of less than all the outstanding Notes of this series and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is given, nor (ii) register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes of this series or portions thereof called for redemption. This Note is exchangeable for Notes in certificated registered form only under certain limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of this series, of like tenor, for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the surrender of this Note.





In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein. This Note will not have a sinking fund.
As described in the Company Order and Officers’ Certificate relating to the Notes, so long as this Note is outstanding, the Company is subject to restrictive covenants set forth therein.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each series affected at the time outstanding, as defined in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Notes of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of a Note that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to the Indenture, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected; (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, or reduce the percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to waive any default and its consequences, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby; or (iii) modify any provision of Section 6.01(c) of the Indenture (except to increase the percentage of principal amount of securities required to rescind and annul any declaration of amounts due and payable under the Notes), without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes of such series, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture with respect to such series, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of such series. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration or transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.





As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount and series will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly released waived and released.
The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Instrument to be executed.
AEP TEXAS INC.


By: ______________________________________








CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N. A.,
as Trustee

Dated:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory

    





FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF
________________________________________________________________
ASSIGNEE) the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby
________________________________________________________________
irrevocably constituting and appointing such person attorney to
________________________________________________________________
transfer such Note on the books of the Issuer, with full
________________________________________________________________
power of substitution in the premises.



Dated:________________________          _________________________



NOTICE:
The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever and NOTICE: Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a financial institution that is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (“SEMP”) or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”).




Exhibit 4(a)-2
 


AEP TEXAS INC.
TO
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
AS TRUSTEE



FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 22, 2017



$400,000,000 2.40% SENIOR NOTES, SERIES A DUE 2022
$300,000,000 3.80% SENIOR NOTES, SERIES B DUE 2047

 

    






TABLE OF CONTENTS *  
 
 
 
Page

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE I Additional Definitions
2

 
 
 
 
SECTION 1.01.   Definitions
2

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE II The Notes
4

 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 2.01.   Establishment
4

 
SECTION 2.02.   Aggregate Principal Amount
4

 
SECTION 2.03.   Maturity and Interest
5

 
SECTION 2.04.   Optional Redemption
5

 
SECTION 2.05.   Security Registrar
6

 
SECTION 2.06.   Global Securities and Certificated Securities
7

 
SECTION 2.07.   Form of Securities
9

 
SECTION 2.08.   Transfer and Exchange
9

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III Covenants
12

 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 3.01.   Liens
12

 
SECTION 3.02.   Additional Information
12

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV Miscellaneous Provisions
12

 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 4.01.   Recitals by Company
12

 
SECTION 4.02.   Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture
13

 
SECTION 4.03.   Executed in Counterparts
13

 
SECTION 4.04.   Legends
13

 
SECTION 4.05. New York Law to Govern
13

 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES
14

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Series A Note
Ex. A-1

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-2           Form of Series B Note
Ex. A-2

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B-1           Form of Transfer Certificate
Ex. B-1

__________________________
*  
This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Indenture or have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms and provisions.


i



THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 22 nd day of September, 2017, between AEP TEXAS INC. a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 1 Riverside Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215 and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, having its designated corporate trust office at 2 North LaSalle Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017 (the “Original Indenture”), with the Trustee;
WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the “Indenture”;
WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture, a new series of unsecured notes (the “Senior Notes”) may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture and the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee;
WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a series of Senior Notes to be designated the “2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022” (the “Series A Notes”) and a series of Senior Notes to be designated the “3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047” (the “Series B Notes”; and together with the Series A Notes, the “Notes”), the form and substance of the Notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Company and the initial purchasers named therein have entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 22, 2017 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), providing for (i) the issuance from time to time of Securities issued in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Notes (the “Exchange Notes”) containing terms substantially identical to, and evidencing the same indebtedness as, the Notes exchanged therefor (except that such Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not bear any legend to the contrary) and (ii) the payment of any additional amounts of interest that shall become payable in respect of the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as a result of the registration default as described in the Registration Rights Agreement (“Additional Interest”);
WHEREAS, additional Senior Notes of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and
WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Company have been done or performed.

1



NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Additional Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture.
“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.
“Agent Member” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)(iv).
“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such Security, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
“Certificated Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).
“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.
“Debt” means any indebtedness for borrowed money.
“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, the initial Depository.
“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System or any successor securities clearing agency.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Registration Rights Agreement.
“Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Global Notes” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
“Global Securities” means global certificates representing the Notes as described in Section 2.06.

2



“Holder” means a registered holder of a Note.
“Lien or Liens” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, or other lien on any utility properties or tangible assets, including, without limitation, the capital stock or comparable equity interest of its subsidiaries, owned on the date hereof or hereafter acquired by the Company.
“Net Tangible Assets” means the total of all assets (including revaluations thereof as a result of commercial appraisals, price level restatement or otherwise) appearing on our balance sheet, net of applicable reserves and deductions, but excluding goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, energy trading contracts, regulatory assets, deferred charges and all other like intangible assets (which term shall not be construed to include such revaluations), less the aggregate of our current liabilities appearing on such balance sheet. For purposes of this definition, our balance sheet does not include assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries.
“Original Issue Date” means September 22, 2017.
“Permitted Liens” means:
Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition or construction of such property (or created within one year after completion of such acquisition or construction), whether by purchase, merger, construction or otherwise, or to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof, including the extension of any Liens to repairs, renewals, replacements, substitutions, betterments, additions, extensions and improvements then or thereafter made on the property subject thereto;

any extensions, renewals or replacements (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of Liens permitted by the foregoing clauses;

the pledge of any bonds or other securities at any time issued under any of the Secured Debt permitted by the above clauses; and

the creation or existence of leases (operating or capital) made, or existing on property acquired, in the ordinary course of business.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017 among the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein, relating to the registration of the Notes under the Securities Act.
“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act and any successor regulation thereto.
“Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)(ii).
“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

3



“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Rule 144A Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)(i).
“Secured Debt” means any Debt of the Company secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.
“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
“Stated Maturity” means (i) for the Series A Notes, October 1, 2022 and (ii) for the Series B Notes, October 1, 2047.
“Temporary Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)(ii).
“Transfer Restricted Security” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6 the Registration Rights Agreement.
ARTICLE II

The Notes

SECTION 2.01. Establishment .

The Series A Notes shall be designated as the Company’s “2.40 Senior Notes, Series A due 2022” and the Series B Notes shall be designated as the Company’s “3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047”. Each of the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes shall be treated for all purposes under the Indenture as a single class or series of senior notes.
SECTION 2.02. Aggregate Principal Amount .

The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Series A Notes for original issue on the Original Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 and (ii) Series B Notes for original issue on the Original Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000, in each case upon a Company Order for authentication and delivery thereof and satisfaction of Section 2.01 of the Original Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes shall be initially limited to $400,000,000 and the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes shall be initially limited to $300,000,000 and both series shall be subject to Periodic Offerings pursuant to Article Two of the Original Indenture. The Notes need not be issued at the same time and each series may be reopened at any time, without the consent of any Holder, for issuances of additional Series A Notes or Series B Notes. Any such additional Series A Notes or Series B Notes will have the same ranking, interest rate, maturity and other terms as such series initially issued (except the issue date and issue price).

4



SECTION 2.03. Maturity and Interest .

(a) The (i) Series A Notes shall mature on, and the date on which the principal of the Series A Notes shall be payable (unless earlier redeemed) shall be October 1, 2022 and (ii) Series B Notes shall mature on, and the date on which the principal of the Series B Notes shall be payable (unless earlier redeemed) shall be October 1, 2047;

(b) The interest rate at which (i) the Series A Notes shall bear interest shall be 2.40% per annum and (ii) the Series B Notes shall bear interest shall be 3.80% per annum; provided, however, that the Additional Interest shall accrue on the Notes under certain circumstances as provided in clause (c) below; interest shall accrue from the date of authentication of the Notes; the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable shall be April 1 and October 1, and the Regular Record Date for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Date shall be the March 15 or September 15 preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2018 and interest payable on the Stated Maturity or any redemption date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal shall be paid; each payment of interest shall include interest accrued through the day before the Interest Payment Date;

(c) Additional Interest, if any, shall accrue on the Transfer Restricted Securities over and above the interest rate set forth herein in accordance with Section 6(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement.

SECTION 2.04. Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to September 1, 2022, the Series A Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of the Series A Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Series A Notes being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Series A Notes being redeemed that would be due if such Series A Notes matured on September 1, 2022 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 10 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

(b) At any time prior to April 1, 2047, the Series B Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of the Series B Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Series B Notes being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Series B Notes being redeemed that would be due if such Series B Notes matured on April 1, 2047 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted

5



(for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 20 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

At any time on or after September 1, 2022, the Series A Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Series A Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption. At any time on or after April 1, 2047, the Series B Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Series B Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.
“Comparable Treasury Issue,” applicable to each series of the Notes, means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of the Notes (assuming, for purpose of the Series A Notes, that the Series A Notes matured on September 1, 2022 and, for purpose of the Series B Notes, the Series B Notes matured on April 1, 2047 that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of such series of the Notes.
“Comparable Treasury Price,” applicable to each series of the Notes, means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
SECTION 2.05. Security Registrar .

6



The Security Register referred to in Section 2.05 of the Original Indenture shall, with respect to the Notes, be kept at the office or agency that the Company may from time to time designate for such purpose (which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and at such other place or places as the Company, with the approval of the Trustee, may hereafter designate.
SECTION 2.06. Global Securities and Certificated Securities .

General . The Notes shall be issued only as registered Global Securities, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes initially will be represented by one or more Rule 144A Global Notes (as defined below) and Regulation S Global Notes (as defined below) (collectively, the “Global Notes”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, as Depository or its nominee, or a successor depository or its nominee.
(a) Global Securities .

(i) Form of Restricted Global Notes . The Series A Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially represented by one or more Global Notes (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Series A Notes”) and the Series B Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially represented by one or more Global Notes (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Series B Notes”, and, together the with the Rule 144A Global Series A Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”) and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. The Rule 144A Global Notes (and any notes issued in exchange for the Rule 144A Global Notes, other than Exchange Notes), including beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes, will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in this Indenture.

(ii) Form of Regulation S Global Notes . The Series A Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially represented by one or more temporary Global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Series A Notes”) and the Series B Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially represented by one or more temporary Global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Series B Notes”, and together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Series A Notes, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Notes”) and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. Following the Resale Restriction Termination Date, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes will be exchanged for beneficial interests in permanent Global Notes (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Notes” and, together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The Regulation S Global Notes (and any notes issued in exchange for the Regulation S Global Notes, other than Exchange Notes), including beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes, will be subject to

7



certain restrictions or transfer set forth therein and in this First Supplemental Indenture.

(iii) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Company may deliver Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for any series of Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes, executed by the Company for authentication, together with an Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Exchange Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Exchange Notes.

The Rule 144A Global Notes, the Temporary Regulation S Global Notes, the Regulation S Global Notes are collectively referred to herein as “Global Securities”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
(iv) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section shall apply only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iv), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.

Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Security, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.
To the extent a notice or other communication to the beneficial owners of the Notes is required under the Indenture, unless and until Certificated Securities shall have been issued to such owners, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to such owners to the Depository, and shall have no obligations to such owners.

8



(b) Certificated Securities . Except as provided in this Section 2.06, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Securities (as defined below).

Global Securities representing the Notes shall be exchangeable for certificated securities of such series, (“Certificated Securities)” if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the Global Securities or (y) shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, and a successor Depository for the Global Securities is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the typewritten certificate or certificates representing the Global Securities by the Depository, accompanied by registration instructions, the Trustee shall execute and authenticate the certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depository. Neither the Security Registrar nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Certificated Securities, the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Certificated Securities as Holders. The Certificated Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Company, as evidenced by the execution thereof by the Company, and shall bear the legend set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto for the Series A Notes and Exhibit A-2 hereto for the Series B Notes unless the Company informs the Trustee that such legend is no longer required.
SECTION 2.07. Form of Securities .

The Global Securities and Certificated Securities shall be substantially in the forms attached as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 thereto.
SECTION 2.08. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) General . Subject to Section 2.01, transfers and exchanges of Securities and beneficial interests in a Global Security of the kinds specified in this Section 2.08 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.08.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities .

(i) If, at any time, whether prior to or after the expiration of the holding period with respect to the Notes set forth in Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, wishes to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, such owner shall, subject to the Applicable Procedures, exchange or cause the exchange of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note as provided in this Section 2.08(b)(i). Upon receipt by the Trustee of (1) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from an Agent Member directing the Trustee to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the

9



beneficial interest in the applicable Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged, (2) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository and the Euroclear or Clearstream account (if applicable) to be credited with such increase and (3) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto given by the owner of such beneficial interest, the Trustee, as Security Registrar, shall instruct the Depository to reduce or cause to be reduced the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Rule 144A Global Note and to increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Regulation S Global Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged, to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Rule 144A Global Note, and to debit, or cause to be debited, from the account of the Person making such exchange or transfer the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note that is being exchanged or transferred.

(ii) If, at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of the acquisition of the Securities from the Company, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository wishes to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such owner shall, subject to the Applicable Procedures, exchange or cause the exchange of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, as provided in this Section 2.08(b)(ii). Upon receipt by the Trustee of (1) written instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures from an Agent Member, directing the Trustee, as Security Registrar, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged; (2) a written order given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with such increase; and (3) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto given by the owner of such beneficial interest, the Trustee, as Security Registrar, shall instruct the Depository to reduce or cause to be reduced the aggregate principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note and to increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Rule 144A Global Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged, and the Trustee, as Security Registrar, shall instruct the Depository, concurrently with such reduction, to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the applicable Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the aggregate principal amount of such Regulations S Global Note and to debit or cause to be debited from the account of the Person making such transfer the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note that is being transferred.

10



(iii) Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note without any written certification from the transferor or the transferee, but the transferee will be deemed to make the representations set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(iv) Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note without any written certification from the transferor or the transferee; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act)).

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities and Certificated Securities .

(i) In the event that a Global Security is exchanged for a Certificated Security as provided in this Section 2.08(c), such Certificated Security may be exchanged or transferred for one another, subject to Section 2.05 of the Original Indenture, only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of clauses (b)(i) and (ii) of this Section 2.08 and as may be from time to time reasonably adopted by the Company.

(ii) Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Certificated Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Security and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing of the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Certificated Security to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Security so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.

(d) Transfer Restricted Security . Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which shall be certified to the Trustee and Security Registrar in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B upon which each may conclusively rely:

11



(i) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Certificated Security, the Security Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Certificated Security that does not bear the Restricted Securities Legends set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security; and

(ii) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security, such Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legends set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto if all other interests in such Global Note have been or are concurrently being sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE III

Covenants

SECTION 3.01. Liens .

The Company covenants that for so long as any of the Notes are outstanding that it will not create or suffer to exist any Secured Debt, unless, at the same time, the Notes that are outstanding are also secured by such Lien on an equal and ratable basis. This restriction does not apply to our subsidiaries, nor will it prevent any of them from creating or permitting to exist Liens on their property or assets to secure any secured debt. This restriction does not limit:
(a) Permitted Liens;

(b) Financing of our accounts receivable for electric service; and

(c) Any other Lien not covered in clause (a) as long as immediately after the creation of such Lien the aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt does not exceed 15% of Net Tangible Assets.

SECTION 3.02. Additional Information .

For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act for compliance with Rule 144A.
ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 4.01. Recitals by Company .

The recitals in this First Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. All of the

12



provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, protections, indemnities, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of the Notes and of this First Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof.
SECTION 4.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture .

As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.
SECTION 4.03. Executed in Counterparts .

This First Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
SECTION 4.04. Legends .

Except as determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law, each Note shall bear the applicable legends relating to restrictions on transfer pursuant to the securities laws in substantially the form set forth on Exhibit A-1 hereto for the Series A Notes and Exhibit A-2 hereto for the Series B Notes.
SECTION 4.05. New York Law to Govern

This First Supplemental Indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
    

13



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized signatories, all as of the day and year first above written.
AEP TEXAS INC.


By: /s/ Lonni L. Dieck
Name: Lonni L. Dieck
Title: Tresurer




THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee


By: /s/ Valerie Boyd
Name: Valerie Boyd
Title: Vice President

14



EXHIBIT A-1
FORM OF SERIES A NOTE
[Rule 144A Global Security]
[Regulation S Global Security]
[Certificated Security]

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]
[Global Securities Legend]
THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 2.04 AND 2.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.05 OF THE INDENTURE AND (III) THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN CERTIFICATED FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

A-1-1



[Restricted Securities Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)), OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, ONLY (A) TO AEP TEXAS INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN EACH CASE, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND/OR A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE IN THE FORM PRESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
[ERISA Legend]
BY ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED, WARRANTED AND AGREED THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS ANY SECURITY (OR INTEREST IN A SECURITY) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A “PLAN” OR ARRANGEMENT


A-1-2



SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, OR A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (II) THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN, A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
[Temporary Regulation S Global Security Legend]
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR A REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.
[Certificated Securities Legend]
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITY REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITY REGISTRAR MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

A-1-3



AEP TEXAS INC.
____% Senior Notes, Series A due 20__
CUSIP:
[#########/144A]
 
Original Issue Date: September __, 2017
 
[#########/Reg. S]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ISIN:
[#########/144A]
 
 
 
[#########/Reg. S]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stated Maturity:
October 1, 20__
 
Interest Rate:      ____%
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount:
$XXX,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable:
Yes      X
No
 
In Whole:
Yes      X
No
 
In Part:     
Yes      X
No
 

AEP TEXAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [_____________] DOLLARS ($XXX,000,000) on the Stated Maturity specified above (or upon earlier redemption); and to pay interest on said Principal Amount from the Original Issue Date specified above or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 in each year, commencing on April 1, 2018, at the Interest Rate per annum specified above, until the Principal Amount shall have been paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, as provided in the Indenture, as hereinafter defined, shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) shall have been registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date with respect to such Interest Payment Date, which shall be the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable on the Stated Maturity or any redemption date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and shall be paid as provided in said Indenture.
If any Interest Payment Date, any redemption date or Stated Maturity is not a Business Day, then payment of the amounts due on this Note on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such amounts for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company may from time to time designate for that purpose, in any

A-1-4



coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest (other than interest payable on Stated Maturity or any redemption date) may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Senior Notes of the Company (herein sometimes referred to as the “Notes”), specified in the Indenture, all issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (herein referred to as the “Trustee”) (such Indenture, as originally executed and delivered and as thereafter supplemented and amended being hereinafter referred to as the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holder of this Notes. This Note is one of the series of Notes designated on the face hereof as ____% Senior Notes, Series A due 20__ initially issued in the aggregate principal amount of $XXX,000,000.
At any time prior to _____________, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of this Note at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on this Note being redeemed that would be due if this Note matured on ______________ (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus __ basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

At any time on or after _______________, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.
“Comparable Treasury Issue,” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of this Note (assuming, for this purpose, that this Note matured on _______________) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of this Note.
“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

A-1-5



“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the giving of a notice of redemption of less than all the outstanding Notes of this series and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is given, nor (ii) register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes of this series or portions thereof called for redemption. This Note is exchangeable for Notes in certificated registered form only under certain limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of this series, of like tenor, for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the surrender of this Note.
In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein. This Note will not have a sinking fund.
As described in the supplemental indenture relating to the Notes, so long as this Note is outstanding, the Company is subject to covenants described in Article III of the First Supplemental Indenture.

A-1-6



The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each series affected at the time outstanding, as defined in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Notes of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of a Note that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to the Indenture, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected; (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, or reduce the percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to waive any default and its consequences, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby; or (iii) modify any provision of Section 6.01(c) of the Indenture (except to increase the percentage of principal amount of securities required to rescind and annul any declaration of amounts due and payable under the Notes), without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes of such series, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture with respect to such series, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of such series. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration or transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount and series will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

A-1-7



Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly released waived and released.
The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Instrument to be executed.
AEP TEXAS INC.


By: ______________________________________


A-1-8



CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N. A.,as
Trustee

Dated:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory

A-1-9



ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM-
as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-_______
Custodian ________
  (Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT-
as tenants by the entireties
under Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act

_________________________
(State)
JT TEN-
As joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used
though not on the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto ___________________ (please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)
    
_____________________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP
CODE OF ASSIGNEE

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________    
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

______________________________________________________________________________________________________    
agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: ___________


 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.


A-1-10



In connection with any transfer of any of the Note evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
(1)
o
exchanged for the undersigned’s own account without transfer; or
 
 
 
(2)
o
transferred to a person whom the undersigned reasonably believes to be a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 who is purchasing this Note for such buyer’s own account or the account of a “qualified institutional buyer” in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction; or
 
 
 
(3)
o
exchanged or transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
 
 
(4)
o
transferred to the Company or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company; or; or
 
 
 
(5)
o
transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any Note evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of this Note, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act; provided , further , that if box (2) is checked, the transferee must also certify that it is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
________________________________________
Signature

_______________________________________
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Date:___________________

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


A-1-11



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
________________________________
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Date:___________________
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer.


A-1-12



EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF SERIES B NOTE

[Rule 144A Global Security]
[Regulation S Global Security]
[Certificated Security]

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

THIS GLOBAL SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 2.04 AND 2.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.05 OF THE INDENTURE AND (III) THIS GLOBAL SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN CERTIFICATED FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

A-2-1



[Restricted Securities Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)), OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, ONLY (A) TO AEP TEXAS INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN EACH CASE, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND/OR A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE IN THE FORM PRESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
[ERISA Legend]
BY ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED, WARRANTED AND AGREED THAT EITHER (I) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS ANY SECURITY (OR INTEREST IN A SECURITY) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR

A-2-2



ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A “PLAN” OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, OR A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (II) THE PURCHASE, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IN THE CASE OF A GOVERNMENTAL, NON-U.S., CHURCH OR OTHER PLAN, A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
[Temporary Regulation S Global Security Legend]
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR A REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.
[Certificated Securities Legend]
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITY REGISTRAR SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITY REGISTRAR MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

A-2-3



AEP TEXAS INC.
____% Senior Notes, Series B due 20__
CUSIP:
[#########/144A]
 
Original Issue Date: September __, 2017
 
[#########/Reg. S]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ISIN:
[#########/144A]
 
 
 
[#########/Reg. S]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stated Maturity:
October 1, 20__
 
Interest Rate:      ____%
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount:
$XXX,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable:
Yes      X
No
 
In Whole:
Yes      X
No
 
In Part:     
Yes      X
No
 

AEP TEXAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [________] or registered assigns, the principal sum of [___________] MILLION DOLLARS ($XXX,000,000) on the Stated Maturity specified above (or upon earlier redemption); and to pay interest on said Principal Amount from the Original Issue Date specified above or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 in each year, commencing on April 1, 2018, at the Interest Rate per annum specified above, until the Principal Amount shall have been paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, as provided in the Indenture, as hereinafter defined, shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) shall have been registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date with respect to such Interest Payment Date, which shall be the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable on the Stated Maturity or any redemption date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and shall be paid as provided in said Indenture.
If any Interest Payment Date, any redemption date or Stated Maturity is not a Business Day, then payment of the amounts due on this Note on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such amounts for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on


A-2-4



such date. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company may from time to time designate for that purpose, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest (other than interest payable on Stated Maturity or any redemption date) may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered Holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Senior Notes of the Company (herein sometimes referred to as the “Notes”), specified in the Indenture, all issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (herein referred to as the “Trustee”) (such Indenture, as originally executed and delivered and as thereafter supplemented and amended being hereinafter referred to as the "Indenture"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holder of this Note. This Note is one of the series of Notes designated on the face hereof as ____% Senior Notes, Series B due 20__ initially issued in the aggregate principal amount of $XXX,000,000.
At any time prior to _______________, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of this Note at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the this Note being redeemed that would be due if this Note matured on _______________ (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus __ basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.
At any time on or after _______________, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.
“Comparable Treasury Issue,” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of this Note (assuming, for this purpose, that this Note matured on _______________) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of this Note.
“Comparable Treasury Price,” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer

A-2-5



Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the giving of a notice of redemption of less than all the outstanding Notes of this series and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is given, nor (ii) register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes of this series or portions thereof called for redemption. This Note is exchangeable for Notes in certificated registered form only under certain limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of this series, of like tenor, for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the surrender of this Note.
In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein. This Note will not have a sinking fund.
As described in the supplemental indenture relating to the Notes, so long as this Note is outstanding, the Company is subject to covenants described in Article III of the First Supplemental Indenture.

A-2-6



The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each series affected at the time outstanding, as defined in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Notes of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of a Note that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to the Indenture, without the consent of the Holder of each Note then outstanding and affected; (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, or reduce the percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to waive any default and its consequences, without the consent of the Holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby; or (iii) modify any provision of Section 6.01(c) of the Indenture (except to increase the percentage of principal amount of securities required to rescind and annul any declaration of amounts due and payable under the Notes), without the consent of the Holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes of such series, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture with respect to such series, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of such series. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration or transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable by the registered Holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount and series will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

A-2-7



Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly released waived and released.
The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Instrument to be executed.
AEP TEXAS INC.


By: ______________________________________


A-2-8



CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N. A.,
as Trustee

Dated:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory

    

A-2-9



ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM-
as tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-_______
Custodian ________
  (Cust) (Minor)
TEN ENT-
as tenants by the entireties
under Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act

_________________________
(State)
JT TEN-
As joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used
though not on the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto ___________________ (please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)
    
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP
CODE OF ASSIGNEE
    
______________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________________    
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
    
_____________________________________________________________________________________
agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated: ___________


 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within instrument in every particular without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.
 
 


A-2-10



In connection with any transfer of the Note evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
(1)
o
exchanged for the undersigned’s own account without transfer; or
 
 
 
(2)
o
transferred to a person whom the undersigned reasonably believes to be a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 who is purchasing this Note for such buyer’s own account or the account of a “qualified institutional buyer” in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction; or
 
 
 
(3)
o
exchanged or transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
 
 
(4)
o
transferred to the Company or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company; or; or
 
 
 
(5)
o
transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of this Note evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of this Note, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act; provided , further , that if box (2) is checked, the transferee must also certify that it is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
________________________________________
Signature

________________________________________
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Date:___________________
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


A-2-11



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
________________________________________
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
Date:___________________
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer.

A-2-12



SCHEDULE A
The initial aggregate principal amount of the Note evidenced by the Certificate to which this Schedule is attached is $___________. The notations on the following table evidence decreases and increases in the aggregate principal amount of the Note evidenced by such Certificate.
Decrease in Principal
Amount of the Note
 
Increase in Principal
Amount of the Note
 
Principal Amount of the
Note Remaining After
Such Decrease or
Increase
 
Notation by
Security Registrar
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



A-2-13



EXHIBIT B
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
In connection with any transfer of any of the Series [A/B] Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Series [A/B] Notes are being:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
(1)
o
exchanged for the undersigned’s own account without transfer; or
 
 
 
(2)
o
transferred to a person whom the undersigned reasonably believes to be a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 who is purchasing such Series A Notes for such buyer’s own account or the account of a “qualified institutional buyer” in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction; or
 
 
 
(3)
o
exchanged or transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
 
 
(4)
o
transferred to the Company or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company; or; or
 
 
 
(5)
o
transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Series [A/B] Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (3) or (4) is checked, the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Series [A/B] Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act; provided , further , that if box (2) is checked, the transferee must also certify that it is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
Date:_______________
 
 
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Ex. B-1



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Series [A/B] Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
Date:_______________
 
 
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
            
Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Security Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer.


Ex. B-2


Exhibit 4(a)-3


_________________, 2017


Company Order and Officers’ Certificate
2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022
3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047


The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
2 North LaSalle Street
Suite 1020
Chicago, Illinois 60602

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Article Two of the Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017 (as it may be amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”), from AEP Texas Inc. (the “Company”) to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), and the Board Resolutions dated September 23, 2016, copies of which, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, have been delivered under Section 2.01 of the Indenture and have not been rescinded,
1.
The Company’s 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 (the “Series C Notes”) and 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (the “Series D Notes”) are hereby established. The Series C Notes and the Series D Notes are collectively referred to herein as the “Notes”. The Notes shall be in substantially the forms attached hereto as Exhibits 1 and 2.
 
 
 
2.
The terms and characteristics of the Notes shall be as follows (the numbered clauses set forth below corresponding to the numbered subsections of Section 2.01 of the Indenture, with terms used and not defined herein having the meanings specified in the Indenture or in the Notes):
 
 
 
 
(i)
the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture initially shall be limited to $400,000,000 for the Series C Notes and $300,000,000 for the Series D Notes, except as contemplated in Section 2.01(i) of the Indenture and except that such principal amount may be increased from time to time; all Series C Notes and all Series D Notes need not be issued at the same time and each such series may be reopened at any time, without the consent of any security holder, for issuance of additional Notes, which Notes will have the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as those initially issued;
 
 
 
 
(ii)
the date on which the principal of the Series C Notes shall be payable shall be








 
 
October 1, 2022 and the date on which the principal of the Series D Notes shall be payable shall be October 1, 2047;
 
 
 
 
(iii)
interest shall accrue from September 22, 2017; the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable shall be April 1 and October 1, and the Regular Record Date for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Date shall be the March 15 or September 15 preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 1, 2018 and interest payable on the Stated Maturity Date or any Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal shall be paid;
 
 
 
 
(iv)
the interest rate at which the Series C Notes shall bear interest shall be 2.40% per annum and the interest rate at which the Series D Notes shall bear interest shall be 3.80% per annum;
 
 
 
 
(v)
Optional Redemption.

(a)At any time prior to September 1, 2022, the Series C Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of the Series C Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Series C Notes being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Series C Notes being redeemed that would be due if such Series C Notes matured on September 1, 2022 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 10 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.

(b)At any time prior to April 1, 2047, the Series D Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of the Series D Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Series D Notes being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Series D Notes being redeemed that would be due if such Series D Notes matured on April 1, 2047 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 20 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.
 
 
 

2



 
 
At any time on or after September 1, 2022, the Series C Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Series C Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption. At any time on or after April 1, 2047, the Series D Notes shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Series D Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue,” applicable to each series of the Notes, means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (“remaining life”) of the Notes (assuming, for purpose of the Series C Notes, that the Series C Notes matured on September 1, 2022 and, for purpose of the Series D Notes, the Series D Notes matured on April 1, 2047) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of such series of the Notes.

“Comparable Treasury Price,” applicable to each series of the Notes, means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a
 
 
 

3



 
 
percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
 
 
 


(vi)
(a) the Notes shall be issued in the form of book-entry notes represented by Global Notes; (b) the Depositary for such Global Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company; and (c) the procedures with respect to transfer and exchange of Global Notes shall be as set forth in the forms of Note attached hereto;
 
 
 
 
(vii)
the title of the Series C Notes shall be “2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022” and the title of the Series D Notes shall be “3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047”
 
 
 
 
(viii)
the forms of the Notes shall be as set forth in Paragraph 1, above;
 
 
 
 
(ix)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(x)
the Notes shall not be subject to a Periodic Offering;
 
 
 
 
(xi)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(xii)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(xiii)
the Company will pay the principal of the Notes and any premium and interest payable at redemption, if any, or at maturity in immediately available funds at the office of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., 101 Barclay Street, 8 th  Floor, New York, NY 10286;
 
 
 
 
(xiv)
the Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
 
 
 
 
(xv)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(xvi)
the Notes shall not be issued as Discount Securities;
 
 
 
 
(xvii)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(xviii)
not applicable;
 
 
 
 
(xix)
the provisions of Section 4.05 and Article Ten of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes, and
 
 
 
 
(xx)
Restrictive Covenants:

Limitation on Liens.

4



 
The Company covenants that for so long as any of the Notes are outstanding that it will not create or suffer to exist any Secured Debt, unless, at the same time, the Notes that are outstanding are also secured by such Lien on an equal and ratable basis. This restriction does not apply to our subsidiaries, nor will it prevent any of them from creating or permitting to exist Liens on their property or assets to secure any secured debt. This restriction does not limit:

Permitted Liens;

Financing of our accounts receivable for electric service; and

Any other Lien not covered in clause (a) as long as immediately after the creation of such Lien the aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt does not exceed 15% of Net Tangible Assets.

Definitions:

“Debt” means any indebtedness for borrowed money.

“Lien or Liens” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, or other lien on any utility properties or tangible assets, including, without limitation, the capital stock or comparable equity interest of its subsidiaries, owned on the date hereof or hereafter acquired by the Company or its subsidiaries.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the total of all assets (including revaluations thereof as a result of commercial appraisals, price level restatement or otherwise) appearing on our balance sheet, net of applicable reserves and deductions, but excluding goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount, energy trading contracts, regulatory assets, deferred charges and all other like intangible assets (which term shall not be construed to include such revaluations), less the aggregate of our current liabilities appearing on such balance sheet. For purposes of this definition, our balance sheet does not include assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries.


“Permitted Liens” means:

- Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition or construction of such property (or created within one year after completion of such acquisition or construction), whether by purchase, merger, construction or otherwise, or to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof, including the extension of any Liens to repairs, renewals, replacements, substitutions, betterments, additions,
 
 

5



 
extensions and improvements then or thereafter made on the property subject thereto;

- any extensions, renewals or replacements (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of Liens permitted by the foregoing clauses;

- the pledge of any bonds or other securities at any time issued under any of the Secured Debt permitted by the above clauses; and

- the creation or existence of leases (operating or capital) made, or existing on property acquired, in the ordinary course of business.

“Secured Debt” means any Debt of the Company secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien).
3.
You are hereby requested on the date hereof to authenticate $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C, due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D, due 2047, executed by the Company and delivered to you concurrently with this Company Order and Officers’ Certificate, in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
 
4.
You are hereby requested to hold the Notes as custodian for DTC in accordance with the Blanket Issuer Letter of Representations dated September 19, 2017, from the Company to DTC.
 
 
5.
Concurrently with this Company Order and Officers’ Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel under Sections 2.04 and 13.06 of the Indenture is being delivered to you.
 
 
6.
The undersigned Lonni M. Dieck and Thomas G. Berkemeyer, the Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company do hereby certify that:
 
 
 
(i)
we have read the relevant portions of the Indenture, including without limitation the conditions precedent provided for therein relating to the action proposed to be taken by the Trustee as requested in this Company Order and Officers’ Certificate, and the definitions in the Indenture relating thereto;
 
 
 
 
(ii)
we have read the Board Resolutions of the Company and the Opinion of Counsel referred to above;
 
 
 
 
(iii)
we have conferred with other officers of the Company, have examined such records of the Company and have made such other investigation as we deemed relevant for purposes of this certificate;
 
 
 
 
(iv)
in our opinion, we have made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such conditions have been complied with; and
 
 
 

6



 
(v)
on the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to the action proposed to be taken by the Trustee as requested herein have been complied with.


7



Kindly acknowledge receipt of this Company Order and Officers’ Certificate, including the documents listed herein, and confirm the arrangements set forth herein by signing and returning the copy of this document attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Instrument to be executed.

Very truly yours,
 
AEP TEXAS INC.
 
 
By: ______________________________________
Lonni M. Dieck
Treasurer
 
 
And: ______________________________________
Thomas G. Berkemeyer
Assistant Secretary
 
 
Acknowledged by Trustee:
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
 
 
By: ______________________________________



8


Exhibit 4(a)-5
Exhibit 2

Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate to be issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depository or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of such successor Depository.

No. R1

AEP TEXAS INC.
3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047
CUSIP:
00108W AF7
 
Original Issue Date: __________, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
Stated Maturity:
October 1, 2047
 
Interest Rate:    3.80%
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount:
$[300,000,000]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable:
Yes      X
No
 
In Whole:
Yes      X
No
 
In Part:     
Yes      X
No
 

AEP TEXAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the Principal Amount specified above on the Stated Maturity specified above, and to pay interest on said Principal Amount from September 22, 2017 or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 in each year, commencing on April 1, 2018, at the Interest Rate per annum specified above, until the Principal Amount shall have been paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, as provided in the Indenture, as hereinafter defined, shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) shall have been registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date with respect to such Interest Payment Date, which shall be the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable on the Stated Maturity or any redemption date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such





interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and shall be paid as provided in said Indenture.
If any Interest Payment Date, any redemption date or Stated Maturity is not a Business Day, then payment of the amounts due on this Note on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such amounts for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. The principal of (and premium, if any) and the interest on this Note shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company may from time to time designate for that purpose, in any coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest (other than interest payable on Stated Maturity or any redemption date) may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register.
This Note is one of a duly authorized series of Senior Notes of the Company (herein sometimes referred to as the “Notes”), specified in the Indenture, all issued or to be issued in one or more series under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 1, 2017 duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (herein referred to as the “Trustee”) (such Indenture, as originally executed and delivered and as thereafter supplemented and amended being hereinafter referred to as the “Indenture”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holder of this Notes. This Note is one of the series of Notes designated on the face hereof as 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 initially issued in the aggregate principal amount of $[300,000,000].
At any time prior to April 1, 2047, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, upon not less than thirty but not more than sixty days’ previous notice given to the registered owners of this Note at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on this Note being redeemed that would be due if this Note matured on April 1, 2047 (excluding the portion of any such interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted (for purposes of determining present value) to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 20 basis points, plus, accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption.
At any time on or after April 1, 2047, this Note shall be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at 100% of the principal amount of this Note being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of redemption.
“Comparable Treasury Issue,” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the





remaining term (“remaining life”) of this Note (assuming, for this purpose, that this Note matured on April 1, 2047) that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining life of this Note.
“Comparable Treasury Price,” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means a primary U.S. Government securities dealer or dealers selected by the Company and notified by the Company to the Trustee.
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company and notified to the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at or before 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.
“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, exchange or register the transfer of this Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the giving of a notice of redemption of less than all the outstanding Notes of this series and ending at the close of business on the day such notice is given, nor (ii) register the transfer of or exchange of any Notes of this series or portions thereof called for redemption. This Note is exchangeable for Notes in certificated registered form only under certain limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note or Notes of this series, of like tenor, for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the surrender of this Note.
In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes may be declared, and upon such declaration shall





become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein. This Note will not have a sinking fund.
As described in the Company Order and Officers’ Certificate relating to the Notes, so long as this Note is outstanding, the Company is subject to restrictive covenants set forth therein.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each series affected at the time outstanding, as defined in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Notes of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of a Note that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to the Indenture, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected; (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, or reduce the percentage of Notes, the Holders of which are required to waive any default and its consequences, without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby; or (iii) modify any provision of Section 6.01(c) of the Indenture (except to increase the percentage of principal amount of securities required to rescind and annul any declaration of amounts due and payable under the Notes), without the consent of the holder of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of all series at the time outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes of such series, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture with respect to such series, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of such series. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration or transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.





As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Note is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company as may be designated by the Company accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount and series will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and premium, if any, and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly released waived and released.
The Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations, Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.
All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
This Note will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Instrument to be executed.
AEP TEXAS INC.


By: ______________________________________








CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N. A.,
as Trustee

Dated:
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory





FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF
________________________________________________________________
ASSIGNEE) the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby
________________________________________________________________
irrevocably constituting and appointing such person attorney to
________________________________________________________________
transfer such Note on the books of the Issuer, with full
________________________________________________________________
power of substitution in the premises.



Dated:________________________          _________________________



NOTICE:
The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever and NOTICE: Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a financial institution that is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (“SEMP”) or the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”).




Exhibit 4(a)-1

AEP TEXAS INC.
AND
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
                                             
AS TRUSTEE
____________________
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 1, 2017
____________________

        






CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Section of
Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended
 
Section of
Indenture
 
 
 
310(a)
 
7.09
310(b)
 
7.08
 
 
7.10
310(c)
 
Inapplicable
311(a)
 
7.13
311(b)
 
7.13
311(c)
 
Inapplicable
312(a)
 
5.01
 
 
5.02(a)
312(b)
 
5.02(c)
 
 
5.02(d)
312(c)
 
5.02(e)
313(a)
 
5.04(a)
313(b)
 
5.04(b)
313(c)
 
5.04(a)
 
 
5.04(b)
313(d)
 
5.04(c)
314(a)
 
5.03
314(b)
 
Inapplicable
314(c)
 
13.06(a)
314(d)
 
Inapplicable
314(e)
 
13.06(b)
314(f)
 
Inapplicable
315(a)
 
7.01(a)
 
 
7.02
315(b)
 
6.07
315(c)
 
7.01(a)
315(d)
 
7.01(b)
315(e)
 
6.08
316(a)
 
6.06
 
 
8.04
316(b)
 
6.04
316(c)
 
8.01
317(a)
 
6.02
317(b)
 
4.03
318(a)
 
13.08





TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Indenture and should not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions
RECITALS:
 
 
 
 
Purpose of Indenture
1

Compliance with legal requirements
1

Purpose of and consideration for Indenture
1

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE ONE - DEFINITIONS
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Definitions
2

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE TWO - ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION,
 
REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.01
 
 
 
Designation, terms, amount, authentication
 
 
 
and delivery of Securities
8

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.02
 
 
 
Form of Security and Trustee’s certificate.
9

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.03
 
 
 
Date and denominations of Securities,
 
 
 
and provisions for payment of principal,
 
 
 
premium and interest
10

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.04
 
 
 
Execution of Securities
11

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.05
 
 
 
Exchange of Securities
12

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.06
 
 
 
Temporary Securities
14

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.07
 
 
 
Mutilated, destroyed, lost or
 
 
 
stolen Securities
14

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.08
 
 
 
Cancellation of surrendered Securities
15



    

i



 
Section 2.09
 
 
 
Provisions of Indenture and Securities
 
 
 
for sole benefit of parties and
 
 
 
Securityholders
15

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.10
 
 
 
Appointment of Authenticating Agent
15

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.11
 
 
 
Global Security
16

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.12
 
 
 
Payment in Proper Currency
17

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.13
 
 
 
Identification of Securities
17

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE THREE - REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND
 
SINKING FUND PROVISIONS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.01
 
 
 
Redemption of Securities
18

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.02
 
 
 
Notice of redemption
18

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.03
 
 
 
When Securities called for
 
 
 
redemption become due and payable
19

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.04
 
 
 
Sinking Fund for Securities
19

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.05
 
 
 
Satisfaction of Sinking Fund
 
 
 
Payments with Securities
20

 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.06
 
 
 
Redemption of Securities for
 
 
 
Sinking Fund
20

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE FOUR - PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.01
 
 
 
Payment of principal (and premium
 
 
 
if any) and interest on Securities
20

 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.02
 

    
    

ii



 
 
Maintenance of office or agency for
 
 
 
payment of Securities, designation of
 
 
 
office or agency for payment,
 
 
 
registration, transfer and exchange
 
 
 
of Securities
20

 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.03
 
 
 
Duties of paying agent
21

 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.04
 
 
 
Appointment to fill vacancy in
 
 
 
office of Trustee
22

 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.05
 
 
 
Restriction on consolidation,
 
 
 
merger or sale
22

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE FIVE - SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS
 
BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.01
 
 
 
Company to furnish Trustee information
 
 
 
as to names and addresses of
 
 
 
Securityholders
22

 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.02
 
 
 
Trustee to preserve information
 
 
 
as to names and addresses of
 
 
 
Securityholders received by it
 
 
 
in capacity of paying agent
22

 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.03
 
 
 
Annual and other reports to be filed
 
 
 
by Company with Trustee
23

 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.04
 
 
 
Trustee to transmit annual report
 
 
 
to Securityholders
24

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE SIX - REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND
 
SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.01
 
 
 
Events of default defined
24

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.02
 




    



iii



 
 
Covenant of Company to pay to
 
 
 
Trustee whole amount due on
 
 
 
Securities on default in payment
 
 
 
of interest or principal (and
 
 
 
premium, if any)
26

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.03
 
 
 
Application of monies collected by Trustee
28

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.04
 
 
 
Limitation on suits by holders of Securities
28

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.05
 
 
 
Remedies Cumulative
29

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.06
 
 
 
Rights of holders of majority in
 
 
 
principal amount of Securities to
 
 
 
direct trustee and to waive defaults
29

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.07
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trustees to give notice of defaults
 
 
 
known to it, but may withhold in
 
 
 
certain circumstances
29

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.08
 
 
 
Requirements of an undertaking to pay
 
 
 
costs in certain suits under Indenture
 
 
 
or against Trustee
30

 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.09
 
 
 
Trustee’s rights and remedies upon default
30

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE SEVEN - CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.01
 
 
 
Upon Event of Default occurring and
 
 
 
continuing, Trustee shall exercise powers
 
 
 
vested in it, and use same degree of
 
 
 
care and skill in their exercise, as
 
 
 
prudent individual will use
30

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.02
 
 
 
Trustee may rely on documents believed
 
 
 
genuine and properly signed or presented
32




        
    

iv



    
 
Section 7.03
 
 
 
Trustee not liable for recitals in
 
 
 
Indenture or in Securities
33

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.04
 
 
 
Trustee, paying agent or Security
 
 
 
Registrar may own Security
33

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.05
 
 
 
Monies received by Trustee to be held
 
 
 
in Trust without interest
34

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.06
 
 
 
Trustee entitled to compensation,
 
 
 
reimbursement and indemnity
34

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.07
 
 
 
Right of Trustee to rely on certificate
 
 
 
of officers of Company where no other
 
 
 
evidence specifically prescribed
34

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.08
 
 
 
Trustee acquiring conflicting interest
 
 
 
to eliminate conflict or resign
35

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.09
 
 
 
Requirements for eligibility of
 
 
 
trustee
35

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.10
 
 
 
Resignation of Trustee and
 
 
 
appointment of successor
35

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.11
 
 
 
Acceptance by successor Trustee
36

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.12
 
 
 
Successor to Trustee by merger, consolidation
 
 
 
of succession to business
37

 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.13
 
 
 
Limitations on rights of Trustee as a
 
 
 
creditor to obtain payment of certain
 
 
 
claims
38

    


v



ARTICLE EIGHT - CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.01
 
 
 
Evidence of action by Securityholders
38

 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.02
 
 
 
Proof of execution of instruments and of
 
 
 
holding of Securities
39

 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.03
 
 
 
Who may be deemed owners of Securities
39

 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.04
 
 
 
Securities owned by Company or controlled
 
 
 
or controlling companies disregarded for
 
 
 
certain purposes
39

 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.05
 
 
 
Instruments executed by Securityholders
 
 
 
bind future holders
39

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE NINE - SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.01
 
 
 
Purposes for which supplemental indenture
 
 
 
may be entered into without consent of
 
 
 
Securityholders
40

 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.02
 
 
 
Modification of Indenture with consent
 
 
 
of Securityholders
42

 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.03
 
 
 
Effect of supplemental indentures
43

 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.04
 
 
 
Securities may bear notation of changes
 
 
 
by supplemental indentures
43

 
 
 
 
 
Section 9.05
 
 
 
Opinion of Counsel
43

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE TEN - CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.01
 
 
 
Consolidations or mergers of Company
 
 
 
and sales or conveyances of property
 
 
 
of Company permitted
44





vi



 
Section 10.02
 
 
 
Rights and duties of successor company
44

 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.03
 
 
 
Opinion of Counsel
45

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE ELEVEN - DEFEASANCE AND CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE;
UNCLAIMED MONIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.01
 
 
 
Defeasance and conditions to defeasance
45

 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.02
 
 
 
Application by Trustee of funds deposited
 
 
 
for payment of Securities
46

 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.03
 
 
 
Repayment of monies held by paying agent
46

 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.04
 
 
 
Repayment of monies held by Trustee
46

 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.05
 
 
 
Delivery of Officer’s Certificate
 
 
 
and Opinion of Counsel
47

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE TWELVE - IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 12.01
 
 
 
Incorporators, Stockholders, officers and
 
 
 
directors of Company exempt from individual
 
 
 
liability
47

 
 
 
 
ARTICLE THIRTEEN - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.01
 
 
 
Successors and assigns of Company
 
 
 
bound by Indenture
47

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.02
 
 
 
Acts of board, committee or officer
 
 
 
of successor company valid
47

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.03
 
 
 
Surrender of powers by Company
48

 
 
 
 
    


    

vii



 
Section 13.04
 
 
 
Required notices or demands may by
 
 
 
served by mail
48

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.05
 
 
 
Indenture and Securities to be construed
 
 
 
in accordance with laws of the State
 
 
 
of New York
48

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.06
 
 
 
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of
 
 
 
Counsel to be furnished upon applications
 
 
 
or demands by company
48

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.07
 
 
 
Payments due on non-Business Days
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.08
 
 
 
Provisions required by Trust Indenture
 
 
 
Act of 1939 to control    
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.09
 
 
 
Indenture may be executed in counterparts
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.10
 
 
 
Separability of Indenture provisions
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.11
 
 
 
Assignment by Company to subsidiary
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.12
 
 
 
Headings
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.13
 
 
 
Securities in Foreign Currencies
49

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.14
 
 
 
Waiver of Jury Trial
50

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.15
 
 
 
Forum Clause
50

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.16
 
 
 
Force Majeure Clause
50

 
 
 
 
 
Section 13.17
 
 
 
Tax Compliance
50

            

viii



ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST BY TRUSTEE
52

 
 
 
 
TESTIMONIUM
52

 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES AND SEALS
52

 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
52


ix



THIS INDENTURE, dated as of the 1 st day of September, 2017, between AEP TEXAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Company”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States, as trustee (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Trustee”):
WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of unsecured promissory notes or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”), in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be issued from time to time in one or more series as in this Indenture provided, as registered Securities without coupons, to be authenticated by the certificate of the Trustee, and which will rank pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated debt of the Company;
WHEREAS, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Securities and the certificate of authentication to be borne by the Securities (the “Certificate of Authentication”) are to be substantially in such forms as may be approved by a Company Order (as defined below), or set forth in this Indenture or in any indenture supplemental to this Indenture;
AND WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Securities issued pursuant hereto, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute these presents a valid indenture and agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed or will be done and performed prior to the issuance of such Securities, and the execution of this Indenture has been and the issuance hereunder of the Securities has been or will be prior to issuance in all respects duly authorized, and the Company, in the exercise of the legal right and power in it vested, executes this Indenture and proposes to make, execute, issue and deliver the Securities;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises, of the purchase and acceptance of the Securities by the holders thereof and of the sum of one dollar ($1.00) to it duly paid by the Trustee at the execution of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee, for the equal and proportionate benefit (subject to the provisions of this Indenture) of the respective holders from time to time of the Securities, without any discrimination, preference or priority of any one Security over any other by reason of priority in the time of issue, sale or negotiation thereof, or otherwise, except as provided herein, as follows:






ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. The terms defined in this Section (except as in this Indenture otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture, any Company Order, any Board Resolution, and any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section. All other terms used in this Indenture which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or which are by reference in such Act defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this instrument.

Affiliate:
The term “Affiliate” of the Company shall mean any company at least a majority of whose outstanding voting stock shall at the time be owned by the Company, or by one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries of or by the Company and one or more direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company. For the purposes only of this definition of the term “Affiliate”, the term “voting stock”, as applied to the stock of any company, shall mean stock of any class or classes having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors of such company, other than stock having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.
Authenticating Agent:
The term “Authenticating Agent” shall mean an authenticating agent with respect to all or any of the series of Securities, as the case may be, appointed with respect to all or any series of the Securities, as the case may be, by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.10.
Authorized Officer:
The term “Authorized Officer” shall mean the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or any other officer or agent of the Company duly authorized by the Board of Directors to act in respect of matters relating to this Indenture.
Board of Directors or Board:
The term “Board of Directors” or “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, or any duly authorized committee of such Board.
Board Resolution:
The term “Board Resolution” shall mean a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

2



Business Day:
The term “Business Day”, with respect to any Security, shall mean any day that (a) in the Place of Payment (or in any of the Places of Payment, if more than one) in which amounts are payable as specified in the form of such Security and (b) in the city in which the Trustee’s designated corporate trust office is located, is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.
Certificate:
The term “Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer. The Certificate need not comply with the provisions of Section 13.06.
Commission:
The term “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body, if any, performing such duties on such date.
Company:
The term “Company” shall mean AEP Texas Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, and, subject to the provisions of Article Ten, shall also include its successors and assigns.
Company Order:
The term “Company Order” shall mean a written order signed in the name of the Company by an Authorized Officer and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution establishing a series of Securities.
Corporate Trust Office:
The term “Corporate Trust Office” shall mean the designated office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 2 North LaSalle Street, 7 th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Securityholders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Securityholders and the Company).
Default:
The term “Default” shall mean any event, act or condition which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

3



Depository:
The term “Depository” shall mean, with respect to Securities of any series, for which the Company shall determine that such Securities will be issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, another clearing agency, or any successor registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation, which, in each case, shall be designated by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.01 or 2.11.
Discount Security:
The term “Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b).
Dollar:
The term “Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
Eligible Obligations:
The term “Eligible Obligations” means (a) with respect to Securities denominated in Dollars, Governmental Obligations; or (b) with respect to Securities denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency, such other obligations or instruments as shall be specified with respect to such Securities, as contemplated by Section 2.01.
Event of Default:
The term “Event of Default” with respect to Securities of a particular series shall mean any event specified in Section 6.01, continued for the period of time, if any, therein designated.
Global Security:
The term “Global Security” shall mean, with respect to any series of Securities, a Security executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, all in accordance with the Indenture, which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee.
Governmental Authority:
The term “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or of any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or of any county, municipality or other political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any department, agency, authority or other instrumentality of any of the foregoing.

4



Governmental Obligations:
The term “Governmental Obligations” shall mean securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Governmental Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Governmental Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by such custodian in respect of the Governmental Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Governmental Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.
Indenture:
The term “Indenture” shall mean this instrument as originally executed, or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, and shall include the terms of a particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 2.01.
Instructions:
The term “Instructions” shall mean instructions acceptable to the Trustee issued pursuant to a Company Order in connection with a Periodic Offering and signed by an Authorized Officer. Instructions need not comply with the provisions of Section 13.06.
Interest:
The term “interest” when used with respect to non-interest bearing Securities shall mean interest payable after maturity (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or redemption or otherwise) or after the date, if any, on which the Company becomes obligated to acquire a Security, whether by purchase or otherwise.
Interest Payment Date:
The term “Interest Payment Date” when used with respect to any installment of interest on a Security of a particular series shall mean the date specified in such Security or in a Board Resolution, Company Order or an indenture supplemental hereto with respect to such series as the fixed date on which an installment of interest with respect to Securities of that series is due and payable.
Officers’ Certificate:
The term “Officers’ Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 13.06, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

5



Opinion of Counsel:
The term “Opinion of Counsel” shall mean an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 13.06, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.
Outstanding:
The term “outstanding”, when used with reference to Securities of any series, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except (a) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or any paying agent, or delivered to the Trustee or any paying agent for cancellation or which have previously been canceled; (b) Securities or portions thereof for the payment or redemption of which monies or Eligible Obligations in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying agent); provided, however, that if such Securities or portions of such Securities are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as in Article Three provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and (c) Securities in lieu of or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07. The principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for purposes of this Indenture shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof.
Periodic Offering:
The term “Periodic Offering” means an offering of Securities of a series from time to time, during which any or all of the specific terms of the Securities, including without limitation the rate or rates of interest, if any, thereon, the maturity or maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company or its agents upon the issuance of such Securities.
Person:
The term “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization or any Governmental Authority.
Place of Payment:
The term “Place of Payment” shall mean the place or places where the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of any series are payable as specified in accordance with Section 2.01.
Predecessor Security:
The term “Predecessor Security” of any particular Security shall mean every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and,

6



for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
Responsible Officer:
The term “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee shall mean any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, senior associate, associate, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Security or Securities:
The term “Security” or “Securities” shall mean any Security or Securities, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
Securityholder:
The term “Securityholder”, “holder of Securities” or “registered holder” shall mean the person or persons in whose name or names a particular Security shall be registered on the books of the Company kept for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Series:
The term “series” means a series of Securities established pursuant to this Indenture and includes, if the context so requires, each Tranche thereof.
Tranche:
The term “Tranche” means Securities which (a) are of the same series and (b) have identical terms except as to principal amount and/or date of issuance.
Trustee:
The term “Trustee” shall mean The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven, shall also include its successors and assigns, and, if at any time there is more than one person acting in such capacity hereunder, “Trustee” shall mean each such person. The term “Trustee” as used with respect to a particular series of the Securities shall mean the trustee with respect to that series.
Trust Indenture Act:
The term “Trust Indenture Act”, subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.02, and 10.01, shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and in effect at the date of execution of this Indenture.

7



United States:
The term “United States” means the United States of America, its Territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its political jurisdiction.

ARTICLE TWO

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION,
REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series and in one or more Tranches thereof. Each series shall be authorized by a Company Order or Orders or one or more indentures supplemental hereto, which shall specify whether the Securities of such series shall be subject to a Periodic Offering. The Company Order or Orders or supplemental indenture and, in the case of a Periodic Offering, Instructions or other procedures acceptable to the Trustee specified in such Company Order or Orders, shall establish the terms of the series, which may include the following: (i) any limitations on the aggregate principal amount of the Securities to be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture as part of such series (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for or in lieu of other Securities of that series); (ii) the stated maturity or maturities of such series; (iii) the date or dates from which interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable or the manner of determination of such Interest Payment Dates and the record date for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Date; (iv) the interest rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable), or method of calculation of such rate or rates, for such series; (v) the terms, if any, regarding the redemption, purchase or repayment of such series (whether at the option of the Company or a holder of the Securities of such series and whether pursuant to a sinking fund or analogous provisions, including payments made in cash in anticipation of future sinking fund obligations), including redemption, purchase or repayment date or dates of such series, if any, and the price or prices and other terms and conditions applicable to such redemption, purchase or repayment (including any premium); (vi) whether or not the Securities of such series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security and, if so, the Depositary for such Global Security and the related procedures with respect to transfer and exchange of such Global Security; (vii) the designation of such series; (viii) the form of the Securities of such series; (ix) the maximum annual interest rate, if any, of the Securities permitted for such series; (x) whether the Securities of such series shall be subject to Periodic Offering; (xi) the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such series shall be payable, if other than Dollars; (xii) any other information necessary to complete the Securities of such series; (xiii) the establishment of any office or agency pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof and any other place or places which the principal of and interest, if any, on Securities of that series shall be payable; (xiv) if other than denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the series shall be issuable; (xv) the obligations or instruments, if any, which shall be considered to be Eligible Obligations in respect

8



of the Securities of such series denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency; (xvi) whether or not the Securities of such series shall be issued as Discount Securities and the terms thereof, including the portion of the principal amount thereof which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b); (xvii) if the principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Securities are to be payable, at the election of the Company or the holder thereof, in coin or currency, including composite currencies, other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election shall be made; (xviii) if the amount of payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Securities may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method, or based on a coin or currency other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the manner in which such amount shall be determined; (xix) whether the provisions of Section 4.05 and Article Ten (or portions thereof) shall apply to the Securities of a series; and (xx) any other terms of such series not inconsistent with this Indenture.
All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to any such Company Order or in any indentures supplemental hereto.
If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Company Order, a copy of an appropriate record of the applicable Board Resolution shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order setting forth the terms of that series.
SECTION 2.02. The Securities of any series shall be substantially of the tenor and purport (i) as set forth in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or as provided in a Company Order, or (ii) with respect to any Tranche of Securities of a series subject to Periodic Offering, to the extent permitted by any of the documents referred to in clause (i) above, in Instructions, or by other procedures acceptable to the Trustee specified in such Company Order or Orders, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which Securities of that series may be listed or of the Depository, or to conform to usage.

The Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication shall be in substantially the following form:
“This is one of the Securities of the series designated in accordance with, and referred to in, the within-mentioned Indenture.
Dated: _____________

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
    

9



as Trustee
By:___________________________
Authorized Signatory
SECTION 2.03. The Securities shall be issuable as registered Securities and in the denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof, subject to Sections 2.01(xi) and (xiv). The Securities of a particular series shall bear interest payable on the dates and at the rate or rates specified with respect to that series. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01, the principal of and the interest on the Securities of any series, as well as any premium thereon in case of redemption thereof prior to maturity, shall be payable in Dollars at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

The interest installment on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of that series shall be paid to the person in whose name said Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest payable on redemption or maturity shall be payable as set forth in the Company Order or indenture supplemental hereto establishing the terms of such series of Securities. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01, interest on Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of the same series (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:
(i) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Securities to the persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Security Register

10



(as hereinafter defined), not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Unless otherwise set forth in a Company Order or one or more indentures supplemental hereto establishing the terms of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof, the term “regular record date” as used in this Section with respect to a series of Securities with respect to any Interest Payment Date for such series shall mean either the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a month, or the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a month, whether or not such date is a Business Day.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security of a series delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security of such series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
SECTION 2.04. The Securities shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.06, be printed on steel engraved borders or fully or partially engraved, or legibly typed, as the proper officer of the Company may determine, and shall be signed on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Officer. The signature of such Authorized Officer upon the Securities may be in the form of a facsimile signature of a present or any future Authorized Officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities and for that purpose the Company may use the facsimile signature of any person who shall have been an Authorized Officer, notwithstanding the fact that at the time the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered or disposed of such person shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer.

Only such Securities as shall bear thereon a Certificate of Authentication substantially in the form established for such Securities, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, or by any Authenticating Agent with respect to such Securities, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate executed by the Trustee, or by any Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee with respect to such Securities, upon any Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the

11



Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the registered holder thereof is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with an indenture supplemental hereto or a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities and the Trustee, in accordance with such supplemental indenture or Company Order, shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that in the case of Securities offered in a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Securities from time to time in accordance with Instructions or such other procedures acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified by or pursuant to such supplemental indenture or Company Order delivered to the Trustee prior to the time of the first authentication of Securities of such series.
In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, (i) an Opinion of Counsel and (ii) an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive such Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate only once at or prior to the time of the first authentication of Securities of such series and that, in such opinion or certificate, the opinion or certificate described above may state that when the terms of such Securities, or each Tranche thereof, shall have been established pursuant to a Company Order or Orders or pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee, as may be specified by a Company Order, such terms will have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. Each Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall include all statements prescribed in Section 13.06(b). Such Opinion of Counsel shall also be to the effect that when such Securities have been executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and delivered to and duly paid for by the purchasers thereof, they will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to customary exceptions) and will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
With respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such Securities, the forms and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel, Officers’ Certificate and other documents delivered pursuant to Sections 2.01 and this Section, as applicable, at or prior to the time of the first authentication of Securities of such series unless and until such Company Order, Opinion of Counsel, Officers’ Certificate or other documents have been superseded or revoked or expire by their terms.
The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

12



SECTION 2.05. (a)  Securities of any series may be exchanged upon presentation thereof at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose, for other Securities of such series of authorized denominations, and for a like aggregate principal amount, upon payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, all as provided in this Section. In respect of any Securities so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange therefor the Security or Securities of the same series which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive, bearing numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b) The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, at its office or agency designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, or such other location designated by the Company a register or registers (herein referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall register the Securities and the transfers of Securities as in this Article provided and which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. The registrar for the purpose of registering Securities and transfer of Securities as herein provided shall be appointed as authorized by Board Resolution or Company Order (the “Security Registrar”).

Upon surrender for transfer of any Security at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, or other location as aforesaid, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of the same series as the Security presented for a like aggregate principal amount.
All Securities presented or surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, as provided in this Section, shall be accompanied (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar, duly executed by the registered holder or by his duly authorized attorney in writing.
(c) Except as provided in the first paragraph of Section 2.07, no service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities, or issue of new Securities in case of partial redemption of any series, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.06, Section 3.03(b) and Section 9.04 not involving any transfer.

(d) The Company shall neither be required (i) to issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of less than all the outstanding Securities of the same series and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, nor (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange of any Securities of any series or portions thereof called for redemption or as to which the holder thereof has exercised its right, if any, to require the Company to repurchase such Security in whole or in part, except that portion of such Security not required to be repurchased. The provisions of this Section 2.05 are, with respect to any Global Security, subject to Section 2.11 hereof.

13



(e) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 2.06. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities (printed, lithographed or typewritten) of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every temporary Security of any series shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities of such series in accordance with Section 2.04. Without unnecessary delay the Company will execute and will furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon any or all temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor (without charge to the holders thereof), at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose, and the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of such series, unless the Company advises the Trustee to the effect that definitive Securities need not be executed and furnished until further notice from the Company. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of such series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.07. In case any temporary or definitive Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company (subject to the next succeeding sentence) shall execute, and upon its request the Trustee (subject as aforesaid) shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security of the same series bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Security shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and to the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the applicant’s Security and of the ownership thereof. The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. In case any Security which has matured or is about to mature shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and to the Trustee such security or indemnity as they may require to save them harmless, and, in case of

14



destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section in substitution for any Security which is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be found at any time, or be enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder. All Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.
SECTION 2.08. All Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, or for credit against a sinking fund, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly required or permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. On request of the Company, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company canceled Securities held by the Trustee. In the absence of such request the Trustee may dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures. If the Company shall otherwise acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.09. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and the holders of the Securities, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and of the holders of the Securities.

SECTION 2.10. So long as any of the Securities of any series remain outstanding there may be an Authenticating Agent for any or all such series of Securities which the Trustee shall have the right to appoint. Said Authenticating Agent shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. All references in this Indenture to the authentication of Securities by the Trustee shall be deemed to include authentication by an Authenticating Agent for such series except for authentication upon original issuance or pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall be a corporation which has a combined capital and surplus, as most recently reported or determined by it, sufficient under the laws of any jurisdiction under which it is organized or in which it is doing business to conduct a trust business, and which is otherwise authorized under such laws to conduct such business and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If at any time any

15



Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with these provisions it shall resign immediately.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time (and upon request by the Company shall) terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon resignation, termination or cessation of eligibility of any Authenticating Agent, the Trustee may appoint an eligible successor Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent pursuant hereto. The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.
SECTION 2.11. (a)  If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 2.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued as a Global Security, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.04, authenticate and deliver, a Global Security which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, (iii) shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depository or to a successor Depository or to a nominee of such successor Depository.”

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05, the Global Security of a series may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 2.05, only to another nominee of the Depository for such series, or to a successor Depository for such series selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depository.

(c) If at any time the Depository for a series of Securities notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such series or if at any time the Depository for such series shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation and a successor Depository for such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, this Section 2.11 shall no longer be applicable to the Securities of such series and the Company will execute, and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. In addition, the Company may at any time determine that the Securities of any series shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and that the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall no longer apply to the Securities of such series. In such event the Company will execute, and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global

16



Security. Upon the exchange of the Global Security for such Securities in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Securities in definitive registered form issued in exchange for the Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Security Registrar. The Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Depository for delivery to the persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

(d) Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository. None of the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent, any Security registrar or any other agent of the Company or any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. The Company, the Trustee, any paying agent, any Security registrar and any other agent of the Company and any agent of the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depository, and any nominee thereof, that is the holder of any such Global Security for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Security (including the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global Security) as the sole holder of such Global Security and shall have no obligations to the beneficial owners thereof. None of the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent, any Security registrar or any other agent of the Company or any agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of any such Depository with respect to such Global Security, for the records of any such Depository, including records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any such Global Security, for any transactions between such Depository and any participant in such Depository or between or among any such Depository, any such participant and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Security or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such Global Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, as a holder with respect to such Global Security, or impair, as between such Depository and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depository as a holder of such Global Security.

SECTION 2.12. In the case of the Securities of any series denominated in any currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency (the “Required Currency”), except as otherwise specified with respect to such Securities as contemplated by Section 2.01, the obligation of the Company to make any payment of the principal thereof, or the premium or interest thereon, shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender by the Company, in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender shall result in the applicable paying agent timely holding the full amount of the Required Currency then due and payable.

SECTION 2.13. The Company in issuing Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so used, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders of Securities; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the

17



Securities or contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS

SECTION 3.01. The Company may redeem the Securities of any series issued hereunder on and after the dates and in accordance with the terms established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

SECTION 3.02. (a)  If the Company elects to redeem any Securities of any series pursuant to the Article Three, at least 30 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Securities of any series to be redeemed, the redemption date and the principal amount of such Securities to be redeemed and the redemption price, and deliver to the Trustee, no later than two Business Days prior to the date for the delivery of notice to Holders, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in this Article Three. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.02 may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. In case the Company shall desire to exercise such right to redeem all or, as the case may be, a portion of the Securities of any series in accordance with the right reserved so to do, it shall give notice of such redemption to holders of the Securities of such series to be redeemed by mailing, first class postage prepaid, a notice of such redemption not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption of that series to such holders at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Security Register, provided that if Securities of any series to be redeemed are represented by Global Securities, such notice of redemption shall be given in accordance with the procedures of the Depository. Any notice which is sent in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the registered holder receives the notice. In any case, failure duly to give such notice to the holder of any Security of any series designated for redemption in whole or in part, or any defect in the notice, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities of such series or any other series. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption or subject to compliance with certain conditions provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with any such restriction or condition.

Unless otherwise so provided as to a particular series of Securities, if at the time of sending of any notice of redemption the Company shall not have deposited with the paying agent an amount in cash sufficient to redeem all of the Securities called for redemption, including accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption, such notice shall state that it is subject to the receipt of redemption moneys by the paying agent on or before the date fixed for redemption (unless such redemption is mandatory) and such notice shall be of no effect unless such moneys are so received on or before such date.

18



Each such notice of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers, if any), specify the date fixed for redemption and the redemption price at which Securities of that series are to be redeemed, and shall state that payment of the redemption price of such Securities to be redeemed will be made at the office or agency of the Company, upon presentation and surrender of such Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, that from and after said date interest will cease to accrue and that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case. In case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
(b) If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the Securities to be redeemed shall be selected in any manner that the Trustee shall deem appropriate and fair, which may include by lot, provided, any Securities held through a Depository shall be selected in accordance with such Depository’s applicable procedures. Securities may be redeemed in part in multiples equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series or any multiple thereof.

The Company may, if and whenever it shall so elect, by delivery of instructions signed on its behalf by an Authorized Officer delivered at least 10 days prior to the date a notice of redemption is to be given, instruct the Trustee or any paying agent to give notice of redemption in the manner set forth in this Section, such notice to be in the name of the Company. In any case in which notice of redemption is to be given by the Trustee or any such paying agent, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to, or permit to remain with, the Trustee or such paying agent, as the case may be, such Security Register, transfer books or other records, or suitable copies or extracts therefrom, sufficient to enable the Trustee or such paying agent to give any notice by mail that may be required under the provisions of this Section.
SECTION 3.03. (a)  If the giving of notice of redemption shall have been completed as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities of the series to be redeemed specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with, subject to the Company Order or supplemental indenture hereto establishing the terms of such series of Securities, interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and interest on such Securities or portions of Securities shall cease to accrue on and after the date fixed for redemption, unless the Company shall default in the payment of such redemption price and accrued interest with respect to any such Security or portion thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Securities on or after the date fixed for redemption at the place of payment specified in the notice, said Securities shall be paid and redeemed at the applicable redemption price for such series, together with, subject to the Company Order or supplemental indenture hereto establishing the terms of such series of Securities, interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption.

(b) Upon presentation of any Security of such series which is to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and the office or agency where the Security is presented shall deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

19



SECTION 3.04. The provisions of this Section 3.04 and Sections 3.05 and 3.06 shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 3.05. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of such series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.
SECTION 3.05. The Company (i) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (ii) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the mandatory sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

SECTION 3.06. Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 3.05 and the basis for such credit and will, together with such Officers’ Certificate, deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. The Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date shall be selected in the manner specified in Section 3.02 and the Company shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.02, except that the notice of redemption shall also state that the Securities of such series are being redeemed by operation of the sinking fund and the sinking fund payment date. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03.

ARTICLE FOUR
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company covenants and agrees for each series of the Securities as follows:
SECTION 4.01. The Company will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series at the time and place and in the manner provided herein and established with respect to such Securities.

SECTION 4.02. So long as any series of the Securities remain outstanding, the Company agrees to maintain an office or agency with respect to each such series, which shall be in the

20



Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York or at such other location or locations as may be designated as provided in this Section 4.02, where (i) Securities of that series may be presented for payment, (ii) Securities of that series may be presented as hereinabove authorized for registration of transfer and exchange, and (iii) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be given or served, such designation to continue with respect to such office or agency until the Company shall, by written notice signed by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Trustee, designate some other office or agency for such purposes or any of them. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, notices and demands. The Trustee will initially act as paying agent for the Securities.

The Company may also from time to time, by written notice signed by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Trustee, designate one or more other offices or agencies for the foregoing purposes within or outside the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York for the foregoing purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
SECTION 4.03. (a)  If the Company shall appoint one or more paying agents for all or any series of the Securities, other than the Trustee, the Company will cause each such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section:

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of that series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor of such Securities) in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled thereto;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor of such Securities) to make any payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of that series when the same shall be due and payable;

(iii) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any failure referred to in the preceding paragraph (a)(2) above, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such paying agent; and

(iv) that it will perform all other duties of paying agent as set forth in this Indenture.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent with respect to any series of the Securities, it will on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the persons

21



entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due on Securities of that series until such sums shall be paid to such persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of such action, or any failure (by it or any other obligor on such Securities) to take such action. Whenever the Company shall have one or more paying agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with the paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

(c) Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Section 11.04, and (ii) the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such paying agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such paying agent; and, upon such payment by any paying agent to the Trustee, such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

SECTION 4.04. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 4.05 Unless a Company Order or supplemental indenture establishing the series of Securities provides otherwise, the Company will not, while any of the Securities remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions of Article Ten hereof are complied with.

ARTICLE FIVE
SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY
AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 5.01. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) on each regular record date (as defined in Section 2.03) for the Securities of each Tranche of a series a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the holders of such Tranche of Securities as of such regular record date, provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to furnish or cause to be furnished such list at any time that the list shall not differ in any respect from the most recent list furnished to the Trustee by the Company and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, no such list need be furnished for any series for which the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar.

22



SECTION 5.02. (a)  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 and as to the names and addresses of holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar (if acting in such capacity).

(b) The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(c) The rights of holders of Securities to communicate with other holders of Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

(d) Each and every holder of the Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Securities in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of transmitting any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (c).

SECTION 5.03. (a)  The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee,

(1)
within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, a copy of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or a copy of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Trustee and, unless the Commission shall not accept such information, documents or reports, the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations, and;

(2)
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, as at the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income, changes in members’ capital and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in

23



all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances; provided that the Company’s compliance with Section 5.03(a)(1) above shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 5.03(a)(2).

(b) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

(c) The Company covenants and agrees to furnish to the Trustee, on or before May 15 in each calendar year in which any of the Securities are outstanding, or on or before such other day in each calendar year as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree upon, a Certificate, from its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, as to compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this subsection (c), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

(d) Delivery of such information, documents or reports to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or 5.03(b) is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including, in the case of Section 5.03(b), the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

SECTION 5.04. (a)      The Trustee shall transmit to holders of Securities such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313 (a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within sixty days after each May 15 following the date of the initial issuance of Securities under this Indenture deliver to holders of Securities a brief report, dated as of such May 15, which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a).

(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Securityholders, be filed by the Trustee with the Company, with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed (if so listed) and also with the Commission. The Company agrees to promptly notify the Trustee when any Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.


24



ARTICLE SIX
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01. (a)      Whenever used herein with respect to Securities of a particular series, “Event of Default” means any one or more of the following events which has occurred and is continuing:

(i) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of that series, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

(ii) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any of the Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, pursuant to any sinking fund obligation, by declaration or otherwise, and continuance of such default for a period of 3 Business Days;

(iii) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company with respect to that series contained in such Securities or otherwise established with respect to that series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof or contained in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement which has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of one or more series of Securities other than such series) for a period of 90 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, by registered or certified mail, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 33% in principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time outstanding;

(iv) a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Company as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking liquidation or reorganization of the Company under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other similar applicable Federal or State law, and such decree or order shall have continued unvacated and unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days; or an involuntary case shall be commenced under such Code in respect of the Company and shall continue undismissed for a period of 90 consecutive days or an order for relief in such case shall have been entered; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered for the appointment on the ground of insolvency or bankruptcy of a receiver or custodian or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or of its property, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree or order shall have remained in force unvacated and unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days;

(v) the Company shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking liquidation or reorganization under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other similar applicable Federal or State law, or shall consent to

25



the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment on the ground of insolvency or bankruptcy of a receiver or custodian or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(vi) the occurrence of any other Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series, as contemplated by Section 2.01 hereof.

(b) The Company shall file with the Trustee written notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default within five Business Days of the Company’s becoming aware of any such Event of Default setting forth the details of such Event of Default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. In each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of that series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 33% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Securityholders), may declare the principal (or, if any of such Securities are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount thereof as may be specified by their terms as contemplated by Section 2.01) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of that series or established with respect to that series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof to the contrary notwithstanding.

(c) Section 6.01(b), however, is subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Securities of that series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of that series and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any and all Securities of that series which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that series to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06, and any and all defaults under the Indenture, other than the nonpayment of principal on Securities of that series which shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.06, then and in every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences with respect to that series of Securities; but no such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) In case the Trustee has been directed by the Securityholders and has proceeded to enforce any right with respect to Securities of that series under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.


26



SECTION 6.02. (a)  The Company covenants that in case an Event of Default described in subsection 6.01(a)(1) or (a)(2) shall have occurred and be continuing, upon demand of the Trustee or the holders of not less than 33% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Securityholders), the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of that series, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law and without duplication of any other amounts paid by the Company in respect thereof) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that series; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06.

(b) In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c) In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or other judicial proceedings affecting the Company, any other obligor on such Securities, or the creditors or property of either, the Trustee shall have power to intervene in such proceedings and take any action therein that may be permitted by the court and shall (except as may be otherwise provided by law) be entitled to file such proofs of claim and other papers and documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the holders of Securities of such series allowed for the entire amount due and payable by the Company or such other obligor under this Indenture at the date of institution of such proceedings and for any additional amount which may become due and payable by the Company or such other obligor after such date, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to distribute the same after the deduction of the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the holders of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it under Section 7.06.

(d) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the terms established with respect to Securities of that series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of such Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for payment to the Trustee of any amounts due under Section 7.06, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series.

27



In case of an Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of that series or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 6.03. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.02 with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be applied in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such monies on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the several Securities of that series, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST:      To the payment of costs and expenses of collection and of all amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06;
SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Securities of such series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and
THIRD: To the Company.
SECTION 6.04. No holder of any Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof with respect to Securities of such series specifying such Event of Default, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the holders of not less than 33% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and holder of every Security of such series with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any

28



other of such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Securities of such series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Security to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Security, as therein provided, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or redemption date, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.
SECTION 6.05. (a)  All powers and remedies given by this Article to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any others thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to such Securities.

(b) No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

SECTION 6.06. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time outstanding, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture or unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of Securities of any other series at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 not parties thereto. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed might involve the Trustee in personal liability. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time outstanding affected thereby, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may on behalf of the holders of all of the Securities of such series waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained herein or established pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due by the terms of such Securities otherwise than by acceleration (unless such default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal otherwise than by acceleration and any premium has been deposited with the Trustee

29



(in accordance with Section 6.01(c))) or a call for redemption of Securities of that series. Upon any such waiver, the default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities of such series shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.07. The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of a default with respect to a particular series, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the holders of Securities of that series, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register, notice of all defaults with respect to that series known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purposes of this Section being hereby defined to be the events specified in subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of Section 6.01(a), not including any periods of grace provided for therein and irrespective of the giving of notice provided for by subsection (4) of Section 6.01(a)); provided, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of that series or in the payment of any sinking or analogous fund installment established with respect to that series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the holders of Securities of that series; provided further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 6.01(a)(4) with respect to Securities of such series no such notice to the holders of the Securities of that series shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof.

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default, except (i) a default under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) of Section 6.01 as long as the Trustee is acting as paying agent for such series of Securities or (ii) any default as to which the Trustee shall have received written notice to a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Indenture at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.
SECTION 6.08. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Securities by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or established pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 6.09. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy occurring upon an Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every

30



right and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the Trustee or to any holder of any Securities may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities, as the case may be.

ARTICLE SEVEN
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. (a)  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Securities of a series and after the curing of all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series which may have occurred, shall undertake to perform with respect to Securities of such series such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to Securities of a series has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to that series which may have occurred:

(1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to Securities of such series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to Securities of such series except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may with respect to Securities of such series conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

31



(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series; and

(iv) none of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur or risk personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Trustee reasonably believes that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

(c) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, or any other capacity the Trustee may serve hereunder, shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01.

SECTION 7.02. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, demand, approval, bond, security or other paper or document believed by it (i) to be genuine and (ii) to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein);

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(d) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, direction, order, demand, approval, bond, security, or other papers or documents, unless

32



requested in writing so to do by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of the particular series affected thereby (determined as provided in Section 8.04); provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition precedent to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee, in its direction, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit. In making any investigation required or authorized by this subparagraph, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

(g) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty;

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless (i) in the event of a payment Default, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or (ii) in all other events, unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture;

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

(l) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 7.03. (a)  The recitals contained herein and in the Securities (other than the Certificate of Authentication on the Securities) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.


33



(b) The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities.

(c) The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds of such Securities, or for the use or application of any monies paid over by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or established pursuant to Section 2.01, or for the use or application of any monies received by any paying agent other than the Trustee.

SECTION 7.04. The Trustee or any paying agent or Security Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent or Security Registrar.

SECTION 7.05 Subject to the provisions of Section 11.04, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any monies received by it hereunder except such as it may agree in writing with the Company to pay thereon.

SECTION 7.06. (a)  The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and agents and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (and their officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damages, claims, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any holder of Securities or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section.

(b) The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Securities.


34



(c) Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default, the expenses (including reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and compensation for its services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

(d) The provisions of this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor trustee.

SECTION 7.07 Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

SECTION 7.08. If the Trustee has acquired or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

SECTION 7.09. There shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to the Securities issued hereunder which shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or a corporation or other person permitted to act as trustee by the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million dollars, and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Company may not, nor may any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.10.

SECTION 7.10. (a)      The Trustee or any successor hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving 30 days’ written notice thereof to the Company and by transmitting notice of resignation by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be

35



delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series, or any Securityholder of that series who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.08, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months; or

(ii) The Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder; or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case, the Company, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee, may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.08, unless, with respect to subsection (b)(1) above, the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
(c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time outstanding may at any time, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Trustee and the Company, remove the Trustee with respect to such series and appoint a successor trustee.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of a series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11.

36



(e) Any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this Section may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more series or all of such series, and at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series.

SECTION 7.11. (a)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights, powers, and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject to any prior lien provided for in Section 7.06(b).

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates, (2) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates have no further responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture, and each such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee, to the extent contemplated by such supplemental indenture, the property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates.

37



(c) Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and eligible under this Article.

(e) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section, the Company shall transmit notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. If the Company fails to transmit such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be transmitted at the expense of the Company.

SECTION 7.12. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

SECTION 7.13. If and when the Trustee shall become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding collection of claims against the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities).

ARTICLE EIGHT
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 8.01. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a majority or specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such majority or specified percentage of that series have joined therein may be evidenced by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such holders of Securities of that series in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders of any series any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such series for the

38



determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Securities of that series have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the outstanding Securities of that series shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.
In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of a particular series have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, the principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01.
SECTION 8.02. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder (such proof will not require notarization) or his agent or proxy and proof of the holding by any person of any of the Securities shall be sufficient if made in the following manner:

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any such person of any instrument may be proved in any reasonable manner acceptable to the Trustee.

(b) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register of such Securities or by a certificate of the Security Registrar thereof.

(c) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

SECTION 8.03. Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name such Security shall be registered upon the books of the Company as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.03) interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 8.04. In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of a particular series have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Securities of that series which are owned by the Company or any other

39



obligor on the Securities of that series or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Securities of such series which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section, if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not a person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

SECTION 8.05. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Security of that series which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee, and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Security, and of any Security issued in exchange therefor, on registration of transfer thereof or in place thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security. Any action taken by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the holders of all the Securities of that series.

ARTICLE NINE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01. In addition to any supplemental indenture otherwise authorized by this Indenture, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect), without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company contained herein or otherwise established with respect to the Securities; or

(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the holders of the Securities of all or any series, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a default or an Event of Default with respect to such series permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this

40



Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series to waive such default; or

(c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture as shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture and shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Securities of any series; or

(d) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture or to add any new provision to this Indenture; provided, however, that such change, elimination or addition shall become effective only when there is no Security outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provisions; or

(e) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 2.01; or

(f) to add any additional Events of Default with respect to all or any series of outstanding Securities; or

(g) to provide collateral security for the Securities; or

(h) to provide for the authentication and delivery of bearer securities and coupons appertaining thereto representing interest, if any, thereon and for the procedures for the registration, exchange and replacement thereof and for the giving of notice to, and the solicitation of the vote or consent of, the holders thereof, and for any other matters incidental thereto; or

(i) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article Seven; or

(j) to change any place or places where (1) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all or any series of Securities shall be payable, (2) all or any series of Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer, (3) all or any series of Securities may be surrendered for exchange and (4) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of all or any series of Securities and this Indenture may be served; provided, however, that any such place shall be located in New York, New York or be the principal office of the Company; or

41



(k) to provide for the payment by the Company of additional amounts in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain holders and for the treatment of such additional amounts as interest and for all matters incidental thereto; or

(l) to provide for the issuance of Securities denominated in a currency other than Dollars or in a composite currency and for all matters incidental thereto.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Trust Indenture Act as in effect at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture or at any time thereafter shall be amended and
(i)      if any such amendment shall require one or more changes to any provisions hereof or the inclusion herein of any additional provisions, or shall by operation of law be deemed to effect such changes or incorporate such provisions by reference or otherwise, this Indenture shall be deemed to have been amended so as to conform to such amendment to the Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Securityholders, enter into a supplemental indenture hereto to effect or evidence such changes or additional provisions; or
(ii)      if any such amendment shall permit one or more changes to, or the elimination of, any provisions hereof which, at the date of the execution and delivery hereof or at any time thereafter, are required by the Trust Indenture Act to be contained herein, this Indenture shall be deemed to have been amended to effect such changes or elimination, and the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Securityholders, enter into a supplemental indenture hereto to effect such changes or elimination; or
(iii)      if, by reason of any such amendment, one or more provisions which, at the date of the execution and delivery hereof or at any time thereafter, are required by the Trust Indenture Act to be contained herein shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference or otherwise, or otherwise made applicable hereto, and shall no longer be required to be contained herein, the Company and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Securityholders, enter into a supplemental indenture hereto to effect the elimination of such provisions.
The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Securities at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.
SECTION 9.02. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures at the time outstanding, the Company, when

42



authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of a Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01, without the consent of the holders of each Security then outstanding and affected, (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, or reduce the percentage of Securities, the holders of which are required to waive any default and its consequences, without the consent of the holder of each Security then outstanding and affected thereby, or (iii) modify any provision of Section 6.01(c) (except to increase the percentage of principal amount of securities required to rescind and annul any declaration of amounts due and payable under the Securities) without the consent of the holders of each Security then outstanding and affected thereby.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders required to consent thereto as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the holders of Securities of any other series.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders of any series affected thereby under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Company shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders of all series affected thereby as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
SECTION 9.03. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Section 10.01, this Indenture shall, with respect to such series, be

43



and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Securities of the series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.04. Securities of any series, affected by a supplemental indenture, authenticated and delivered after the execution of such supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article, Article Two or Article Seven or of Section 10.01, may bear a notation in form approved by the Company, provided such form meets the requirements of any exchange upon which such series may be listed, as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of that series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of that series then outstanding.

SECTION 9.05. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE TEN
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE

SECTION 10.01. Unless a Company Order or supplemental indenture establishing a series of Securities provides otherwise, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company), or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property of the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (premium, if any) and interest on all of the Securities of all series in accordance with the terms of each series, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture with respect to each series or established with respect to such series pursuant to Section 2.01 to be kept or performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed, by supplemental indenture (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by the entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property.

44



SECTION 10.02. Unless a Company Order or supplemental indenture establishing a series of Securities provides otherwise:

(a)  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Securities of all series outstanding and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture or established with respect to each series of the Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 to be kept or performed by the Company with respect to each series, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and thereupon (provided, that in the case of a lease, the term of the lease is at least as long as the longest maturity of any Securities outstanding at such time) the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company or any other predecessor obligor on the Securities, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor company, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the predecessor Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities which such successor corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

(c) Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent the Company from merging into itself or acquiring by purchase or otherwise all or any part of the property of any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company).

SECTION 10.03. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any such assumption, comply with the provisions of this Article.

45



ARTICLE ELEVEN
DEFEASANCE AND CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE; UNCLAIMED MONIES

SECTION 11.01. Securities of a series may be defeased in accordance with their terms and, unless the Company Order or supplemental indenture establishing the series otherwise provides, in accordance with this Article.

The Company at any time may terminate as to a series all of its obligations for such series under this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”). The Company at any time may terminate as to a series its obligations, if any, under any restrictive covenant which may be applicable to a particular series (“covenant defeasance option”). However, in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.07, 4.02, 7.06, 7.10 and 11.04 shall survive until the Securities of the series are no longer outstanding; thereafter the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 7.10 and 11.04 shall survive.
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, a series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, a series may not be accelerated by reference to any restrictive covenant which may be applicable to a particular series so defeased under the terms of the series.
The Trustee, upon request of and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall, subject to compliance with Section 13.06, acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants as certified to the Trustee;
The Company may exercise as to a series its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option if:
(i) The Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee or another trustee (x) money in an amount which shall be sufficient; or (y) Eligible Obligations the principal of and the interest on which when due, without regard to reinvestment thereof, will provide moneys, which, together with the money, if any, deposited or held by the Trustee or such other trustee, shall be sufficient; or (z) a combination of money and Eligible Obligations which shall be sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, due and to become due on such Securities on or prior to maturity;

(ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a Certificate to the effect that the requirements set forth in clause (1) above have been satisfied;

(iii) immediately after the deposit no Default exists; and

(iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance but will realize income, gain or loss on the Securities, including payments of interest thereon, in the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such defeasance had not

46



occurred and which, in the case of legal defeasance, shall be (x) accompanied by a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service issued to the Company or (y) based on a change in law or regulation occurring after the date hereof; and

(v) the deposit specified in paragraph (1) above shall not result in the Company, the Trustee or the trust created in connection with such defeasance being deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

In the event the Company exercises its option to effect a covenant defeasance with respect to the Securities of any series as described above and the Securities of that series are thereafter declared due and payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default other than the Event of Default caused by failing to comply with the covenants which are defeased, the amount of money and securities on deposit with the Trustee may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the Securities of that series at the time of the acceleration resulting from such Event of Default. However, the Company shall remain liable for such payments.
SECTION 11.02. All monies or Eligible Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and shall be available for payment as due, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company acting as its own paying agent), to the holders of the particular series of Securities for the payment or redemption of which such monies or Eligible Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee.

SECTION 11.03. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all monies or Eligible Obligations then held by any paying agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such monies or Eligible Obligations.

SECTION 11.04 Any monies or Eligible Obligations deposited with any paying agent or the Trustee, or then held by the Company, in trust for payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Securities of a particular series that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the holders of such Securities for at least two years after the date upon which the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Securities shall have respectively become due and payable, upon the written request of the Company and unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law, shall be repaid to the Company on May 31 of each year or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and thereupon the paying agent and the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such monies or Eligible Obligations, and the holder of any of the Securities entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof.

SECTION 11.05. In connection with any satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to this Article Eleven, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent in this Indenture provided for relating to such satisfaction and discharge have been complied with.

47



ARTICLE TWELVE
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS
AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 12.01. No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, or of any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any such predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, stockholder, officer or director as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Securities.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 13.01. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 13.02. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the corresponding board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.

SECTION 13.03. The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of two-thirds of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company under this Indenture and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any successor corporation.

SECTION 13.04. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited first class postage prepaid in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Trustee), as follows: AEP Texas Inc. c/o American

48



Electric Power Service Corporation, 1 Riverside Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215, Attention: Lonni L. Dieck, Treasurer. Any notice, election, request or demand by the Company or any Securityholder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.
SECTION 13.05. This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State.

SECTION 13.06. (a) Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Each Certificate, Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 5.03(d) of this Indenture) shall include (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 13.07. Except as provided pursuant to Section 2.01 pursuant to a Company Order, or established in one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, in any case where

49



the date of maturity of principal or an Interest Payment Date of any Security or the date of redemption, purchase or repayment of any Security shall not be a Business Day then payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of maturity or redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such nominal date.

SECTION 13.08. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 13.09. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.10. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of any series shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities, but this Indenture and such Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

SECTION 13.11. The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under the Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company; provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

SECTION 13.12. The Article and Section Headings in this Indenture and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 13.13. Whenever this Indenture provides for any action by, or the determination of any rights of, holders of Securities of any series in which not all of such Securities are denominated in the same currency, in the absence of any provision to the contrary in the form of Security of any particular series, any amount in respect of any Security denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be treated for any such action or determination of rights as that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount on such reasonable basis of exchange and as of the record date with respect to Securities of such series (if any) for such action or determination of rights (or, if there shall be no applicable record date, such other date reasonably proximate to the date of such action or determination of rights) as the Company may specify in a written notice to the Trustee.

SECTION 13.14. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

50



SECTION 13.15. The Company agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against the Company brought by any holder of Securities or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Securities may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and the Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture or any Security, including such actions, suits or proceedings relation to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuer is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

SECTION 13.16. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 13.17. In order to assist the Trustee with its compliance with Section 1471 through 1474 of the U. S. Internal Revenue Code and the rules and regulations thereunder (as in effect from time to time, collectively, the “Applicable Law”) the Company agrees (i) to provide the Trustee and any other paying agent reasonably available information collected and stored in the Company’s ordinary course of business regarding holders of the Securities (solely in their capacity as such) and which is necessary for the Trustee’s and any paying agent’s determination of whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law and (ii) that the Trustee and any paying agent shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Indenture, as supplemented, and the Securities to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law for which the Trustee and any paying agent shall not have any liability. Nothing in the immediately preceding sentence shall be construed as obligating the Company to make any “gross up” payment or similar reimbursement in connection with a payment in respect of which amounts are so withheld or deducted.


51



The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

AEP TEXAS INC.


By /s/ Lonni L. Dieck
Treasurer


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

By: /s/ Valerie Boyd
Name: Valerie Boyd
Title: Vice President

52


Exhibit 5

AEP Texas Inc.
1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, Ohio 43215

November 17, 2017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am an employee of American Electric Power Service Corporation, a New York corporation and a service company affiliate of AEP Texas Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). I have acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), relating to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (collectively, the "Exchange Notes") to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of November 1, 2016 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The Exchange Notes will be offered by the Company in exchange for $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047.

I have examined the Registration Statement and the Indenture which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. I also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as I have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, I have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to me as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. I also have assumed that the Indenture is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Trustee.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations stated herein, I am of the opinion that: assuming the due execution, authentication, issuance and delivery of such Exchange Notes, upon the exchange, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

I do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the laws of the State of New York and Delaware and the Federal law of the United States.






I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, I do not hereby admit that I am in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Thomas G. Berkemeyer
Thomas G. Berkemeyer
Associate General Counsel




EXHIBIT 12
 
 
AEP TEXAS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(in millions except ratio data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve
 
 
Nine
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Months
 
 
Months
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
Ended 
 
 
Ended
 
 
2012
 
 
2013
 
 
2014
 
 
2015
 
 
2016
 
 
9/30/2017
 
 
9/30/2017
EARNINGS
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Tax Expense
 
$
213.0

(a)
 
$
222.3

(b)
 
$
205.5

(c)
 
$
179.9

(c)
 
$
255.3

(c)
 
$
276.8

(c)
 
$
220.8

Fixed Charges (as below)
 
184.4

 
 
166.4

 
 
160.0

 
 
157.7

 
 
155.6

 
 
151.4

 
 
112.4

Total Earnings
 
$
397.4

 
 
$
388.7

 
 
$
365.5

 
 
$
337.6

 
 
$
410.9

 
 
$
428.2

 
 
$
333.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIXED CHARGES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense
 
$
180.4

 
 
$
161.8

 
 
$
153.8

 
 
$
150.0

 
 
$
145.8

 
 
$
142.1

 
 
$
105.6

Credit for Allowance for Borrowed Funds Used During Construction
 
1.4

 
 
2.2

 
 
3.6

 
 
4.5

 
 
5.9

 
 
5.4

 
 
3.9

Estimated Interest Element in Lease Rentals
 
2.6

 
 
2.4

 
 
2.6

 
 
3.2

 
 
3.9

 
 
3.9

 
 
2.9

Total Fixed Charges
 
$
184.4

 
 
$
166.4

 
 
$
160.0

 
 
$
157.7

 
 
$
155.6

 
 
$
151.4

 
 
$
112.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
2.15

 
 
2.33

 
 
2.28

 
 
2.14

 
 
2.64

 
 
2.82

 
 
2.96


(a)
Reflects the reclassification of the Wind Farms, AEP Energy Partners, Inc. and Electric Transmission Texas, LLC as Discontinued Operations.
(b)
Reflects the reclassification of the Wind Farms and AEP Energy Partners, Inc. as Discontinued Operations.
(c)
Reflects the reclassification of the Wind Farms as Discontinued Operations. See Note 7 to the Annual Financial Statements and Note 6 to the Third Quarter 2017 Financial Statements for additional information.




Exhibit 16(a)

November 17, 2017

Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549-7561

Dear Sirs/Madams:

We have read the disclosures under the heading “Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure” included in AEP Texas Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2017 (the “Disclosures”), and have the following comments:

1.
We agree with the statements made regarding our firm in the second paragraph of the Disclosures.

2.
We have no basis on which to agree or disagree with the other statements made in the Disclosures.

Yours truly,

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Columbus, Ohio





Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of AEP Texas Inc.

The following is the list of subsidiaries of AEP Texas Inc.
 
Location of
Name of Company
Incorporation
AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC
Delaware
AEP Texas Central Transition Funding II LLC
Delaware
AEP Texas North Generation Company LLC
Delaware





Exhibit 23(a)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated April 26, 2017 (November 17, 2017 as to Note 17) relating to the consolidated financial statements of AEP Texas Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Columbus, Ohio
November 17, 2017





Exhibit 24

AEP TEXAS INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned managers or officers of AEP TEXAS INC., a Delaware corporation, which is to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549, under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, one or more Registration Statements for the registration thereunder of up to $725,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Debt Securities, including up to $725,000,000 of indebtedness, comprised of unsecured promissory notes in one or more new series, each series to have a maturity not less than nine months and not more than 50 years, does hereby appoint NICHOLAS K. AKINS, LISA M. BARTON, BRIAN X. TIERNEY, LONNI L. DIECK and RENEE V. HAWKINS, his or her true and lawful attorneys, and each of them his or her true and lawful attorney, with power to act without the others, and with full power of substitution or resubstitution, to execute for him or her and in his or her name said Registration Statement(s) and any and all amendments thereto, whether said amendments add to, delete from or otherwise alter the Registration Statement(s) or the related Prospectus(es) included therein, or add or withdraw any exhibits or schedules to be filed therewith and any and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, hereby granting unto said attorneys and each of them full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned, and in any and all capacities, every act and thing whatsoever required or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and approving the acts of said attorneys and each of them.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned have hereunto set their hands this 24th day of October, 2017.

/s/ Nicholas K. Akins
 
 
 
/s/ Lana L. Hillebrand
 
 
Nicholas K. Akins
 
L.S.
 
Lana L. Hillebrand
 
L.S.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lisa M. Barton
 
 
 
/s/ Mark C. McCullough
 
 
Lisa M. Barton
 
 L.S.
 
Mark C. McCullough
 
 L.S.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul Chodak, III
 
 
 
/ s/ Charles R. Patton  
 
 
Paul Chodak, III
 
 L.S.
 
Charles R. Patton
 
 L.S.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ David M. Feinberg
 
 
 
/s/ Brian X. Tierney
 
 
David M. Feinberg
 
 L.S.
 
Brian X. Tierney
 
 L.S.





Exhibit 25
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2)           |__|
___________________________

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

(Jurisdiction of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)
95-3571558
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
 
400 South Hope Street
Suite 500
Los Angeles, California
(Address of principal executive offices)


90071
(Zip code)

___________________________
AEP Texas Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
51-0007707
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
 
1 Riverside Plaza
Columbus, Ohio
(Address of principal executive offices)

43215-2373
(Zip code)
___________________________
2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022
3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047
(Title of the indenture securities)





= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =


2



1.      General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
(a)
Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
Name
Address
Comptroller of the Currency
United States Department of the
Treasury
Washington, DC 20219
 
 
Federal Reserve Bank
San Francisco, CA 94105
 
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, DC 20429

(b)Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Yes.
2.
Affiliations with Obligor.
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
None.
16.
List of Exhibits.
Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a‑29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Act") and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).
1.
A copy of the articles of association of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).
2.
A copy of certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business. (Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121948).
3.
A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers (Exhibit 3 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).

3



4.
A copy of the existing by-laws of the trustee (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-162713).
6.
The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152875).
7.
A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

4



SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Los Angeles, and State of California, on the 20 th day of October, 2017.
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

By: /s/ Valere Boyd     
Name: Valere Boyd
Title: Vice President





5



EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
of 400 South Hope Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90071

At the close of business June 30, 2017, published in accordance with Federal regulatory authority instructions.

 
 
 
 
Dollar amounts
 
 
 
 
in thousands
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and balances due from
 
 
depository institutions:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing balances
 
 
 
 
and currency and coin
 
2,600

 
Interest-bearing balances
 
439,216

Securities:
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity securities
 

 
Available-for-sale securities
 
628,823

Federal funds sold and securities
 
 
 
purchased under agreements to resell:
 
 
 
Federal funds sold
 

 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
 

 
 
 
 
 
Loans and lease financing receivables:
 
 
 
Loans and leases held for sale
 

 
Loans and leases,
 
 
 
 
held for investment
 
 
LESS: Allowance for loan and
 
 
 
 
lease losses
 
 
Loans and leases held for investment,
 
 
 
 
net of allowance
 
Trading assets
 

Premises and fixed assets (including
 
 
 
capitalized leases)
 
10,515

Other real estate owned
 

Investments in unconsolidated
 
 
 
subsidiaries and associated
 
 
 
companies
 

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures
 

Intangible assets:
 
 
 
Goodwill
 
856,313

 
 
 
 

6



 
Other intangible assets
 
37,583

Other assets
 
130,153

Total assets
 
$
2,105,203






LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
In domestic offices
 
649

 
 
Noninterest-bearing
649
 
 
 
Interest-bearing
 
 
Not applicable
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities
 
 
 
 
sold under agreements to repurchase:
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased     
 

 
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
 

Trading liabilities
 

Other borrowed money:
 
 
 
 
(includes mortgage indebtedness
 
 
 
 
and obligations under capitalized
 
 
 
 
leases)
 

Not applicable
 
 
Not applicable
 
 
Subordinated notes and debentures
 

Other liabilities
 
296,346

Total liabilities
 
296,995

Not applicable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY CAPITAL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
 

Common stock
 
1,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
 
1,123,023

Not available
 
 
 
Retained earnings
 
685,564

 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(1,379
)
Other equity capital components
 

Not available
 
 
 
Total bank equity capital
 
1,808,208

 
 
 
 

7



 
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries
 

Total equity capital
 
1,808,208

Total liabilities and equity capital
 
$
2,105,203

 
 
 
 
 

I, Matthew J. McNulty, CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that the Reports of Condition and Income (including the supporting schedules) for this report date have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Matthew J. McNulty      )      CFO


We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of the Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) for this report date and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

Antonio I. Portuondo, President      )
William D. Lindelof, Director      )      Directors (Trustees)
Alphonse J. Briand, Director      )


8


Exhibit 99(a)

AEP Texas Inc.

Letter of Transmittal
Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for any and all of its outstanding 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively
(such transactions, collectively, the “Exchange Offers”)
THE EXCHANGE OFFERS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ___________, 2017 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE OFFERS ARE EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By Mail, Hand or Courier

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations-Reorganization Unit
111 Sanders Creek Parkway
East Syracuse, NY 13057
Attn: Eric Herr
Tel: 315-414-3362
By Facsimile Transmission
(eligible institutions only)

(732) 667-9408

To Confirm by Telephone

Tel: 315-414-3349
Email: CT_REORG_UNIT_INQUIRIES@BNYMELLON.COM

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a prospectus dated _______________, 2017 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of AEP Texas Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Company’s offer to exchange $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 (the “2022 Exchange Notes”) and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (the “2047 Exchange Notes” and, together with the 2022 Exchange Notes, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 (the “2022 Outstanding Notes”) and 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047 (the “2047 Outstanding Notes” and, together with the 2022 Outstanding Notes, the “Outstanding Notes”).





Holders of Outstanding Notes should complete this Letter of Transmittal either (a) if certificates representing the Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (b) if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offers - Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “The Exchange Offers - Book-Entry Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder may have an Agent’s Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.
Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offers - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.
For each Outstanding Note of any series accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note of the corresponding series having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. The 2022 Exchange Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 2.40% per annum and the 2047 Exchange Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 3.80% per annum, in each case payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.
YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offers.





PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts of Outstanding Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1:

Box 1*
Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith
Name(s) and Address(es)
of Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if Blank,
Exactly as Name(s)
Appear(s) on
Certificate(s))
Series of
Outstanding Notes
Certificate or
Registration
Number(s) of
Outstanding Notes**
Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented
by Outstanding Notes
Aggregate Principal
Amount of
Outstanding Notes
Being Tendered***
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total:
 
 
 
*If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Outstanding Notes on a separate signed schedule and attach the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
**Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
***The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in the amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that any untendered Outstanding Notes must be in a minimum denomination of $2,000. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.





Box 2
 
 
Book-Entry Transfer
 
 
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
Name of Tendering Institution: _______________________________________________________________
Account Number:__________________________________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number:___________________________________________________________________
Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”). DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offers must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offers through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.
DELIVERY OF AN AGENT’S MESSAGE BY DTC WILL SATISFY THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS AS TO EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY THE PARTICIPANT IDENTIFIED IN THE AGENT’S MESSAGE. DTC PARTICIPANTS MAY ALSO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFERS BY SUBMITTING A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY THROUGH ATOP.
Box 3
 
 
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
(See Instruction 1 below)
 
 
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):__________________________________________________________
Window Ticket Number (if any):___________________________________________________________
Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:_________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:___________________________________________
IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:
Name of Tendering Institution:_____________________________________________________________
Account Number:________________________________________________________________________
Transaction Code Number:_________________________________________________________________





Box 4
 
 
Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes
 
 
Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer
 
 
CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.
Box 5
 
 
Participating Broker-Dealer
 
 
Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer
 
 
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

The undersigned represents that it is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business, and it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it did not purchase its Outstanding Notes from the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates, and it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offers with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.





PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offers, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including, if the Exchange Offers are extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company, in connection with the Exchange Offers) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (a) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (b) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (c) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offers.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that (a) any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (b) neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is engaged in or intends to engage in, nor has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and (c) neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it represents that (a) the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and (b) that it did not purchase its Outstanding Notes from the Company or any of its affiliates and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an - underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.
The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offers are being made based on the Company’s understanding of interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC





and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement dated September 22, 2017, among the Company, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives of the several initial purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Company shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 5 (Indemnification) of such agreement. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.
The Exchange Offers are subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offers - Conditions to the Exchange Offers.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offers. In addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offers at any time prior to the Expiration Date if the Company determines that any of the conditions set forth under “The Exchange Offers - Conditions to the Exchange Offers” occur.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.”
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.





Box 6
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
 
 
 
 
 
(See Instructions 4 and 5)
 
 
 
 
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.
 
 
 
 
 
Issue:
Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
 
Exchange Notes to:
 
Name(s):
 
 
 
 
(Please Print or Type)
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
 
 
 
 
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:_________________________________________________________________
 
 
 
 
 
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:____________________________________________________________
Box 7
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
 
 
 
 
 
(See Instructions 4 and 5)
 
 
 
 
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be sent in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.
 
 
 
 
 
Issue:
Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
 
Exchange Notes to:
 
Name(s):
 
 
 
 
(Please Print or Type)
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
 
 
 
 
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:_________________________________________________________________
 
 
 
 
 
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:____________________________________________________________





Box 8
TENDERING HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE
(Complete accompanying Form W-9 or IRS Form W-8, as applicable)
 
Must be signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the participant whose name appears on a security position listing of the book-entry transfer facility as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or on such security position listing or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 4.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Signature(s) of Holder(s))
 
Date:______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name(s):___________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Please Print or Type)

Capacity (full title):__________________________________________________________________________________________

Address:___________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:______________________________________________________________________

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:_________________________________________________________________


GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(If Required - See Instruction 4)

Authorized Signature:________________________________________________________________________________________

Date:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name:____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Title:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of Firm:______________________________________________________________________________________________

Address:___________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:______________________________________________________________________

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:_________________________________________________________________





INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

General

Please do not send certificates for Outstanding Notes directly to the Company. Your certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be mailed or otherwise delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. A holder of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the participant whose name appears on a security position listing of the book-entry transfer facility as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”). DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offers must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offers through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.

Delivery of an Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offers as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offers by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.

Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in “The Exchange Offers - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Holders may tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) the Exchange Agent receives (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), prior to the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided with this Letter of Transmittal that (a) sets forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, if applicable, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes or a book-entry confirmation (including an Agent’s Message), and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with, or transmitted by the Eligible Guarantor Institution to, the Exchange Agent; and (iii) the Exchange Agent receives a properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes (including an Agent’s Message) into the Exchange Agent’s account at the appropriate book-entry transfer facility and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.





Any Holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. Each tendering holder, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.

2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the column entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” in Box 1 above. A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder promptly after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise clearly indicated. Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offers may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable.

To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal (which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter) must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; (v) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offers. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offers. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offers - Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Neither the Company, any affiliate or assigns of the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).

3. Beneficial Owner Instructions. Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes held through book-entry, such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder), or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offers must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.

4. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the participant whose name appears on a security position listing of the book-entry transfer facility as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates (or on such security position listing) without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.






If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the participant whose name appears on a security position listing of the book-entry transfer facility as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. If, however, this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes listed or the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Outstanding Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the registered holder, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes and the signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of such persons’ authority to so act.

Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”).

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the participant whose name appears on a security position listing of the book-entry transfer facility as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

5. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions. Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate. See Box 4.

If no such instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder’s account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility.

6. Transfer Taxes. The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offers. If, however, the Exchange Notes are delivered to or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offers, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.





7. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offers set forth in the Prospectus.

8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities. Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been completed.

9. No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Company reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date.

10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.





IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Exchange Agent with its correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding by completing the enclosed Form W-9, or otherwise establishes an exemption from the backup withholding rules. In general, for an individual, the TIN is such individual’s social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the tendering holder (or other payee) may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and any reportable payments made to such person with respect to Outstanding Notes may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%. Such reportable payments generally will be subject to information reporting, even if the Exchange Agent is provided with a TIN. Failure to comply truthfully with the backup withholding requirements also may result in the imposition of severe criminal and/or civil fines and penalties.

Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, generally all corporations and certain foreign holders) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes that are U.S. persons should sign, date and return the Form W-9 to the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed instructions to Form W-9 for additional information. In order for a foreign holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit an applicable Form W-8 (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder’s non-U.S. status. An applicable Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent or the IRS’s website. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements, and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.

If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 28% of any reportable payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS, provided the required information is furnished. The Exchange Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.

A holder who does not have a TIN may write “Applied For” as indicated on the Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. In such case, the Exchange Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent and, if the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the IRS. The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed instructions to Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.





Form W-9
(Rev. December 2014)
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification
Give Form to the
requester. Do not
send to the IRS.
 
1 Name (as shown on your income tax return). Name is required on this line; do not leave this line blank.
2 Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above
3 Check appropriate box for federal tax classification; check only one of the following seven boxes:
o Individual/sole proprietor or o C Corporation o S Corporation o Partnership o Trust/estate
single-member LLC
Corporation. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=partnership)
Note. For a single-member LLC that is disregarded, do not check LLC; check the appropriate box in the line above for the tax classification of the single-member owner.
o Other (see instructions)
4 Exemptions (codes apply only to
certain entities, not individuals; see
instructions on page 3):
Exempt payee code (if any)
Exemption from FATCA reporting
code (if any)_________________
(Applies to accounts maintained outside the U.S.)
5 Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)
Requester’s name and address (optional)
6 City, state, and ZIP code
7 List account number(s) here (optional)
Part I
2. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is generally your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3.
Social security number
 
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
or
Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the instructions for line 1 and the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.
Employer identification number
 
 
 
-
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
Part II
Certification
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1.
The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and
2.
I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and
3.
I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below); and
4.
The FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that I am exempt from FATCA reporting is correct.
Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 3.
Sign
Here
Signature of
U.S. Person
 
Date
 
General Instructions
 
-Form 1099-MISC (various types of income, prizes, awards, or gross proceeds)
-Form 1099-B (stock or mutual fund sales and certain other transactions by brokers)
-Form 1099-S (proceeds from real estate transactions)
-Form 1099-K (merchant card and third party network transactions)
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.
 
Future developments . Information about developments affecting Form W-9 (such as legislation enacted after we release it) is at www.irs.gov/fw9 .
 
3. Purpose of Form
 
An individual or entity (Form W-9 requester) who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) which may be your social security number (SSN), individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN), adoption taxpayer identification number (ATIN), or employer identification number (EIN), to report on an information return the amount paid to you, or other amount reportable on an information return. Examples of information returns include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
-Form 1099-INT (interest earned or paid)
 
 
-Form 1099-DIV (dividends, including those from stocks or mutual funds)
 
 





- Form 1098 (home mortgage interest), 1098-E (student loan interest), 1098-T (tuition)
- Form 1099-C (canceled debt)
- Form 1099-A (acquisition or abandonment of secured property)

Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN.
If you do not return Form W-9 to the requester with a TIN, you might be subject to backup withholding. See What is backup withholding? on page 2.
By signing the filled-out form you:
 
1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),
2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or
3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners' share of effectively connected income, and
4. Certify that FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that you are exempt from the FATCA reporting, is correct. See What is FATCA reporting? on page 2 for further information.
o
 
Cat. No. 10231X
____________
Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2014)





Note. If you are a U.S. person and a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.
Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:
An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;
A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States;
An estate (other than a foreign estate); or
A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).
Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax under section 1446 on any foreign partners’ share of effectively connected taxable income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, the rules under section 1446 require a partnership to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the section 1446 withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a
U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid section 1446 withholding on your share of partnership income.
In the cases below, the following person must give Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States:
In the case of a disregarded entity with a U.S. owner, the U.S. owner of the disregarded entity and not the entity;
In the case of a grantor trust with a U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner, generally, the U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner of the grantor trust and not the trust; and
In the case of a U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust), the U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.
Foreign person. If you are a foreign person or the U.S. branch of a foreign bank that has elected to be treated as a U.S. person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 or Form 8233 (see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).
Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.
If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:
1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.
2. The treaty article addressing the income.
3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.
4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.
5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.
Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years.
However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.
If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8 or Form 8233.
4. Backup Withholding
What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS 28% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.
You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.
5. Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:
1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,
2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II instructions on page 3 for details),

3.
The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,
4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report





all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or
5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).
Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See Exempt payee code on page 3 and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form
W-9 for more information.
Also see Special rules for partnerships above.
6. What is FATCA reporting?
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) requires a participating foreign financial institution to report all United States account holders that are specified United States persons. Certain payees are exempt from FATCA reporting. See Exemption from FATCA reporting code on page 3 and the Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9 for more information.
7. Updating Your Information
You must provide updated information to any person to whom you claimed to be an exempt payee if you are no longer an exempt payee and anticipate receiving reportable payments in the future from this person. For example, you may need to provide updated information if you are a C corporation that elects to be an S corporation, or if you no longer are tax exempt. In addition, you must furnish a new Form W-9 if the name or TIN changes for the account; for example, if the grantor of a grantor trust dies.
8. Penalties
Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
9. Specific Instructions
10. Line 1
You must enter one of the following on this line; do not leave this line blank. The name should match the name on your tax return.
If this Form W-9 is for a joint account, list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of Form W-9.
a. Individual. Generally, enter the name shown on your tax return. If you have changed your last name without informing the Social Security Administration (SSA) of the name change, enter your first name, the last name as shown on your social security card, and your new last name.
Note. ITIN applicant: Enter your individual name as it was entered on your Form W-7 application, line 1a. This should also be the same as the name you entered on the Form 1040/1040A/1040EZ you filed with your application.
b. Sole proprietor or single-member LLC. Enter your individual name as shown on your 1040/1040A/1040EZ on line 1. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as” (DBA) name on line 2.
c. Partnership, LLC that is not a single-member LLC, C Corporation, or S Corporation. Enter the entity's name as shown on the entity's tax return on line 1 and any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.
d. Other entities. Enter your name as shown on required U.S. federal tax documents on line 1. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.
e. Disregarded entity. For U.S. federal tax purposes, an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is treated as a “disregarded entity.” See Regulations section 301.7701-2(c)(2)(iii). Enter the owner's name on line 1. The name of the entity entered on line 1 should never be a disregarded entity. The name on line 1 should be the name shown on the income tax return on which the income should be reported. For example, if a foreign LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes has a single owner that is a
U.S. person, the U.S. owner's name is required to be provided on line 1. If the direct owner of the entity is also a disregarded entity, enter the first owner that is not disregarded for federal tax purposes. Enter the disregarded entity's name on line 2, “Business name/disregarded entity name.” If the owner of the disregarded entity is a foreign person, the owner must complete an appropriate Form W-8 instead of a Form W-9. This is the case even if the foreign person has a U.S. TIN.





11. Line 2
If you have a business name, trade name, DBA name, or disregarded entity name, you may enter it on line 2.
12. Line 3
Check the appropriate box in line 3 for the U.S. federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on line 1. Check only one box in line 3.
Limited Liability Company (LLC). If the name on line 1 is an LLC treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes, check the “Limited Liability Company” box and enter “P” in the space provided. If the LLC has filed Form 8832 or 2553 to be taxed as a corporation, check the “Limited Liability Company” box and in the space provided enter “C” for C corporation or “S” for S corporation. If it is a
single-member LLC that is a disregarded entity, do not check the “Limited Liability Company” box; instead check the first box in line 3 “Individual/sole proprietor or single-member LLC.”
13. Line 4, Exemptions
If you are exempt from backup withholding and/or FATCA reporting, enter in the appropriate space in line 4 any code(s) that may apply to you.
14. Exempt payee code.
Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding.
Except as provided below, corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, including interest and dividends.
Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding for payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions.
Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding with respect to attorneys' fees or gross proceeds paid to attorneys, and corporations that provide medical or health care services are not exempt with respect to payments reportable on Form 1099-MISC.
The following codes identify payees that are exempt from backup withholding. Enter the appropriate code in the space in line 4.
1-An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2)
2-The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities
3-A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities
4-A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities
5-A corporation
6-A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a U.S. commonwealth or possession
7-A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
8-A real estate investment trust
9-An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940
10-A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)
11-A financial institution
12-A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian
13-A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947 The following chart shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup
withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 13.
IF the payment is for . . .
THEN the payment is exempt for . . .
Interest and dividend payments
All exempt payees except for 7
Broker transactions
Exempt payees 1 through 4 and 6 through 11 and all C corporations. S corporations must not enter an exempt payee code because they are exempt only for sales of noncovered securities acquired prior to 2012.
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends
Exempt payees 1 through 4
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,000 1
Generally, exempt payees 1 through 5 2
Payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions
Exempt payees 1 through 4
1 See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.






2 However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys' fees, gross proceeds paid to an attorney reportable under section 6045(f), and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.
Exemption from FATCA reporting code. The following codes identify payees that are exempt from reporting under FATCA. These codes apply to persons submitting this form for accounts maintained outside of the United States by certain foreign financial institutions. Therefore, if you are only submitting this form for an account you hold in the United States, you may leave this field blank.
Consult with the person requesting this form if you are uncertain if the financial institution is subject to these requirements. A requester may indicate that a code is not required by providing you with a Form W-9 with “Not Applicable” (or any similar indication) written or printed on the line for a FATCA exemption code.
A-An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) or any individual retirement plan as defined in section 7701(a)(37)
B-The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities
C-A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities
D-A corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on one or more established securities markets, as described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)
E-A corporation that is a member of the same expanded affiliated group as a corporation described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)
F-A dealer in securities, commodities, or derivative financial instruments (including notional principal contracts, futures, forwards, and options) that is registered as such under the laws of the United States or any state
G-A real estate investment trust
H-A regulated investment company as defined in section 851 or an entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940
I-A common trust fund as defined in section 584(a)
J-A bank as defined in section 581
K-A broker
L-A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947(a)(1)
M-A tax exempt trust under a section 403(b) plan or section 457(g) plan
Note. You may wish to consult with the financial institution requesting this form to determine whether the FATCA code and/or exempt payee code should be completed.
15. Line 5
Enter your address (number, street, and apartment or suite number). This is where the requester of this Form W-9 will mail your information returns.
16. Line 6
Enter your city, state, and ZIP code.
Part I. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.
If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.
If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner (see Limited Liability Company (LLC) on this page), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.
Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.
How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local SSA office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov . You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting IRS.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM
(1-800-829-3676).
If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, apply for a TIN and write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.
Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.
Caution: A disregarded U.S. entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.





17. Part II. Certification
To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if items 1, 4, or 5 below indicate otherwise.
For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). In the case of a disregarded entity, the person identified on line 1 must sign. Exempt payees, see Exempt payee code earlier.
Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in items 1 through 5 below.
1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.
3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.
4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).
5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
18. What Name and Number To Give the Requester
For this type of account:
Give name and SSN of:
1. Individual
The individual
2. Two or more individuals (joint account)
The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account 1
3. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)
The minor 2
4. a. The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)
b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law
The grantor-trustee 1 The actual owner 1
5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual
The owner 3
6. Grantor trust filing under Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 1 (see Regulations section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i) (A))
The grantor*
For this type of account:
Give name and EIN of:
7. Disregarded entity not owned by an individual
The owner
8. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust
Legal entity 4
9. Corporation or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553
The corporation
10. Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax- exempt organization
The organization
11. Partnership or multi-member LLC
The partnership
12. A broker or registered nominee
The broker or nominee
13. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments
The public entity
14. Grantor trust filing under the Form 1041 Filing Method or the Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 2 (see Regulations section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i) (B))
The trust
1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
2 Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.






3 You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or DBA name on the “Business name/disregarded entity” name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
4 List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 2.
*Note. Grantor also must provide a Form W-9 to trustee of trust.
Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
19. Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft
Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, SSN, or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.
To reduce your risk:
Protect your SSN,
Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and
Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.
If your tax records are affected by identity theft and you receive a notice from the IRS, respond right away to the name and phone number printed on the IRS notice or letter.
If your tax records are not currently affected by identity theft but you think you are at risk due to a lost or stolen purse or wallet, questionable credit card activity or credit report, contact the IRS Identity Theft Hotline at 1-800-908-4490 or submit Form 14039.
For more information, see Publication 4535, Identity Theft Prevention and Victim Assistance.
Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at
1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.
Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.
The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.
If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to phishing@irs.gov. You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA) at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at www.ftc.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT (1-877-438-4338).
Visit IRS.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.



20. Privacy Act Notice
Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons (including federal agencies) who are required to file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, or certain other income paid to you; mortgage interest you paid; the acquisition or abandonment of secured property; the cancellation of debt; or contributions you made to an IRA, Archer MSA, or HSA. The person collecting this form uses the information on the form to file information returns with the IRS, reporting the above information. Routine uses of this information include giving it to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. commonwealths and possessions for use in administering their laws. The information also may be disclosed to other countries under a treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce civil and criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Under section 3406, payers must generally withhold a percentage of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply for providing false or fraudulent information.





Exhibit 99(b)


AEP TEXAS INC.
Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for any and all of its outstanding
2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively
(such transactions, collectively, the “Exchange Offers”)
__________, 2017

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
Trust Companies and other Nominees:

As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated ____________, 2017 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), AEP Texas Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in integral multiples of $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offers, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, and are not subject to any covenant regarding registration under the Securities Act. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offers is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.
WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE. PLEASE BRING THE EXCHANGE OFFERS TO THEIR ATTENTION AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.
Enclosed are copies of the following documents:
1.
The Prospectus;
2.
The Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Outstanding Notes and for the information of your clients, including a Form W-9;
3.
A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and
4.
A form of letter, including a letter of instructions to a registered holder from a beneficial owner, which you may use to correspond with your clients for whose accounts you hold Outstanding Notes that are registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions regarding the Exchange Offers.

Your prompt action is requested. Please note that the Exchange Offers will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ___________, 2017 (the “Expiration Date”), unless the Company otherwise extends the Exchange Offers. The Exchange Offers are not conditioned upon any minimum number of Outstanding Notes being tendered.





To participate in the Exchange Offers, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”), at the book-entry transfer facility, with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of the Outstanding Notes will represent to the Company that (a) any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (b) neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is engaged in or intends to engage in, nor has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and (c) neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company.
If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it will represent that (a) the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and (b) that it did not purchase its Outstanding Notes from the Company or any of its affiliates, and will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The enclosed letter to clients contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Notes for you to make the foregoing representations.
The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons in connection with the solicitation of tenders of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers. However, the Company will pay the fees of the Exchange Agent for its services in connection with the Exchange Offer and will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes applicable to the tender of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.
If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.
Any inquiries you may have with respect to the procedures for tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers should be addressed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.
Very truly yours,
AEP TEXAS INC.
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFERS, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.





Exhibit 99(c)

AEP TEXAS INC.
Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for any and all of its outstanding
2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively
(such transactions, collectively, the “Exchange Offers”)
________, 2017

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration are a Prospectus, dated ___________, 2017 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer by AEP Texas Inc. (the “Company”) to exchange (the “Exchange Offers”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047 (the “Outstanding Notes”) in integral multiples of $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offers, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offers is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFERS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, __________, 2017 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”), UNLESS THE COMPANY EXTENDS THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.

The enclosed materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. If you have any questions regarding procedures for tendering Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offers, please direct your questions to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the exchange agent for the Exchange Offers (the “Exchange Agent”). If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Outstanding Notes, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the “Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner” form that appears below. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes. If you require assistance, you should consult your financial, tax or other professional advisors. Holders who wish to participate in the Exchange Offers are asked to respond promptly by completing and returning the enclosed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documentation to the Exchange Agent.

The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name or in the name of our nominee for your account or benefit.

If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account.





INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

The undersigned beneficial owner acknowledges receipt of your letter and the accompanying Prospectus dated , ________, 2017 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and a Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offers”) by AEP Texas Inc. (the “Company”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding 2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and 3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047 (the “Outstanding Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book entry transfer facility participant, to tender the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
Principal Amount Held for Account
Holder(s)
Principal Amount to be Tendered*
($2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof,
provided that any untendered Outstanding Notes must be
in a minimum principal amount of $2,000)
 
 
 
 
 
*Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount held for the account of the undersigned will be tendered.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Outstanding Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes, including but not limited to the representations that (a) the Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not the undersigned, (b) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and (c) the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, representations and warranties include that (a) the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, (b) it did not purchase its Outstanding Notes from the Company or any of its affiliates and (c) it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers, such holder may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to exemptions from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and must comply with such requirements in connection with any secondary resale transaction.






SIGN HERE
Dated: ________________, 2017
 
Signature(s): ________________________________________________________________________________
 
Print Name(s):_______________________________________________________________________________
 
Address:____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(Please include Zip Code)
 
Telephone Number:___________________________________________________________________________
(Please include Area Code)
Tax Identification Number or Social Security Number:_______________________________________________
 
My Account Number with You:__________________________________________________________________




Exhibit 99(d)

AEP TEXAS INC.
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
Offers to Exchange

$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.40% Senior Notes, Series C due 2022 and
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.80% Senior Notes, Series D due 2047,
each of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for any and all of its outstanding
2.40% Senior Notes, Series A due 2022 and
3.80% Senior Notes, Series B due 2047, respectively
(such transactions, collectively, the “Exchange Offers”)

This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offers made by AEP Texas Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Prospectus dated ____________, 2017 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), if the certificates for the Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent, as set forth below. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offers is:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By Mail, Hand or Courier

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations-Reorganization Unit
111 Sanders Creek Parkway
East Syracuse, NY 13057
Attn: Eric Herr
Tel: 315-414-3362
By Facsimile Transmission
(eligible institutions only)
(732) 667-9408

To Confirm by Telephone
315-414-3349
Email: CT_REORG_UNIT_INQUIRIES@BNYMELLON.COM

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an “Eligible Guarantor Institution” under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space in Box 8 provided on the Letter of Transmittal for guarantee of signatures.





Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offers - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus and Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.
Certificate Number(s) (if known) of Outstanding Notes or Account
Number at Book-Entry Transfer Facility
Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented by Outstanding
Notes
Aggregate Principal
Amount of Outstanding
Notes Being Tendered
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

PLEASE COMPLETE AND SIGN
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature(s) of Record Holder(s))
 
 
 
(Please Type or Print Name(s) of Record Holder(s))
 
 
 
Dated:__________, 2017
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
 
(Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)
 
 
 
 
Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.
 
 
 
Account Number:
 


                                                    
THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.
                                                    








GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)
The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an “eligible guarantor institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) “own(s)” the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, together with the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes (including an Agent’s Message) into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company), or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.
Name of Firm: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Address: ______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Zip Code)
Area Code and Tel. No.: __________________________________________________________________________________
Name:_________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Please type or Print)
Title:__________________________________________________________________________________________________

Dated: _________, 2017

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
1.
Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offers. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the holders use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. No notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.
2.
Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes.
If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed in the name of the registered holder(s) as such name appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever, or signed as the name of the participant shown on the book-entry transfer facility’s security position listing.





If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
3.
Questions and Requests for Assistance of Additional Copies

Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the procedures for guaranteed delivery and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offers.